Bibliotheque botanique EMILE BURNAT l'sitali»<fU4' !\' 'Provieut dc Li\i'('s pi'oNciiiiiil (Ic l;i l)ilili<)lln''(|ii(' liolaiiiiiiic (I'Emile BurnaK 1 8-2S- 1 '.)->()), iiisrivs en (iclohiv I'.l'iO (Iniis la hihliollieinic ilii (loiisiM'Naloirc boLaiiiqiK! dc >/ w 'J' ^^ lA^A >^'^f ^'^^^ [^«M.Wj vf^,¥l'4^; WTt/i- r^ THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY, BEITISH AND FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES BRITTEN, F. L. S., Seniok Assistant, Department of Botany, British Museum (Naiueal History), South Kensington. VOL. XXXIV ILLUSTRATED WITH PLATES AND CUTS. umntAwr PEW YORK BOTANICAL LONDON: WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GAEDEN. 1896. LONDON : WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PEINTEKP, HATTON GAEDEN, E.C. CONTEIBUTORS TO THE PRESENT VOLUME. J. E. Bagnall, A.L.S. E. G. Baker, F.L.S. Ethel S. Barton. E. A. L. Batters, LL.B., F.L.S. John Beneow, F.L.S. Arthur Bennett, F.L.S. V. H. Blackman, B.A. Harry Bolus, F.L.S. A. Weber van Bosse. D. A. Boyd. James Britten, F.L.S. Cedric Bucknall. I. H. BURKILL, M.A. J. B. Carruthers, F.L.S. W. Carruthers, F.E.S. R. Chodat. C. B. Clarke, F.R.S. W. A. Clarke, F.L.S. F. Cr^pin. H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. G. C. Druce, M.A., F.L.S. S. T. Dunn, B.A., F.L.S. David Fry. Alfred Fryer. Antony Gepp, M.A., F.L.S. Henry Groves, F.L.S. James Groves, F.L.S. H. C. Hart, B.A. E. M. Holmes, F.L.S. C. W. Hope. A. B. Jackson. B. D. Jackson, Sec.L.S. Thomas Kirk, F.L.S. Otto Kuntze, Ph.D. H. W. Lett, M.A. AuGusTiN Ley, M.A. E. F. Linton, M.A. W. R. Linton, M.A. Arthur Lister, F.L.S. Symers M. Mac vicar. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. G. Massee, F.L.S. W. F. Miller. G. R. M. Murray, F.L.S. W. E. Nicholson. Daniel Oliver, F.R.S. A. H. Pawson. E. A. Woodruffe Peacock. F.L.S. W. H. Pearson. John Percival, F.L.S. R. Lloyd Praeger, M.R.I.A. Clement Reid, F.G.S. A. B. Rendle, M.A., F.L.S. H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.L.S. May Roberts. W. MoYLE Rogers, F.L.S. C. E. Salmon. James Saunders. R. Schlechter. A. C. Seward, M.A. E. F. Shepherd. W. A. Shoolbred, M.R.C.S. M. B. Slater. Annie L. Smith. A. SOMERVILLE, B. Sc. Otto Staff Frederic Stratton, F.L.S. E. J. Tatum. R. F. TOWNDROW. Frederick Townsend, M.A., F.L.S. J. W. H. Trail, M.D., F.L.S. Henry Trimen, M.B., F.R.S. 0. H. Waddell, B.D. E. A. Wainio. John Weathers. G. S. West, A.R.C.S. W. West, F.L.S. James W. White. W. Whitwell, F.L.S. F. N. Williams, F.L.S. J. Lloyd Williams. Directions to Binder. Tabs. 353, 854 to face page 1 „ 355. 35G 49 Tab. 357 , 145 „ 358 , 241 , 359 , 281 . 360 329 ,361 377 , 362 409 , 363 , 441 , 364 , 494 P( )RTRAiT OF Hen RY T RIME> f , , title Or all may be placed together at the end of the volume. Tab 353. / L-^''^ ^ Jl.Morgan deletlitk. ^ Weet.Newman imp. Pota^rtiogetoTi niteiiG Weh. forma involute Fryer. ^ TaloSS-i. X ^ RMorgaji del.etlitlx. ■ft'egt.Newma.n imp Potamogeton xiitens Web. forma involu ta Fryer . fOTAMCAl. THE OAtiiiaM JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. POTAMOGETON NITENS Weber, f. INVOLUTA. By Alfred Fryer. (Plates 353 & 354.) Potamogeton NITENS Weber, forma involuta milii. Bootstock with stout far-creeping stolons, titem terete, simple below, much branched above, 1-5 ft. long. Lower leaves semi-amplexicaul, lonfiitudinally involute, broadest at the base, tapering gradually to the apex, many-ribbed, with coarse often prominent ascending reticulations. Upper leaves coriaceous, lanceolate, elliptical, oval, or spathulate, with flattened petioles equalling or exceeding the lamina, produced singly opposite, or in pairs subtending, the peduncles, abundant on both flowering and barren branches. Stipules persistent, involute, herbaceous or horny, blunt. Peduncles equal, often curved, shorter than the subtending leaves. Flower-spike short, abortive, usually with closed, rarely with open, flowers. Fruit imperfect, compressed, keeled. Whole plant dark green, often with reddish stems. Probably a hybrid between P. heterophyllus and P. perj'oliatus, or between the latter and P. Zizii ? This Potamixjeton grows abundantly in Blackbush Drain and some adjacent ditches near Whittlesea, Cambridgeshire. It is distinguished from all other forms of P. nitens hitherto described c*^' by its involute stem-leaves, and by its very freely produced coriaceous c\« floating leaves resembling those of P. Zizii. When growing it may S easily be mistaken for that species, and in some of its states for P. I decipiens and P. heterophyllus ; in fact, it is in some degree a linking £>^ form between these three species and such obscure and doubtful ^i— species as P. varians, P. falcatus, and P. coriaceus. p-) W^ithin its own limits f. involuta varies from the typical form 1^^ figured in Tab. 351 to P. curvifolius Hartm. When growing in shallow water it approaches the No. 43 of Dr. Tiselius's Potamo- getones Suecici, P. nitens f. vadosa, but perhaps of all the nitens-iovms, issued in that beautiful publication our plant most nearly resembles No. 49, P. nitens e. innominatus, especially in the rare state with expanded flowers. JuuKNAL OF Botany. — Vol. 34. [Jan. 18i)G.] b ^ POTAMOGETON NITENS WER. F. INVOLUTA. Although the drupelets are abortive, yet they are sufficiently developed to make it seem likely that in exceptional cases they may ripen and reproduce the species from seed. Indeed, there is much in the local distribution of the form to suggest this as actually taking place. Either this is the case, or the two parent plants frequently cross in dift'erent parts of the locality. Certainly the local distribution does not indicate diffusion by division from a single plant by winter-buds or otherwise ; many individual plants must have originated from seeds. Perhaps the most striking difference between f. involuta and the previously described forms of F. nitens lies in the abundantly de- veloped coriaceous floating leaves ; these amount to as many as forty or fifty on a single plant, and are rarely absent either on flowering or autumnal flowerless states, and are equally abundant in deep and shallow water. Probably in this respect our plant resembles that originally described by Weber ; I append this description, kindly sent to me by my friend Dr. Tiselius : — " Putamogeton nitens. P. foliis lanceolatis oppositis Web. in fossis prope Nostorf. Folia remota, opposita, longe petiolata, lanceolata, petiolo nonnihil longiora, integerrima, superne nitentia. Pe- dunculus longus, crassiusculus. Spica multiflora. " Habitus P. natantis, sed planta tenera, multo minor, folia angustiora. Idem tamen videtur Potamogeton foliis lanceolatis oblongis, petiolis longis, Gronovii Flor. Virg. p. 139. " P. vatans /3. Linn. Spec. Plant, i. p. 182. " Misit simile specimen Upsaliaj lectum cl. Ehrhard sub nomine varietatis Put. lucentis. A lucente autem quam maxime differt foliis oppositis, multo brevioribus (G. H. Weber, Supp. Flor. Holsat. 1887, pp. 5, G)." Much of this description agrees very well with our plant, which is a true nitens-iom\, although distinct in some respects from any hitherto described. Dr. Tiselius writes {in litt. July 9th, 1895) : — " Your P. nitens f. involuta is very beautiful ; it seems, however, to me to be a form originating in the same way as other forms of nitens. Peduncles, spikes, stipules, and stalks, are those of P. nitens, but the leaves are nearer to those of P. grami)ieus I do not think I have seen it in any herbarium, nor have I found it on the Continent." In the summer of 1895 I found the "land-form" of our plant. It is very distinct in habit from the tufted land-forms of P. hetero- jihyllus and P. Zizii, and closely resembles the specimens a. and b., No. 44, in Dr. Tiselius's Pot. Suec. Phvsicc* Beautifully and carefully as Mr. Morgan has drawn the land- form, it has been impossible to adequately represent the coriaceous or semicoriaceous texture of the leaves without the aid of colour. The specimen figured was growing entirely oat of water, and nearly every leaf was more or less coriaceous. 1 may add that, although * c. and/, on this sheet are like the land-forms I have described under P. variriiis, and d. and e. on the same sheet api^ear to me to be shallow-water forms of the same species. Cambridgeshire specimens exactly match all these. A PHKTJMINARY LIST OF MALDIVE PLANTS. b this land-form was found in considerable abundance, no examples approaching Dr. Tiselius's specimens, No. 44, d., e., and/., were to be seen. I have to thank Mr. Morgan once more for the great pains he has taken in drawing his two accurate plates of this plant. The limited space of an 8vo plate did not admit the insertion of the characteristic involute stem-leaves ; a drawing was prepared in which these were fully shown, but we thought it better to figure the autumnal barren shoot and the laud-form in the second plate, especially as the involute leaves may easily be understood from the description. Tab. 353 represents a flowering branch. Tab. 854, fig. 1, the land-form ; and fig. 2, a barren autumnal shoot. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF MALDIVE PLANTS. By Henry Trimen, M.B., F.R.S. Since the year 1888, I have had in my possession a small collection of plants collected on Male I. by Capt. A. C. Christopher, A.D.C. to Sir A. Gordon (now Lord Staumore, at that time Governor of Ceylon), who visited the Maldives in a ship of war. I have always hoped to be able to add to it by personal investigation on the spot, but this now seems unlikely. A few species were added by some scraps picked up by Mr. Haly, Director of the Colombo Museum, in 1892 ; but, so far as I know, no collector with any botanical knowledge has visited the Archipelago, nor are there any specimens from it in our London herbariums. Also, with the ex- ception of a few notices of some plants cultivated in tbe islands, I believe nothing has been published on their vegetation. In- complete and meagre as it is, I therefore think it may be worth while to put on record the following list, as embodying what is known up to the j)resent on the subject. A full general account of the Maldive group will be found in the Report of Mr. H. C P. Bell, of the Ceylon Civil Service, who visited Male in 1879, in the official Ceylon '* Sessional Papers" for 1881 (but not published till 1883). Unfortunately he did not collect plants, but he brought back a few scraps which were examined by the late Mr. W. Ferguson, F.L.S., of Colombo, who was, however, only able to identify two or three of them. The Maldives are coral islands, and form a large archipelago extending from 7° 6' N. lat. to a little south of the equator, 0° 42' S. lat. There are more than twenty atols in all, the most northerly being 350 miles from Cape Comorin, in India, and 400 from the nearest point of the Ceylon coast. There are said to be at least 1200 islands, but many are very small. The principal island, con- taining Male, the capital, is one mile long by three-quarters of a mile broad, and I believe that it is on this alone that any plants have been collected. The inhabitants, probably originally of the B 2 A PRELIMINARY LIST OF MALDIVE PLANTS. same race as the Sinhalese, are now mainly Arab, and became Mohammedan at the end of the twelfth or beginning of the thirteenth century. The ruler is termed Sultan, and is under the suzerainty of Ceylon, whither an embassy with gifts! for the Governor is annually sent. In the following list the probably or certainly cultivated species are printed in italics, and among these the weeds of cultivation are marked with an asterisk. Probably all of these were introduced from Ceylon, with which, especially with Galle, there has always been constant communication. The rest appear to be wild, that is, brought by natural causes, especially by the currents and waves of the ocean. All are from Capt. Christopher's collection, unless otherwise stated : — ^Anjemone mexicana L. (Haly.) Ano7ia muricata Dum.? ("Cus- tard-apple.") Calophyllum Inophyllum L. ("Duburi," Mald. + ) Sida humilis WUld. Abutilon indicum G. Don. Hibiscus tiliaceus L. Thespesia populea Corr. (" Hi- rundu," Maid.) Gossypium sp. (" Kafa," Maid.) Averrhoa Bilimhi L. Citrus LiniunellitsHsiSsk. ("Lime.' C. Aurantiwn L. (" Orange.") C. Decumana L. (" Shaddock.") Triphasia trifoliata DC. Zizyphus Jujuha Lam. (" Kun- naru," Maid. " Plum.") Vitis Linnffii Wall. Moringa pterygosperma Gaertn. Indiyofera tinctoria L. Dolichos Lablab L. Cassia auriculata L. (" Rana- wia," Maid. Bell.) C. Sophera L. (" Digu-tiyana," Maid. Bell.) Tamarindas indica L. Adenanthera pavonina L. (Bell.) Perhaps planted. *Bryo})hyllum calycinum Sal. (Haly.) Tenninalia Catappa L. (Bell.) Perhaps wild. Psidium Guyava L. (Bell.) Eugenia Jambos (" Rose-apple," Bell.) Piinica Granatum L. (Ibn Ba- tuta.§) Lawsoiiia alba L. ("Junapa," ') Maid.) Sonneratia acida L.f. Pemphis acidula Furst. (" Ku- radi," Maid.) Cucurbita moschata Duch. (" Pumpkin." Bell.) Oldenlandiacorymbosa L. (Haly.) 0. umbellata L. Morinda citrifolia L. ("Ahi," Maid.) ""'Ageratum conyzoides L. Launaea pinnatifida Cass. Scfevola Koenigii Vahl. Jasminum Sanibac Ait. J. sp. (specimen insufficient). t Among these are always some very handsome and well-made mats. Mr. Bell informs me that the plant (probably a sedge) of which they are made is called " Hau," and grows only in the southern atols. I have seen no specimen of it. J The Maldive names here given are from Mr. Bell's Report. Many are taken from Pyrard de Laval's Vocabulary, 1602-7, the old French spelling there given having been altered by Mr. Bell. § Ibn Batuta, the Moorish traveller, lived in the Maldives for a long period in 13-43-4. A translated account of his sojourn there will be found in Tratis. Ceylon Branch R. Aniatic Soc, vii., extra number, 1883. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF MALDIVE PLANTS. Plumeria actitifolia Poir. *Vinca rosea L. Calotropis gigantea Br. Tournefortia argentea L. f. Solanum Mdongena L. (" Brin- jail." Bell.) '^^Physalis sp. Capsicicm sp. Justicia procumbens L. Lippia noditiora Rich. Vitex Negundo L. Perhaps in- troduced. Clerodendrum iuerme Br. '^'Mirabilis Jalapa L. (" Asaru- mu," Maid.) Pisonia morindivfolia Br. (P. alba Span.). I take the " Los," Maid., to be this, but have seen no specimen.! It is not im- probably a native, introduced by the sea as other littoral species. Amarantus gamjeticus L. Nothosffirva brachiata Wight. iErua lanata Juss. Piper Betle L. P. nigrum L. Euphorbia hirta L. Phyllanthus Niruri L. Acalypha indica L. Ricinus communis L. Manihot utilissima. Ficus benghalensis L. ? ("Nika," Maid. "Banyan." Bell.) Artocarpus integrifolia L. (" Sak- keyo," Maid.) A. incisa L. f. (" Bambakeyo," Maid.) Pouzolzia indica Gaud., var. alienata L. Gloriosa superba L. ("Vihala- godi," Maid.) Ananas saliva. Musa paradisiaca L. (Bell.) IHoscorea sp. ("Hittala," Maid.) Pandanus odoratissimus L. /. (" Ma-kahikeyo," Maid.) Areca Catechu L. Cocos nucifera L. (" Karhi," Maid.) Fimbristylis spathacea Roth. Panicum miliaceum L. ("Kudi- bai," Maid.) Setana italica Beauv. (" Ura," Maid.) Zoysia pungens Willd. Saccharum ojjicinarum L. Eleusine aBgyptiaca Gaertn. E. coracana Gaertn. ("Bimbi," Maid.) Eragrostis plumosa Link. Bambusa vulgaris Wendl. To this list may be almost certainly added the following : — Guettarda speciosa L. Macaranga tomentosa Wight. Vernonia cinerea Less. Spinifex squarrosus L. Hernandia peltata Meissn. There are also a few local names given in Pyrard de Laval's vocabulary which have not been determined, and there are doubt- less some more cultivated plants recorded in general works, marine surveys, &c. The above list of eighty-seven species contains forty which may be considered as icHd in the islands, i.e., not due to importation intentionally or accidentally by man. They are for the most part the ordinary sea-shore plants of the Eastern Tropics, and the whole of them are to be found on the south coast of Ceylon. As many as fourteen attain the dimensions of shrubs or trees. t This grows also on the Chagos Is., south of the Maldives. Mr. Bell informs me that Lieut. Moresby says, "The Bois Mapou (the roose [= los] tree of the Maldives) grows to an immense size on all parts of the islands ; the wood is soft and spongy." It is also recorded for one of the Laccadive Is. P. viacrojpJtylla Chois. is called "Bois Mapou ' in the beycheiles (Fl. Maw. 263) b SOME NEW BRITISH MARINE ALG^. It will be of interest to compare the above list, very imperfect as it is, witli tliat for the iiei,i(hbouring group of coral islands, the Laccadives, of which Dr. Prain has given an exhaustive account in a valuable paper.* This group consists of sixteen or seventeen islands off the Malabar coast of Peninsular India, the most easterly of them being only 120 miles from it, and they are extended between 10° and 14° JSI. lat. Several of the islands are much larger than any of the Maldives, and appear to possess a richer and more varied flora. As many as 192 species of Phanerogams are included in Dr. Prain's list, of which 50 are cultivated, leaving 142 wild species. Yet it is remarkable that in the above list of 40 wild Maldive plants as many as 15 are not in this much more extensive Laccadive list ; these are the following: — litis LUmai, Dolichos Labhib, Cassia auriculata, C, Sophera, AdenantJiera j^d'^^'onina, Sonneratia acida, Pewpliis acidula, Oidenlandia iimhellata, Jasminam sp., Justicia prociunbens, Vitex Negundo, Nothoscerva hrachiata, Fimbristylis spat/iacea, Zoysia pwufens, Macuranga tomentosa. Of these, 8un- neratia, Pew phis, Oldenlandid , Fimbristijlis, and Zoysia are littoral plants, and the others, except Vitis Limmi, mostly weeds or escapes from cultivation. Minikoi I. is included politically with the Laccadives, but it is isolated in 8° 30' N. lat., and is thus rather nearer the Maldives, and it has also a Maldive population. It is five miles long by half a mile broad. It has a rich flora, and no less than forty-five of the species included in the Laccadive list are recorded from it 07ily. Of these, seventeen or eighteen are cultivated plants, and nine or ten of these are also cultivated in the Maldives ; Triphasia trifuliata and Tenni- nalia Catajipa are, however, considered to be wild in Minikoi. It is probable that many of its plants have been imported directly from Ceylon, there having been much intercourse with Colombo, especially during the building of the great lighthouse. Some sixty species are given for Minikoi which are not as yet recorded for the Maldives, but many doubtless occur there, such as the littoral species Suriana niaritima, Canavalia obtusifolia, Scsuvium, Wedelia bijiora {W. scan- dens Clarke), Ochrosia borboiiica, Ipomcea biloba, Boerhaavia diffusa [B. repens), and Thuarea sarmentosa, and many weeds of cultivation. The only Minikoi plant absent from Ceylon is Canavalia turyida (which is doubtfully a distinct species), with a wide range as a littoral plant in the Eastern Tropics. SOME NEW BRITISH MARINE ALG^. By E. a. L. Batters, B.A., LL.B., F.L.S. In this Journal for 1895, pp. 27J-276, I gave a list of the more important species of Cltlor,q)lnjccic and B/uiophycccc added to the British Marine Flora during the last twelve months ; the i^resent * Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. v. and vi. (1892-3), reprinted in his ' Memoirs and Memoranda ' (1894). SOME NEW BKITISH MARINE ALGiE. 7 list therefore deals only with the recent additions to the Myxophycea and Florideat. I am greatly indebted to M. Gomont, of Paris, for assistance with the M;/.voph>/ce(e, and owe the identification of the first six species recorded below to his kindness. Myxophyce^. Lynghya Arjardhii Gomont, Monogr. des Oscillariees, p. 144. Calothrix Agardhii Crn. Liste des Alg. Mar. Finist. in Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, vii. p. 372. Margate, on Folysiphonia nigrescens, October, 1894, W. Boyd, Esq. Plymouth, Dec. 1895, G. Brebner. In the autumn of 1894 my friend Mr. W. Boyd was good enough to send me, in a fresh state, a quantity of sea-weed gathered at random on the sliore at Margate, amongst which I was fortunate enough to find this interesting Lyngbyd. L. Meneghiniana Gom. in Morot, Journal de Botanique, iv. p. 354, 1890. Firth of Forth, opposite Caroline Park, August, 1887. This and the above-mentioned L. Agardhii are the only British repre- sentatives of the subgenus Leibleinia, composed of epiphytic species, in which the filaments are attached by the middle, both ends being erect. L. gracilis must, for the present at any rate, be deleted from the List of British Algae, for M. Gomont informs me that L. gracilis of Holmes's Algm Britannicm Rariores Exsiccata, No. 165 (vide Grevillea, xxii. p. 51), is but a form of Oscillatoria CorallincB Gom. The same fate must befall L. confervoides, the plant so called in Grevillea, I.e., being in M. Gomont's opinion a form of L. semiplena. L. Fdvulariarum Gom. Monogr. des Oscill. p. 168. Studland and Swanage, Sept. 1894. In the sheaths of Microcoleus chthono- plastes, rare, E.A.B. Fhormidium tenne Gom. Monogr. des Oscill. p. 189. Muddy estuary of the Tweed, Oct. 1883, E.A.B. P. ambiguum. Gom. /. c. p. 198. In deep rock pools near high- water mark, Farhind Point, Cumbrae, August, 1891, E. A. B. P. uncinatum Gom. in Morot, Journal de Botanique, iv. p. 355, 1890. Muddy estuary of the Tweed, July, 1884. Ballachuhsh, July, 1885, Dr. Otto Nordstcdt (vide Grevillea, xxii. p. 52). I am uncertain whether Dr. Nordstedt's specimens were gathered in brackish or fresh water; there is, however, no doubt about my Berwick specimens. F. corium Gom. in Morot, Journ. de Bot. iv. p. 355. Burnham, May, 1894, T. H. Buffham. In crevices of rocks near high-water mark. Swanage, Sept. 1894, E.A.B. P. 2^ersicinum Gom. Monogr. p. 184. Lyngbya piersicina Reinke, Algenflora der West. Ostsee, p. 91. On old Solen shells dredged from 6-8 fathoms, Cumbrae, August, 1891, E.A.B. Plymouth, Oct. 1895, G. Brebner. Floride^e. Erythrotrichia Boryana Berthold, Bangiaceen, p. 25. East- bourne, June, 1889, E.A.B. My specimens of this species are narrower than in the typical form, usually being from 18 to 120 p. 8 SOME NEW BRITISH MARINE ALGiE. wide. There are from 1 to 6 or more cells in the width of the frond. In K. inrestiens there are never more than 2 cells in the width of the filament. From Bangia ciiiaris it is easily distin- guished by its monostromatic frond. Colaconema, nov. gen. Thallus microscopic, consisting of rose-red, creeping, irregularly branched, jointed filaments, living in the cell-walls of various algne. Filaments often anastomosing, sometimes loosely united laterally. Monosporangia formed from portions either of the terminal cells of the principal axes, or of short swollen 1- or few-celled lateral branches, or even from a portion of a cell in the continuity of the filament. The undifferentiated portions of the cells forming cup-like bases for the sporangia. C. Bonnemaisonise, nov. sp. Filaments flexuous, much and irregularly branched, anastomosing so as to form an irregular net- work between the cortical cells of the host-plant. Cells very variable ia shape, simple, furcate, cruciate or irregular, swollen here and there, varying in length from one to six or eight, or even more times longer than broad, usually 3-6 /* in diameter. Spo- rangia lateral, nearly globular, 9-12 /x in diameter, usually in clusters of from 2 to 6, cup-like base conspicuous, about one-third the size of the sporangium. Growing in the cell-wall of Bomiemaisunia aspariKjoides. Plymouth, Sept. 1895, G. Brebner. Berwick-on- Tweed, K.A.B. C. Chylocladiae, nov. sp. Filaments slender, straight or very slightly flexuous, subsimple or sparingly branched, two filaments sometimes united by one or more lateral branches ; cells nearly cylin- drical, very long, often eight to ten or twelve times longer than broad, 2'5-3 /x in diameter; sporangia terminal or lateral, oval, 6-8 fx long by 4-6 /x wide, cup-like base of sporangium not conspicuous. In the cell-wall of Clujlocladia ovalis. Torquay, E. A.B. Plymouth, Sept. 1895, (t. Brebner. C? reticulatum, nov. sp. Filaments much and irregularly branched, anastomosing so as to form a more or less regular net- work between the cells of the host-plant ; owing to the very limited space in which they grow, the side branches are frequently so closely pressed against the principal branches that they appear to form one filament, composed of a double row of cells. Cells short, angular, about as long as broad or a little longer, 6-8 /x in breadth. Sporangia unknown. In the cell-wall of Desmarestia Dudresnayi. Moville, North Ireland, Oct. 1852, comm. Dr. D. Robertson. Ply- mouth, Oct. 1895, G. Brebner. Montague describes and figures Callithamnoid filaments as part of his Desmarestia Gayana (vide Ch. Gay, Histoire de Chile, viii. p. 242, Atlas Pars. Crypt, tab. xiv. fig. 1), and it is far from improbable that the plant described above is related to the parasite mistaken by Montague for part of the Desmarestia. 1 am indebted to Mr. George Brebner, who did such excellent algological work at Cumbrae m 1898, and is now with equal success mvestigatmg the Marhie Algae of Plymouth Sound, for beautiful specimens of C. Bonneniaisunia and C. CkylociadicB, both species bearing monosporet^. The former, when I received it from Mr. Brebner, was quite new to me, although I afterwards SOME NEW BRITISH MARINE ALG^R. » found it plentifully on specimens of Bonnemaisonia gathered at Berwick several years previously. Had I not seen Mr. Brebner's specimens, I certainly should not have ventured to describe the genus ColcBone)na, which I have founded on the parasite on Bonne- maisonia. Chantransia cecspitosa {Callithamnion cmspitosum J. Ag. Spec. Aly. xi. p. 18; Crn. Al(j. bmist. 121). On Codmm tomentosiun, i'uci, &c. Bwauage, April, 189'J, A'. M. Holmes. I have compared Mr. Holmes's specimens with No. 121 in his copy of Crouan's AUjues Mannes du Finistere, and find the two plants precisely similar. Prof. J. Agardh {Analecta Alyolorjica, p. 48) thinks this may be the same as C. coryinbifera Thur. ; but Crouan's plant is a much larger, coarser plant, with filaments frequently 24 /x in diameter, of a quite diflerent habit, and no trace of either antheridia or cystocarps. From C. Daviedi the present species may at once be distinguished by the pseudo-parenchymatous basal disc of that species being replaced by creeping filaments. C. mic IOSCO pica l^'oshe, Contrib. i. p. 54. On Porphyra, Berwick- on-Tweed, June, 1895, E. A. B. My specimens of this interesting little species, which is at once recognisable by its unicellular basal disc, bear both antheridia and cystocarps in addition to the mono- spores. The antheridia form very compact clusters at short intervals along the mam axes and branches, the cystocarps are clustered near the basal disc, and are very large in proportion to the tiny plant that bears them. C. mirabilis {Callithamnion mirabile J. Ag. Spec. Aly. ii. p. 15). On JDesmarestia aculeata, iSwanage, August, 1894, E.A.B. Folysiphonia opaca Zan. tiyn. p. 6i3 ; J. Ag. Spec. Aly. p. 1055. Mr. E. D. Marquand records this species from Guernsey {Trans- actions of the (iuernsey [Society of Natural Science, 1894), but I have had no opportunity of verifying the record. Bhodochorton jiallens Hauck, Meeresaly. p. 69. Seaton, Devon- shire, July, 1895. I owe to the generosity of my friend Mr. T. H. Butiham, to whom I am indebted for many valuable speci- mens of our native algse, and for still more valuable advice and criticism, a beautiful tetrasporic specimen of this interesting plant, which was gathered by his daughter at Seaton last July. The Devonshire specimen exactly agrees with Hauck's description and figures {Oesterr. But. Zeitschrift, 1878, p. 187, tab. ii. figs. 4-0). Callithamnion lepadicola J. Ag. Spec. Aly. hi. p. 12. On limpet- shells, fcSwanage, August, 1894, E. A. B. My specimens of this plant agree well with the specimens in the British Museum copy of VVelwiisch's Fhyc. Lusitan. No. 23, on which the species is founded, but 1 must contess that the plant appears to be more nearly related to the Banyiacew than to the CeramiecB. I beheve i have seen specimens of this species from Guernsey, but I cannot be certain, as I now have no specimen from that locality. Bonnemaisonia luunifera Hariot, Liste des Algues Marines rap- portes de Yokaska (Japon), par M. le Dr. iSavatier, in Me\n. dela Sue Nat. des Sc. ^'at. dx. de Cherboury, xxvii. 1891, p. 223. Mr. Buiiham exhibited a specimen of this very interesting alga, which he had 10 SOME NEW BRITISH MARINE ALG^. found at Falmouth, at the meeting of the Linneau Society on Nov. 21st, 1895. Trailliella, nov. gen. Fronds composed of monosiphonous, branching, jointed filaments. Primary filaments procumbent, attached to the substratum by disc-shaped cells. Secondary filaments arising from the primary filaments, erect, br.iuching. Tetraspores immersed, formed from a portion of the cell-contents of cells in the continuity of the frond, irregularly cruciate ; cystocarps and antheridia unknown. The tetraspores are formed in an analogous manner to the monospores of Ilhuduchute [ride Bornet, Les Ahjues de P. K. A. Sclwusboe, p. 361). The cell in which a tetraspore is formed swells, and its cellular contents divide longitudinally into two parts of unequal size, the larger of the two parts becomes darker in colour, more opaque and granular, and at the same time increases in size until finally it fills almost the entire cell, when it divides into two parts by a transverse division, and ultimately forms an irregularly cruciate tetraspore. The systematic position of the genus must of course remain doubtful so long as the cystocarps are unknown, but in the meantime the genus may be placed next to SpermotJunnnion. Trailliella intricata, nov. sp. Fronds forming dense, rose-red or brownish-red tufts. Primary filaments 30-40 /x thick, irregularly branching, attached by disc-shaped cells. Secondary filaments erect, ^-1\ in. high, and of nearly equal diameter (30-45 /x) throughout, simple or branching, more or less naked below, pin- nate above, witli alternate or subsecund spreading branches of almost the same diameter as those from which they arise, tapering at the apex to about 20 /x. Cells of both the primary and secondary filaments 1^-2^ times longer than broad, more or less swollen in the middle ; in most of the cells one of the upper corners is occu- pied by a small roundish or triangular refractive colourless body 12-15 /x in diameter, which is probably analogous to the refractive bodies so often found in species of Antithamnion. Tetraspores immersed in the swollen cells of the secondary filaments, 50-60 /x in diameter, solitary or 3-o together, formed from successive cells of the filament, separated from the apex of the filament by from 3 to 15 unchangeil cells. Plymouth, October, 1895, G. Brehner. Studland, Sept. 1890, E.M.Holmes: Sept. 1895, E.A.B. This very interesting species has long been known in a barren con- dition, and is the Spermothamnion Turneri f. intricata of Mr. Holmes's and my Revised List, and I have every reason for believing that it is S. intricatum J. Ag. It was reserved for Mr. Brebner, however, to discover the tetraspores, which are placed quite differently from those of any other member of the Ceramiea; known to me, thus necessitating the removal of this plant to a new genus ; and I have seized the opportunity to connect the name of my friend Mr. G. W. Traill, the well-known algologist of Edinburgh, with the British Marine Flora for which he has done so much. I must here express my regret that Mr. Brebner has not seen his way to allow any of the new genera discovered by him to bear his name. If Mr. Brebner goes on as he has commenced at Plymoutb, however, SOME NEW T3TUTTSII MARINE ALGiE. 11 it seems likely that many more opportunities may arise of con- necting his name with the soa-weccls of Britain. In his recent Analecta Ali/olor/ica: Continuatio, ii., Prof. J. G. Agardh, besides raising the varieties vimineum, corymhoHum, and hotrtjocarpum of Ceramiuw ruhnuii to specific rank, records three new Ceramia, i. e., C. Crouanianum, C. fniticulusum, and C. ar- horescens from Britain. As the specimens were in most cases sent to Prof. Agardh by Mrs. Griffiths, we presume the new species were found on the coast of Devonshire or Cornwall. lihndodiscus pulcherrimns Crn. Ann. Sc. Nat. 4th ser. xii. pi. xxii. figs. 29-33. On an old Solen shell, Plymouth, Oct. 1895. I was fortunate enough to find a specimen, now in the Herbarium of the British Museum, of this most interesting plant when examining some old Solen shells from Plymouth Sound, which Mr. George Brebner had sent to me to examine for perforating alg^. I trust that before long Mr. Brebner will be able to send me some more specimens of this plant, which perhaps, when specially sovight for, may not be so rare as is generally supposed. Peyssonnelia Rosenvingii Schmitz, in Rosenv. Groenlands lla- valger, p. 782. Near low-water mark, Berwick-ou-Tweed, February, 1888, From an examination of the figure and description of this species it appeared to me so probable that this species might be mistaken for P. Hari-eyana that I re-examined all my specimens so named, with the result that I actually found one or two specimens of P. Rosenvingii amongst them. P. rubra J. Ag. Spec. Alg. h. p. 502 ; iii. 386. Birturbui Bay, on the Scallop Bank, August, 1846, William McCalla d- Prof. W. H. Harvey. Harvey's figure and description of Peyssonnelia [Crnoriella) Dubyi in Phycologia Britannica always appeared to me so different from that given by the brothers Crouan of their plant, that I was doubtful whether both authors referred to the same species. Through the kindness of Prof. E. P. Wright, I have been enabled to examine Harvey's original specimens, and I have no hesitation in saying that all his Birturbui Bay specimens are referable to P. rubra. The specniiens in the collections presented to Kew and the Linnean Society by Prof. Harvey are also referable to P. rubra. Although there are no specimens from the West of Scotland in any of the collections which belonged to Harvey, I have no doubt that the specimens from that locality mentioned by hnn in Phyc. Brit. are referable to Cruonella Dubyi, a species which is by no means uncommon at Cumbrae and elsewhere on the west coast. P. atropurpurea Crn. Aly. Mar. Finist. 23 ; Flonde du Finistere, p. 148. Penzance, Aiigust, 1889, A. H. Teague. Cruoria rosea Crn. Fl. Finist. 147. Plymouth, Nov. 26, 1895. Simultaneously detected by Mr. Brebner and myself on old shells dredged from "The Queen's Ground," Plymouth Bay. In conclusion, I may say that Mr. Brebner purposes to publish shortly figures of the species of Colaconema and Trailliella, and that Mr. Buffham similarly purposes to publish a description and figure of Bonnemaisonia hamifera. 1^ TEEA.TOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON PARNASSIA PALUSTRIS L. By I. H. BuRKiLL, M.A. Owing to the great interest which attaches to Parnassia, I have been led to examine during the past two summers a considerable number of flowers obtained from the cliffs of the Yorkshire coast near Scarborough. Here the soil is a heavy boulder clay, and the situation in many parts somewhat sunless and exposed to cold winds from the sea. I have further examined all the flowers which I could obtain (under 200) on a peaty soil in Glen Clova and Glen Prosen, Forfarshire, at elevations between 700 and 1300 ft. above sea-level. In this short paper I propose to confine myself to statements relating to the variability of the flowers of this plant. The following table sets forth the number of flowers observed, with the variation in the number of parts in the individual whorls : — Typk OF Flower. No. OF Cases. Sepals. Petals . Stamens. Staminodes. Carpels. 9 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 201 5 5 5 5 3 Approximately 4700 Normal Flower. 1 ^ 5 5 5 4 g ^ 224 5 5 5 5 5 Q 25 5 5 5 5 6 (B 1 6 6 6 6 3 '6 6 6 6 6 4 OQ 14 6 6 6 6 5 1 6 6 G 6 6 Ic 4 4 5 4 3 Ic 4 4 5 4 4 ■2 S 1* 5 4 4 4 4 l*c 6 5 7 5 6 1* 6 6 5 5 4 1 5 3 3 3 4 Now, disregarding for the present the abnormalities of the last six types, about which further remarks are necessary, we notice at once that, whatever may be the number of organs in the outer whorls of the flower, the gynoBcium has a tendency to produce one unit less. We may tabulate this thus : — c Chorisis of one stamen. * Change in symmetry of flower between calyx and other whorls TERATOIiOaiOAL OBSERVATIONS ON PARNASSIA PALUSTRIS L. 13 No. OF Carpels. 3 4 5 6 Percentage of 4-merous flowers with ,, 5-merous ,, ,, 6-merous ,, 66-6 3-9 5-2 33-3 91-8 15-8 4-3 73-7 0-5 5-2 Then 66-6 % of the 4-merous flowers had three carpels ; ap- proximately 91-3 % of the 5-merous flowers had four carpels, i. e. , were normal ; and 73-7 % of the C-merous flowers had five carpels. Too much stress, however, must not be laid upon such too-slender figures. Abnormal flowers of P. paliistris were noticed on the Continent more than half a century ago. Flowers with five carpels were first recorded by A. and L. Bravais,* and are again mentioned by Louis Bravaisf as occurring rarely; while Wydler, in his first paper]: on the subject, records finding a flower with three carpels. So here are both the commonest abnormalities known before the year 1850. Eoeper, in a paper entitled 'Abnorme Normalgestaltungen,' § says that, in searching over more than a thousand flowers, he found two specimens with five carpels. Seemann, dealing with the botany of Alaska, II states that, "nearly one-half of the specimens collected in Western Eskimaux-land had five stigmas, and a capsule of five valves." It will be noticed at once that, as far as Seemann's and Koeper's statements extend, there seems to be a great difference in the amount of variation found in these two regions — Central Europe and Alaska; in the former, two abnormal flowers in over a thousand; in the latter, " nearly one-half of the flowers." Eoeper's experiences are by no means unsupported. Wydler has published two other papers, H in which he describes abnormal forms of P. palustris. These abnormalities number, adding those of both papers together, fifteen flowers with three carpels, one being 4-merous, six flowers with five carpels, and one flower with six carpels ; and though he gives no clue to the percentage of varying flowers, his words seem to indicate that it was but small. Buchenau** records flowers (one of each) with the following formulae: — K^C^A^ + ^Gg, KgCgAg + gGg, andG^, and G^, and also two flowers K5C5A54-5G5. Kirschlegerft says, "On rencontre, mais rarement, des ovaires a 3 ou 5 placentaires et stigmates;" and Wettstein|J speaks of * ' Essai sur la disposition g^nerale des feuilles rectis^riees,' Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2nd ser. xii. p. 39, 1839. t ' Examen organographique des Nectaires,' Id. xviii. p. 164, 1842. I ' Morphologische Beitrage,' Flora, 1844, p. 751. § Bot. Zeitinig, 1852, x. p. 187. II Botany of the Voyage of H. M.S. 'Herald.'' London, 1852-1857, p. 25. 5[ 'Morphologische Mittheilungen,' Flora, 1857, p. 18; and ' Kleinere Beitrage zur Kenntniss einheimische Gewachse,' Flora, 1860, p. 395. ** 'Einige Bliithenabnormitaten,' Flora, 1857, p. 291. tt Flore d' Alsace, Strasbourg, 1857, ii. p. 425. II 'Zur Morphologie d Staminodien v. Parnassia palustris,' Berichte d. Veutsch. Bot. Gesellsclmft, viii. p. 304, 189U. 14 TERATOLOGIOAL OBSERVATIONS ON PARN'ASSIA PALUSTRIS L. " investigating numberless Parnassia-Qoweva," and finding ten abnormal "among many normal" blossoms. These last investi- gations were made in the Tyrol." Then consider the statements of these authors in connection with the table of abnormalities given above for Scarborough and the Grampians. There are two points to which I wish to call attention : (1) that the variation in these different pLices — Alaska, Britain, and Continental Europe — runs on the same lines, every- where the ovary being the most variable organ ; and (2) that, in want of fuller statistics, it appears as if P. pahtstris is very variuble in Alaska (nearly 50 %), much less so in Britain (9 %), and still less variable on the Continent. Let us turn to the other abnormalities. Firstly, there were six flowers given at the base of the first table, which need fuller explanations. Of these, three (marked with an asterisk, and not included in the second table) are intermediate in symmetry between two types, having more members in the calyx than in some of the other whorls between it and the ovary. Three of the six flowers (c) exhibited a chorisis of one stamen ; and one had two petals, two stamens, and two staminodes aborted on the late-developing side of the flower. Other abnormalities were observed as follows : — 1 flower. — Phyllody of the first sepal. 1 flower. — Sepalody of a petal, the staminode above it being aborted. 1 flower. — Petalody of a sepal and two stamens. 3 flowers. — The ovary, incompletely closed, bearing on one side an extra anther, or in one case two anthers. 1 flower. — Adhesion of a sepal and petal. 1 flower.— -Adhesion of a petal and stamen. 2 flowers. — Adhesion of a stamen to outside of ovary. 1 flower. — Cohesion of three stamens, accompanied by complete disappearance of three staminodes, two being those alternating with the fused stamens, the other having disappeared from the opposite side of the flower ; the two remaining staminodes, those before first and fifth petals, were much reduced. 1 flower. — One sepal, two petals, one stamen being represented by a lump attached to outside of ovary. 1 flower. — Five carpels present, of which three were fused together into a perfect but flattened ovary, while the other two were lying free against the most flattened side of it. I 1 flower. — Complete abortion of ovary. Many flowers were found in which the carpels were incompletely fused together, and others in which the stigmas left a small opening * In various floras the possibility of flowers occurring with three or five carpels is noted ; among the authors of these may be mentioned Wimmer, Godet, Grenier, and J. A. Schmidt. t Buchenau describes and figures an almost identical case ; in his flower, however, tlnere were two complete ovaries — one with three and the other with two placenta). ' Einige Beobachtungen aus d. Gebiete d. Pflanzen-Teratologie,' Bot. Zeituiu), 1802, xx. p. 307. PKNTASAOHilE WALL. AND SPILADOOORYS RIDL. 15 between them. Ovaries, with such a canal at the top, Linnpeus,* Delarbre,f Withering,! and Wycller§ have noticed; these I hope to discuss in a second paper. We may sum up the abnormalities as follows : — 36 flowers abnormal in number of sepals. 37 ,, ,, ,, ,, petals. 35 ,, ,, ,, ,, stamens. 38 ,, ,, ,, ,, staminodes. 479 ,, ,, ,, ,, carpels. 6 ,, exhibiting abnormal metamorphoses. 7 ,, ,, ,, forms of cohesion and adhesion. I wish particularly to lay stress upon the great variability of the ovary, and will add here that flowers on the same root were observed to possess three and four carpels, or four and five carpels; and that among the few flowers examined above 700 ft. in the Grampians, I find the same free variability — both increase and decrease in the number of parts — as at Scarborough. PENTASACHME Wall. AND SPILADOOORYS Ridl. By n. SCHLECHTER. The genus Pentar,achme (or, as spelt by Bentham in the Genera Plantarwn, vol. ii. p. 769, Peutasacme) was founded by Wallich in 1834, and published by Wight in his ( 'ontrihntions to the Botany of India, p. 60, where two species, P. Wallicldi Wight and P. caudata Wall., are described. The former was figured in one of the Avonderfully executed plates of Riocreux in Delessert's Icones Sel.ect(B (v. t. 87). In 1848 Decaisne, when writing his Monograph of the Asclepiads for DC. Prodromus, accepted the genus, and gave descriptions of the two species (p. 627), but unfortunately added two more from Cliina, which, as neither of the type-specimens had flowers, will most likely always remain doubtful. Ten years later Bentham published iu Hooker's Kew Journ. Bot. v. 54, another species, P. Championi, which had been collected by Champion in Hong Kong. The distinctions, however, between his plant and P. caudata were so slight that the learned author himself suggested the possibility of its being only a variety of the latter, and repeated the same suspicion in describing the plant in the P'lora Hong- kougensis. * Amoenitates Academicce, vi., Leyden, 1764, p. 301. t Flore de la ci-devant Auvergne, 2ncl ed., Riom, 1800, i. p. 293. The account of the pollination given here is interesting, because it ignores so markedly C. K. Sisrengel's more correct account in his Entdeckte Gehehnniss d. Natur, in Bau u in Befruchtung d. Blitmen. I Botanical Arrangement of British Plants, 2ud. ed., 1787, Birmingham, i. p. 325. § ' Morphologische Beitriige,' loc. cit. 16 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. When looking through some Asclepiads in the Herbarium of the British Museum, I came across a plant on which Mr. Eidley had recently founded a new genus, SpUadocon/s. It struck me at once as being very like Pentasachmp. This induced me to compare the species of the latter genus more closely, and after careful exami- nation of several flowers I came to the conclu*;ion that not only Ridley's plant but also P. Championi Benth. could not be kept distinct from P. caudata Wall. P. Chcmvpioni has, with the exception of its less elongated leaf-tips, no character which would justify its specific separation from P. caudata, a plant which, in regard to the form of the corona-scales, seems somewhat variable, as I have noticed some of them with more or less crenulate tips, as well as others which were more deeply toothed. As the two Chinese species published by Decaisne from imperfect material came from a region that is now pretty well explored, it seems probable that both will either prove identical with the plant (P. Championi) described by Bentham from the same region, or will not belong to Pentasachme at all. We should thus have the genus reduced again to its two original species, with the following synonymy : — Pentasachme Wallichii Wight, Contrib. to Bat. hid. (1853), 60; Delessert, Ic. Select, v. (1846), t. 87; Dene, in DC. Prod. viii. (1843), 627; Hook. f. Fl. Br. hid. iv. (1885), 28. Pentasachme caudata Wall, ex Wight, /. c. (1834), 60 ; Dene. I. c. (1843), 627 ; Hook. f. /. c (1885), 28. P. Championi Benth. in Hook. Kew Journ. Bat. v. 64 (1853); Fl. Hongkong. 228 (1861); Hemsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxvi. 112 (1889) ; Maxim. Mel. Biol. ix. 811. Spiladocorys anqustifolia Ridl. in Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. ser. 2, iii. (1893), 322, t. 63. ' CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. By Harey Bolus, F.L.S. II. Heliophila namaquana, n. sp. — Herba annua glabra, ^-1 pedalis ; caulis e basi patenti-ramosus paucifoliatus pallidus ; folia sparsa linearia, 1-5-2-3 cm. longa ; racemi laxiflori, fructiferi ad 15 cm. longi, pedicellis gracilibus, 4-5 mill, longis ; flores inter minores, circa 4 mill, longi, sepalis linearibus, petalis obovatis ob- tusis, filamentis omnibus basi muticis ; siliqune patenti-adscendentes lineares, interdum subtorulosae 1-nervffi, cum pedicello et stylo ad 3-5 cm. longae, 1-1-5 mill. lat« ; stylus clavato-oblongus obtusis- simus, in spec, fructiferis ad 4-5 mill, longus ; semina ovalia exalata subnigra. Hab : Cape Colony, district of Little Namaqualand, at Naries, on the mts. between Spektakel and Ookiep, alt. about 1075 meters, fl. Sept., Bolus (No. 6517) ; Herb. Norm. Austr-Afr. (No. 485). CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLOEA OF SOUTH AFRICA* 17 From the description, this seems to come near to //. divaricata, Herb. Banks, which I have never seen, and which was founded on a plant of Masson's, collected about 1775, but without pods. Xylosma Flanagani, n. sp. — Arbuscula glabra inermis, ramulis dense foliatis ; folia imbricantia, brevissime petiolata lanceolata subacuta, basi subcuneata, serrulata coriacea, utrinque reticulato-venosa, supra lasvia quasi vernicata, 2-2-5 cm. longa, 6-12 mill, lata ; flores hermaphroditi, vel interdum polygami, in axillis solitarii vel rarius fasciculati, brevissime pedicellati ; sepala 5, abbreviata rotundata ciliata ; stamina 10-20, annulo glanduloso cincta ; ovarium cylindricum 2-ovulatum, stylo cylin- drico valido subfequilongo, stigmate obscure 2-3-lobato ; bacca ovalis, cimi pedicello accreto et stylo persistente (an matura ?) 1-2 cm. longa. Hab: Cape Colony, South-eastern Eegion, near Komgha, in woods, alt. about 600 meters, fl. March, H. G. Flanagan (No. 682). Very different-looking from A', monospora Harv., hitherto our only known species, by its much smaller leaves and its apparently constantly biovulate ovary. Muraltia Flanagani, n. sp. — Fruticulus ramosus glaber ; rami divaricati, 10-20 cm. longi, inferne pulvinulis foliorum delap- sorum vestiti, ultimi foliosi subangulati, minute verrucosuli ; folia e pulvinula persistente brevissime petiolata oblonga obtusa, subtua 1-nerva, rigida, marginibus scabridis Sfepius reflexis, adscendentia vel squarrosa, 3-5 mill, longa ; flores pedicellati, pedicellis 2 mill, longis ; sepala elliptica vel oblonga, lateralibus multo majoribus scariosis obtusissimis, 3 mill, longis ; petala oblonga obtusissima unguiculata, carina 5 mill, longa paullo breviora ; ovarium glabrum muticum. Hab : Orange Free State, summit of the " Mont aux Sources," alt. about 2950 meters, fl. Dec-Jan., H. G. Flanagan (No. 2020). Flowers pink. Allied to JSI. crassifolia, Harv., from which it differs by its oblong blunter and thinner leaves, and its shorter broader and blunter petals ; also to M. rigida, E. Mey., from which it is distinguished by the cushions below the leaves, and by its shorter very obtuse and broader petals ; the leaves much resemble those of the latter species. Melianthus villosus, n. sp. — Suffrutex robustus erectug ramosus undique plus minus villosus, pilis aliis rectis stellatim fasciculatis aliis mollibus laxe curvis stepe intermixtis vestitus ; stipuhe liberie lanceolate acuminatte, 1"6 cm. longte ; folia breviter petiolata, 20-27 cm. longa, rachide sursum alata, foliolis 4-8 ovato- lanceolatis acutis, grosse dentatis, subtus villosis superne pilis stelloideis tenuiter vestitis, 5-10 cm. longis, 2-4 cm. latis ; racemi terminales stricti erecti multiflori, 80-40 cm. longi, pedunculo valido purpureo ; flores sparsi vel subverticillati, pedicellis gracili- bus 1*7 cm. longis, bracteis lanceolatis acuminatis subfequilongis ; calycis segmenta posteriora elliptica, 2*6 cm. longa, lateralia lineari- falcata, anticum e basi lata gibbosa subito angustatum subulatum 1-5 cm. longum ; petala 4, linearia decurva purpurea dorso villosa, Journal of Botany. — Vol. 84. [Jan. 1896.] o 18 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. apice foliaceo utroque villoso, 1*7 cm. longa ; ovarium oblongum, loculis 4 ovulatis. Hab : South-eastern Region ; Natal : Weenen County, South Downs, on a rocky hill, alt. 1200-1500 met., fl. Dec, J. M. Wood (No. 4376), Orange Free State: Eland's River valley, near the Mont aux Sources, alt. about 1850 met., fl. Dec. -Jan., H. G. Plana f/an (No. 2004). In habit and general appearance like M. major, Linn., but some- what smaller, and not glaucous, but everywhere more or less hairy; besides some floral dift'erences. Buchenroedera bifiora, n. sp. — Fruticulus erectus ramosus pubescens, ramis adscendentibus foliosis, ad 33 cm. longis ; stipulte lanceolatfe acuminata, petiolis 5-6 mill, longis subfequi- longffi ; foliola oblanceolata obtusa mucronata 1-nerva sericeo- pubescentia viridescentia, O-9-l'l cm. longa ; pedunculi axillares, racemose biflori, graciles, 1-3-1-5 cm. longi, fructiferi 2*4 cm. longi, pedicellis 2-3 mill, longis bractea lineari fequilonga ; calyx turbinatus sericeus, obscure 10-nervus, 8 mill, longus, segmentis anguste subulatis acuminatis tubo brevioribus ; vexillum sub- orbiculare unguiculatum sericeum, 1*1 cm. longum, alis oblongis auriculatis pequilongis, carina obtusa auriculata ceteris paullo longior ; legumen compressum lineari-oblongum pubescens, calyce triente longius. Hab : South-eastern Region ; Zululand, Entumeni, alt. 460 met.?, fl. April, J. M. Wood (No. 3988). Flowers purple. Greener and less silky than most of the genus, and distinct by its inflorescence. The widely separated middle lobe, with the closely set lateral pairs of the lobes of the calyx, bring this plant near to Lotononis. But the habit is rather that of Buchen- roedera. Lotononis procumbens, n. sp. — Suffruticosa procumbens, undique plus minus villosa ; rami patentes foliati, 10-18 cm. longi ; stipulte solitarire foliacea3 obovatfe vel lanceolata? acuta}, petiolis 4-6 mill, longis requilongge vel parum breviores ; foliola oblanceolata obtusa, subtus 1-nerva, tenuiter pubescentia, inter- medio 0-6-l'4 cm. longo ; pedunculi terminales, 1-3 cm. longi; flores sfepius capitati, rarius subracemosi ; capitula hemisphferica dense 8-15-flora, 2-2-5 cm. diametro ; bracteae capitula involu- crantes, e basi lata obovatre acutfe, 3-4 mill, longae ; bracteolfe 2, lineares ; flores sericeo-villosi, 1-2 cm. longi; calyx turbinatus, 7-8 mill, longus, segmentis tubo brevioribus, lateralibus falcatis patentibus, intermedio paullo longiori ; vexilli limbus oblanceolatus acutus, basi minute bi-auriculatus, ungui longo filiformi ; alas basi auiiculatsB vexillo requilongae ; carina latior, 1-0-1 -2 cm. longa, vexillum carinamque superans obtusissima, basi auriculata; ovarium lineare, deorsum glabrum, apice tanto villosum ; legumen ignotum. Hab : Orange Free State, lofty plateaux and mountains at Bester's Vlei, distr. Harrismith, alt. 1650-1950 meters, fl. Dec- Jan., Bolus (No. 8139). Belongs to Harvey's section Polylobhm, and may be placed next CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA. OF SOUTH AFRICA. 19 to L. debl/ifi, Benth. Well characterised by its long carina and narrow loug-clawed acute vexillum. The flowers are yellow, the apex of the carina reddish, Lotononis grandifolia, n. sp. — Procumbens ? ; rami sub- simplices vel parce ramosi foliosi pubescentes nodis gonuflcxi, 16-11) cm, longi ; stipulte cordata3 acuminatae, sajpius reflexie, petiolis 5 mill, longis subfequilongffi ; foliolffl 3 obovata acuta mucronata undique pubescentia, minute reticulato-venosa, inter- medio 2-8-4-1: cm. longo, 1-8 cm. lato, lateralibus minoribus ; spica terminalis, laxe 8-15-fl., G-9 cm. longa ; fiores patentes, ]-3-l-5 cm. longi; bracte^e minutfe ; calyx obconicus sericeo- villosus, 1-1-1 -3 cm. longus, segmentis subulatis acuminatis, intermedio tubo longiori, lateralibus tubo brevioribus ; vexillum ellipticum concavum, basi breviter cuneato-unguiculatum, apice tenuiter villosum, 1-7 cm. longum, alee subspathulatae fequilongjo, carina lineari-lanceolata subacuta recta, 1-4 cm. longa; ovarium lineare pubescens (legumina baud suppetunt). Hab : Natal, grassy hill, Van Eeenen's Pass, Drakensberg Mts., alt. 1600-1850 met., fl. Dec, J.M. Woo,l. (No. 5152). " Flowers purple." Noticeable in the genus by its large leaves. The two lateral calyx-segments (which are actually longer, from the base, than the intermediate) are connate for about two-thirds of their length. There are three branches laid down in the Cape Govt. Herb., and the habit appears to be procumbent, but I cannot be certain. Lotononis Woodii, n. sp. — Fruticulus procumbens sub- caispitosus, totus, corollis exceptis, albo-sericeus ; rami patentes foliosi, ad 22 cm. longi; folia 3-foliolata, foliolis obovatis acutis 1-nervis crassiusculis subrigidis, 4-9 mill, longis, stipulis lineari- subulatis stepe recurvis petiolis 2-3 mill, longis aequilongis vel brevioribus ; flores 2-3, ad apices ramulorum umbellati, 7-8 mill, longi, pedicellis 5-6 mill, longis ; calyx obconicus, 6 mill, longus ; vexillum obovatum, basi cuneatum, ungui concavo brevi ; alis oblongis auriculatis carina rostrata acuta auriculata subfequilongis ; legumen immaturum turgidum oblongum sericeum. Hab: South-eastern Region; Natal: Amawahqua Mt., alt. 1900-2200 met., fl. April, J. M. Wood (No. 4603). By its very acute carina, resembling that of a Crotalaria, this seems to belong to Harvey's section Oxydium; I should place it next to L. trichojwda, Benth. in the Flor. Cap. The flowers are very like those of L. micrantha (Thunb.), Harv., not of E. & Z. But the habit is very different, and the inflorescence has no peduncle, as in that and most of this section. Tiie leaves on the older branches are very much smaller than those on the younger ; all are somewhat shiny. Aspalathus Bodkini, n. sp. (§ Serice^). — Fruticulus pro- stratus ramosus subca3spitosus ; rami rigidi spithamtei, ad 6 mill, diametro, ramulis divaricatis intricatis, sursum dense foliosis sericeis demum glabrescentibus, deorsum uudis cicatricibus pul- vinulorum dense vestitis ; folia terna obovata acuta albo-sericea c 2 20 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. nitentia, dense imbricata, 2-2*5 mill, longa ; floras terminales sessiles, 6 mill, longi, extus plus minus sericeo-nitentes ; calyx campanulatus, 3 mill, longus, laciniis oblongis obovatisve acutis approximatis, tubo subsequilongis ; vexillum obovatum, alse ob- longse, carina obtusa, omnibus inter se suba3quilongis, gracillime unguiculatis ; ovarium oblique lanceolatum sericeum, 2-ovnlatum. Hab : Cape Colony, South-western Region, on the rocky ridges of the Skurfdebergen near the Gydouw, alt. about 1G50 met., fl. Dec, Prof. A. Bodkin (No. 7574 of my herb.). Flowers yellow. A tufted stunted rigid plant, evidently growing between rocks in a bleak situation. A little like A, arf/yrella, MacOw., but with leaves much smaller, more closely white-silky, and shining, and with a very different calyx. Like that, it has more resemblance to a Lotononis than an Aspalathus. Very distinct in the section. Aspalathus Gerrardi, n. sp. (§ Laterales). — Rami validi virgati dense foliosi, 25-30 cm. longi, cum foliis dense villosi ; folia dense fasciculata linearia gracilia erecto-patentia 0-9-l"2 cm. longa ; flores solitarii laterales sessiles, circa 6 mill, longi ; calyx obconicus villosus, segmentis linearibus falcato-patentibus tubo longioribus, corolla) subfequilongis ; vexillum suborbiculare ungui- culatum, dorso sericeum, carina majuscula glabra vix longius ; alae carina angustiores brevioresque ; ovarium oblique triangulare dense villosum, 2-ovulatmn. Hab : South-eastern Region ; Natal : near Murchison, Alfred County, alt. about 600 meters, fl. May, J". M. Wood (No. 3023) ; also Natal, Gerrard (No. 1852), Jide N. E. Brown. Allied to A. criophyUa, Walp., and much resembling it, but the leaves and flowers are much smaller, the former less silky, the calyx-segments much longer proportionately to the tube, and the vexillum not oboval, but nearly orbicular. Aspalathus Iseta, n. sp. (§ Carnos^). — Fruticulus subpro- stratus dense ramosus, ramis ramulisque rigidis tomentosis, dense foliatis, ad 10 cm. lougis; folia fasciculata linearia longe puugeuti- acuminata glabrescentia, 3-7 mill, longa ; flores 1-2, terminales sessiles ; calycis tubus obconicus sericeo-pilosus, segmentis duobus superioribus lanceolatis inferioribus subulatis, longe pungenti-acu- minatis, tubo vix 1^-plo longioribus, totus 7 mill, longus ; vexillum ovatum subcarnosum, dorso sericeum, 1 cm. longum, aire oblongae glabra carina sequilongae, carina incurva obtusissima vexillo paullo brevior ; ovarium lineare glabrum, margine ventrali barbata, 2- ovulatum. Hab : South-western Region ; Cape Colony : on the rocky ridges of the Skurfdebergen Mts., near the Gydouw, alt. about 1660 met., fl. Dec, coll. A. Bodkin (No. 7573 of herb. Bolus). A densely-tufted rigid little plant. The flowers are like those of some forms of A. arida, E. Mey., and the species is no doubt allied to that, but is distinct by its very taper-pointed pungent leaves and calyx-segments ; the branches also are not spinous. The prevailing colour of the flowers is bright yellow, CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. 21 the back of the vexillum and the upper part of the carina reddish-purple. Aspalathus desertorum, n. sp. (§ Terminales). — Fruticuhis humihs ramosissimus ; rami divaricati rigidi pubescenti-hirti ; foha 0 pulvinulis breviter spiniferis fascicuhita subteretia incurva pubesceutia doinum glabrescentia, 2-3 mill, longa ; tlores terminales mediocres, 1 cm. longi, 2-3 ad apices ramulorum, pedunculis 2-3 mill, longis ; bractea3 2-lineares sub calyce approximata) ; calyx turbinatus fusco-tomentosus, laciniis subulatis glabrescentibus tube brevioribus ; vexillum suborbiculare dorso fusco-sericeum, alaj ob- lougaj vexillo breviores, carina incurva subfalcata vexillo nsquilonga; ovarium oblique ovato-lanceolatum, pilis rectis sericeis vestitum, G-ovulatum. Hab : Cape Colony, in dry karroid places at Hottentot's Kloof, between Ceres and Karoo Poort, alt. about 600 meters, fl. Oct., Bolus (No. 2608). A stunted scrubby bush with a general ashy hue. The flowers are somewhat like those of A. laricifolia or A. canescens; the tube of the calyx about 1| times the length of the segments ; most dis- tinct in the section by its 6-ovuled ovary. Aspalathus Simii, n. sp. (§ Terminales?). — Fruticulus erectus ramosus pedalis vel ultra ; rami adscendentes cano-tomentosi ; folia e pulvinulis prominulis tomentosis fasciculata lineari-teretia mucronata subpungentia pubescentia.demum glabrescentia, patentia, ad 4 mill, longa ; flores terminales 3-5, saepius 3, vel rarius sub- racemosi, circa 6 mill, longi, pedicellis cano-pubescentibus 2 mill, longis ; calyx campanulatus pubescens, 3-5 mill, longus, lobis subulatis tubo 2-3-plo brevioribus, sinubus latis rotundatis ; vex- illum ovatum subacutum, basi intus minute sericeum, aliE oblongse vexillo breviores, carina obtusa leviter incurva, vexillo subajqui- longo ; ovarium lanceolato-subulatum, basi sericeum, 2-ovulatum. Hab : South-eastern Region ; Cape Colony : Mount Coke, Kaf- fraria, alt. 600 meters, fl. Nov., T. IL Sim (No. 1428). This has the appearance and habit of A. costulnta Benth., § Pingues. But the yellow flowers, which are numerous at the end of short lateral branchlets, are much smaller, and the tips of the alas appear to be spreading, and of a paler colour than the rest of the flower. It seems a doubtful member of the section Terminales, but I do not know where else to place it. Aspalathus latifolia, n. sp. (§ Pedunculares). — Fruticulus diffusus ramosus, 3-4-pedalis, inter frutices suffultus, totus, coroUis exceptis, pilis longis mollibus vestitus ; rami divaricati foliosi ; folia 3na verticillata lanceolata vel ovato-lanceolata, longe acumi- nata, calloso-ciliata 3-5-nerva glanduloso-vittata undulata tortaque, 1-2 cm. longa, 3-7 mill, lata ; flores laterales in pedunculis gra- cilibus 1-floris, 1-3 cm. longis, foliis stepius 1^-2-plo longioribus, bracteis sub flore approximatis foliaceis linearibus acuminatis 10-12 mill, longis ; calycis tubus obconicus, 3 mill, longus, segmentis linearibus acuminatissimis falcato-incurvis tubo 3-4 plo longioribus ; vexillum suborbiculare dorso dense albo-sericeum, circa 1-3 cm. 22 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THI5 FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. diam. ; alas obloiigse obtusissimaB glabijc, vexillo duplo breviores; carina incurva, alis vix longior ; ovarium oblique lauceolatum pilosum C-ovulatiim ; legumen (an maturum?), 2-5 cm. longum. Hah: South-western Eegion ; Cape Colony: on the mountain near the village of Piqnetberg, alt. 250 met., 11. Oct. Bnlns (No. 7528). A very interesting species, remarkable amongst its congeners by its broad verticillate calloso-ciliate and gland-striped leaves. It has a near ally in A. lavata, E. Mey. (which was collected in the same neighbourhood by Drege, in the leaves of whose specimens I found also the same narrow glands), but in that the leaves are linear and entire. A.falcata, Benth., b. longs to the same group, but in this the calyx is veiy different. Indigofera Guthriei, n. sp. (§ Simplicifolle). — Fruticulus humilis erectus vel dccambens ramosus, G-10 cm. altus ; rami gracillimi foliati glabri ; stipulfe e basi lata setaceas, 2-2-5 mill. longiB ; folia brevissime petiolata oblanceolato-linearia, utrinque angustata, mucronata, internodiis longiora, juniora tenuiter stri- gosa demum glahrescentia, 1-5-2-5 cm. longa, 2-2-5 mill, lata, marginibus involutis, superne pallidiora ; racemi pauci recti, laxe 2-5-Hori, foliis 1^-2-plo longiores, bracteis setaceis mini- mis, pedicellis calyce brevioribus ; calyx turbinatus strigoso- hispidulus, 3-3-5 mill, longus, segmentis acuminatis tubo 2-3-plo longioribus ; corolla externe villosa 8 mill. longa, partibus sub- aequilongis ; vexillum orbiculare vel ovatum acutum unguiculatum, carina acuta; ovarium lineari-teres glabrum ; legumen maturum hand visum. Hab : South-western Eegion; Cape Colony: Hottentot's-hollan.l Mts., near Sir Lowry's Pass, alt. 400 met., fl. Jan. -Feb., F. (intluir; Bulns (No. 7509). A small smooth shrublet allied to /. slinpHclfoUa, Lam. (from Sierra Leone and Angola) ; but appears to differ in habit, as well as by its involute leaves, longer racemes, and smaller flowers, which are coloured pink. It may also be near to /. Kraussidun, Meisn. (of which Harvey has omitted all mention in the Vlur. Cnji.), but which has shorter and broader leaves, and an obtusely lobed calyx. Indigofera psammotropha, n. sp. (j Unijug.e). — Annua?, vel biennis'?, humilis documbens, 10 cm. alta, basi ramosa vix lignosa ; rami simplices subangulati pubescentes laxe foliati, ad 20 cm. longi ; stipulae setaceic 2-3 mill, longae; folia heteromorpha utrinque strigosa, inferiora minora petiolo communi 1 cm. longo foliolis oblongis integris obtusis 1-1-2 cm. longis, superiora gra- datim majora ad 7 cm. longa, petiolo communi 1-9-4 cm. longo, petiolulis 1 mill, longis, foliolis oblongis lanceolato-oblongisve integris inciso-dentatisve subobtusis mucronulatis, terminali ad 4 cm. longo, 4-6 mill, lato, lateralibus minoribus ; racemi axillares, petiolis duplo breviores, 3-5-flori, pedunculis 4-6 mill, longis, pedi- cellis brevissimis ; calyx turbinatus strigosus, segmentis setaceis tubo suba3quilongis ; corolla glabra, 4-5 mill, longa, calycem 2-3- plo superans; legumina erecto-patentia lineari-oblonga subturgida CONTRIBUTIONS TO THR FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. 23 flavescenti-hirta, stylo indurate rostrata, acl 2*8 cm. longa, 2-2-5 mill. lata. Hab : Kalahari Region ; Cape Colony, near Hope Town, in red sand, alt. about 1100 met., fl. March, J)r. K. B. Muskett (No. 2039 of herb. Bolus). A very distinct species, well characterised by its frequently inciso-dentate leaves, very short racemes, and stout pods. The leaves are green, either entire or with 1-3 short broad acute teeth on either side. The species may be placed next to I. cmjijroides, E. Mey. Indigofera rostrata, n.sp. (§ Product^e). — Suffruticosa erecta ramosa ; rami subvirgati foliosi adscendentes, tenuiter strigoso- pubescentes, ad 30 cm. longi ; stipule setacese ]oatentes ; folia ssepius deDse imbricata erecta, rarius patentia, imparipinnata 3-5- juga, jugis inferioribus 2-3 mill, supra basin proditis, petiolo commuiii 0'6-3 cm. longo, foliolis lineari-oblongis utrinque acutis, vel obovato-oblougis obtusis, mucronulatis, plus minus strigosis, superne srepe glabris, complicatis expansisve, 1-2-3 cm. longis ; racemi axillares, pedunculo inferne nudo, sursum dense multifioro erecto-patenti, foliis 2-7-plo lougiori ; flores majusculi ad 1*5 cm. longi, externe fulvo-sericei ; calyx turbinatus strigosus, segmentis subulatis acutis vel acuminatis, circa 3 mill, longus ; vexillum obovatum, alfe carina breviores; legumen adscendens rectum cylin- dricum griseum tenuiter strigosum apice rostratum, 4-l"9 cm. longum, 2-2-5 mill, latum. Hab : South-eastern Region ; Cape Colony : near Komgha, on grassy hills, alt. 550 met., fl. March, Flamu/an (No. 509); Mt. Currie, IGOO met., Tyson (No. 1812 ; also No. 1264 of Herb. Austr.- Afr., MacOwan d Bolus). Orange Free State: Harrismith distr., 1700 met., fl. Dec, Bohis (Nos. 8149, 8150); also, perhaps, Cooper (No. 867). Trans Vaal Republic : near Olifant's R., Nov., Schlechter (No. 3761). A somewhat virgate shrub, variable as to the shape and size of its leaflets, and the length of its calyx-segments, but pretty constant in other respects. It has the habit of /. tristis, E. Mey., next to which I should place it, but is usually more robust, and with larger flowers, which resemble those of /. hedyantha, E. & Z. The less luxuriant specimens show narrower leaflets, and the leaves more closely gathered round the branches; Cooper's 867, which I quote with doubt, is an extreme form of this, from a high altitude. In all, the long racemes of from 9 to 13 cm. in length, the peduncle nude for more than half the length, and the strongly-beaked pod, appear to be constant characters. Indigofera natalensis, n. sp. (§ Products). — Suffruticosa glabrescens ; rami graciles adscendentes foliati subgeniculato- flexuosi ; stipulpe subulatfe minimae decidute ; folia petiolata impari- pinnata 1-2-juga, 5-6-7 cm. longa, petiolo communi gracili, foliolis late ovatis sursum longe angustatis subobtusis mucronulatis glabre- scentibus, terminali ad 4 cm. longo, 2-2 cm. lato, latcralibus minoribus, petiolulis (cum petiolis) basi verrucoso-glandulosis ; a4 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. racemi axillares laxe pluriflori, foliis plerique breviores rarius longiores, pedunculo gracillimo, bracteis minimis persistentibus, pedicellis capillaribus 3 mill, longis, floribus 5 mill, longis ; calyx turbinatus pubescens 5-nervus dentibus deltoideis obtusis ; vexillum suborbiculare cum alls carinaque fequilougis tenuiter pubescens ; ovarium 3-ovulatum ; legumen erectum subcompressum marginatum glabrum 4-5 cm. lougum. Hab : South-eastern Region ; Kaffraria, between Umzimvubu and Umzimkaba Rivers, alt. 250 met., Dmje (without No. in herb. Kew). Natal, Gerrard (No. 1882 !) ; Sanderson (No. 590!) ; Inanda, fl. April, Wood (No. 872!) ; Murchison, in bush, ibid. (No. 3062 !). Not much like any South African species known to me, and distinct by its large and peculiarly shaped leaflets. The stout strong pod is in marked contrast with the small delicate flowers, which, in Wood's 872, are noted as white. I should place it next to I. viicrantha, E. Mey. Indigofera seticulosa, Harvey, in Flor. Cap. iii. 196, var. LuxuRiANs. — Ramis rufescentibus, setis glandulosis copiosioribus, 2-8-plo longioribus, foliolis majoribus, 5-15 mill, longis, 1-5-3 mill, latis, calycis segmentis setaceo-acuminatis tubo 3-4-plo longioribus. Hab : South-eastern Region ; Natal : Umhloti and Inanda, on grassy hills, alt. 450-500 met., fi. Feb. Wood (No. 1602). Harvey described from a single poor specimen preserved in the Kew Herbarium, marked "Armstrong," of which the origin was quite uncertain. There is no doubt of the specific identity of Wood's specimens, although they look at first sight so different that I have thought it desirable to describe their characteristics, and to publish their certain South African station. Indigofera Woodii, n. sp. (| Product.e). — Fruticulus erectus vel decumbens sajpius e basi ramosus tenuiter strigosus ; rami virgati simplices vel dichotome ramosi graciles pauce foliati vel dense foliosi ; stipulas minutissimae deciduse ; folia imparipinnata, 0-5-2 cm. longa, 3-6-juga saepius 4-5-juga, foliolo terminali sessili rarius in petiolo communi producto insidente, foliolis obovatis, oblongis, obtusis, vel sa;pius lanceolato-linearibus acutis, mucronu- latis superne glabris, 2-6 mill, longis ; racemi gracillimi, foliis 2-5-plo longiores, 2-5-5-5 cm, longi, bracteis setaceis minimis saepe deciduis, pedicellis capillaribus 4-7 mill, longis ; calycis tubus minimus, segmentis setaceis corolla dimidio brevioribus vel fere ffiquilongis ; corolla pubescens 5-6 mill, longa ; legumen cylin- dricum rectum tenuissime strigosum ad 2-1 cm. longum. Hab : South-eastern Region ; Cape Colony and Natal. Var. «. PARviFOLiA ; humilis, 12-15 cm. alta, foliis 5-7 mill, longis, foliolis complicatis 2 mill, longis, terminali sessili, racemis foliis lt^-2-plo longioribus. Griqualand East, summit of Mt. Currie, alt. 2300 met., fl. Feb., Tyson (No. 1758). Var. (i. intermedia; erecta vel decumbens, ramis dense foliosis, foliolis sajpe oblongis obtusis, terminali petiolato rarius sessili, racemis foliis 2-2i-plo longioribus. Boschberg, near Somerset East, MocOwan (No, 1523), lJoh(s (No. 1755); Griqualand East, Mts, near CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AFRICA. 25 Clydesdale, 900 met., fl. March, Tyson (No. 1267 of Herb. Aust.-Afr., MacOwan d Bolus). Var. y. LAXA ; ramis longioribus laxioribusque, ad 58 cm. longis, paucifoliatis, internodiis longioribus, foliis majoribus ad 2 cm. longis, racemis foliis 3-5-plo longioribus. Natal, Inanda, alt. 650 met., fl. Febr., Wood (Nos. 974 & 781 ; also No. 1140 of Herb. Austr.-Afr., MacChcan d Bolus). A very variable species, allied to /. ovina, Harv., but with much smaller leaves and longer racemes, proportionately to the leaves. For the most part the common petiole is produced beyond the last pair of leaflets, except in var. « ; but this character, which Harvey relied upon to separate his sections FinnatcB and Producta, cannot be absolutely trusted in this genus. I have not unfrequently found them both with petiolate and sessile terminal leaflets on the same plant. The var. « looks extremely different from var. y, but the former occurs at a high elevation, and /3 seems to connect them. A common character is the somewhat long and often hair-like pedicel. The species may be placed next to I. sciicidosa, Harv. Carpacoce heteromorpha, Bolus. — Fruticulus humilis ro- bustus decumbens ramosus ; rami validi adscendentes pubescentes, dense foliosi, ramulis brevibus vestiti ; folia opposita imbricata linearia acuminata connata, basin versus ciliata, patenti-recurva, 1-2 cm. longa, stipulis nullis vel cum vaginis foliorum connatis ; flores axillares et terminales sessiles ebracteolati, inter folia fere absconditi ; calycis lobi 4, erecti subaequales lineares ciliati, 6-7 mill, longi, tubum corolla? superantes; corolhe lobi 6-7, lauceolati patentes, tubo 4-5 mill, longo subaequilongi, apice calloso-uncinati; stamina 6-7, exserta ; ovarium turbiuatum, stylo villoso longe exserto, corollam superante ; fructus turbinatus, lobis calycis coro- natus, semine pyriformi, minute muricato, nigro. — Merciera hetero- viorpha, Buck, in Eckl. & Zeyh. Kmun. p. 387 (1837). Hab : South-western Eegion ; Cape Colony : amongst rocks on the Babylon's Tower Mt., fl. Aug., Eckl. d Zeyh. (No. 2421); sandy hills near Elim, alt. 100 met., fl. July, Bolus (No. 6972). Diflerent in habit from the other species of this genus, and somewhat resembling Merciera brevi/olia, A. DC. Buck, in describing it, noted it as "a singular plant, most likely constituting a distinct genus." Harvey distinguished it as a Rubiacea, but, probably from want of good specimens, proceeded no further. The old specific name fits its present position ; for it differs from its congeners by its 4 nearly equal calyx-lobes, and by its 6-7-lobed corolla. The peculiar hook with which the corolla-lobes are tipped is entirely on the upper, not on the under side, as Bentham describes it in the Geti. Plant, ii. p. 141. 26 THE BOBERT BROWN MEMORIAL. On Friday, the ISth October, a memorial bust of Robert Brown was unveiled at Montrose, bis native town, by bis Ivinawoman Miss Hope Paton, at whose order it had been executed liy Mr. Stevenson, R.S.A., of Edinburgh. Invitations had been sent to representative botanists, especially those representing institutions with which Robert Brown had been connected. Among those who attended were Mr. Carruthers, Mr. George Murray, Prof. Balfour, Prof. Trail, Prof. Bower, Prof. Geddes, Prof. D'Arcy Thompson, besides a large gathering of local naturalists. Letters of apology for absence from Sir Joseph Hooker and Dr. King, of Calcutta, were read by the Town Clerk at the meeting which followed the ceremony of unveiling. The bust, of which we give a representation, is placed in a niche in the outside wall of the house in which Robert Brown TIIK ROBERT BROWN MKMORIAL. 27 was born, and the Town Council has undertaken that, in the event of this house bein<T pulled down iu the course of municipal improve- ments, tlie bust will find a place in the wall of the Lew Town Hall which it is pioposed to erect on the spot. After the formal un- veiling and a brief speech by Mr. Jamieson Paton handing over the bust to the town, and another from the Provost accepting its custody, a meeting was held in the Municipal Chambers, the Provost and Council entertaining the company to a cake and wine banquet. At this meeting Mr. Carruthers was the principal speaker, and we are able to give the following extracts from his speech : — I owe the pleasure of being present and the honour of saying something on the life and work of Kobert Brown to the fact thut for a quarter of a century I have occupied Mr. Brown's chair in the Botanical Department of the British Museum, and perhaps also because, like Mr. Brown, I have tilled the honourable office of President of tbe Liunean Society. It is 122 years since Robert Brown was born ia the house we have just visited, and where we have seen Mr. Stevenson's admirable bust of the great botanist unveiled by his relative Miss Paton, and presented by her to the town. The inhabitant of the house at that time was the Piev. James Brown, a minister of tlie Scottish Episcopal Church, whose father, a Forfarshire farmer, lost his life iu fighting for Prince Charlie at Culloden. The Scottish Episcopalians were decided Jacobites, but when Cardinal York, the last of the Stuarts, accepted a pension from George III., the Church, interpreting this act as a renunciation of his claim to the British throne, resolved to introduce the name of George III. into tlieir prayers. This gave great offence to many members of the Church. In Edinburgh, one man rose, put on his hat, and walked covered out of the church as a protest against the change. I am somewhat interested in this incident, as the protestor was Charles Smith, my wife's great-grandfather. Those who sympathised with him formed themselves into an inde- pendent Episcopal Cliurch, and invited the Eev. James Brown to be their pastor. He accordingly left Montrose, preferring to separate from his CJmrch rather than renounce his "lawful hereditary sovereign." A prelatic church without a bishop being an anomaly, he sought for consecration at the hands of Bishop Rose, who fully sympathised with Mr. Brown and his Hock, but did not see it to be his duty to leave the denomina;ion. Accompanied by his two churchwardens (one being Charles Smith) as witnesses, he pro- ceeded to the Bishop's residence at the Bridge of Donne, and was consecrated. I have read the original document, with the at- testations of the cliurch wardens. Bishop Brown prepared a state- ment in which he maintained the validity of his consecration, and adduced cases in which, in extraordinary circumstances, consecration by a single bishop was accepted as valid. Bishop Brown had no inferior clergy, but was the sole ordained official in this small Episcopal Church. He continued to minister to the Hock until his death. He was buried in the Canongate Churchyard, Edinburgh. I have ventured to narrate this curious and interesting story, as 28 THE ROBERT BROWN MEMORIAL. some years ago I saw and read the documents on which it is based, and I fear they no longer exist. But it is of the Rev. James Brown's distinguished son Robert that I have to speak to you. After three years at Marischal College, Aberdeen, he proceeded to Edinburgh in 1790, and spent four years studying medicine. Under Professors Walker and Hope he made great progress in Botany. He collected plants in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh, in the Botanic Garden there, and in other places in Scotland. He began at this time the careful examination and description of the plants he found. Two folio manuscript books are preserved in the Botanical Department of the British Museum containing the diagnoses of numerous plants, which he made when a student : these my friend and colleague, Mr. James Britten, picked up on a second-hand book-stall, and presented to the Museum. Soon after his graduation he was appointed assistant- surgeon and subaltern in the regiment of Fife Fencibles, and was for nearly five years stationed with them in the North of Ireland. There is also in the Botanical Department an interesting diary of part of these years : this tells of his wonderful appetite for scientific literature ; the more important memoirs he epitomised. He collected exten- sively, and continued to describe his plants with great minuteness. Towards the close of his stay in Ireland he paid a visit to London, and made the acquaintance of Sir Joseph Banks, from whom he received much kindness. He had free access to the herbarium and library of Sir Joseph, and spent most of his time in London under Sir Joseph's roof. An expedition was organised to survey the coasts of Australia, under Capt. Flinders. Sir Joseph Banks secured that a botanist should accompany the expedition, and on his nomination Robert Brown was appointed. To assist him he had a famous botanical painter (Ferdinand Bauer), a gardener (Peter Good), and a man-servant. They sailed for Australia in the middle of 1801, and returned to England toAvards the end of 1805. He brought with him about 4000 species of plants, three-quarters of which were new to science. Brown carefully studied and to some extent described the plants as he collected them, and the small octavo note-books in which these notes were made were carried about with him secured in rough pockets made of sail-cloth, which are still preserved in the Museum. When his plants were dried, he separated a set of small specimens for more careful study, and as opportunity occurred he carefully described them. This work was completed on his voyage to England, so that when he landed in October, 1805, he not only brought an unprecedented number of new plants, but he had arranged them all in systematic order, and fully described them. A few months after his arrival. Brown was appointed Librarian to the Linnean Society. For some years he devoted himself to the elaboration of his work on Australian plants. In 1810 he published the first volume of his Prodromus Flora; NovcE-Hollandiic. He fol- lowed the Jussieuan method in the classification of the plants, and by his sense of the relative value of the different parts of plants for discriminating the genera and species, the exactness of his descrip- PLANTS OF WEST GLOUCESTER AND MONMOUTH. 29 tions, and his philosophic views of the affinities of plants, he did more than any one else to improve and establish the natural system of plants. He was painfully c ireful for accuracy in all his work. It was pointed out by a reviewer, who knew more of the language than the substance of the work, that some inaccuracies in the Latinity were to be found in the volume. This led Brown to with- draw the volume after only a very few copies had been sold. He carefully corrected the called-in copies, neatly scraping out and correcting the very trifling errors. Henceforth copies of the Prodromus could be had only as a gift from the author ; but in Germany two reprints were issued to meet the foreign demand for the work. The manuscripts of this great work and of the portion never published are preserved in the Library of the Botanical Department of the British Museum. The Prodromus and some of his separate memoirs led Humboldt to bestow on Brown the title, which has been universally accepted, of " Botanicorum facile princeps, Britanniarum gloria et ornamentum." I cannot, in this place, ask you to listen to a review of the life work of Eobert Brown. His published works laid the foundation for subsequent workers. His investigations into the minute anatomy and physiology of the flower, his elaborate expositions of remarkable plants, his scientific bases for the classification of Mosses, Ferns, Grasses, and other groups of plants, and his lucid treatment of the geographical distribution of plants, indicate some of the important directions in which he advanced the science of Botany. In 1811 Mr. Brown was elected a Fellow of the Koyal Society. Sir Joseph Banks bequeathed his herbarium and library to the British Museum, but reserved to Mr. Brown the free use of both as long as he lived. Mr. Brown, after negotiations with the Trustees, transferred in 1827 the collections to them, and was appointed Keeper. He was President of the Linnean Society from 1819 till 1853 ; was a Fellow of the principal scientific societies of the world, and had the degree of D.C.L. conferred on him by the University of Oxford. PLANTS OF WEST GLOUCESTER AND MONMOUTH.* By W. a. Shoolbred, M.R.C.S. During the past season a few more species not recorded from v.-c. 31 and 35 have been found in the Wye Valley district, as well as some interesting varieties and hybrids. Several of these were discovered by the Piev. E. S. Marshall during a short visit here in June last. The Rubi have been submitted to the Eev. W. Moyle Rogers, and the Willows to the Eev. E. F. Linton. Ranunculus triphylliis (Hiern). 35. Broadwell, near Chepstow. — li. radians Eevel. 34. Ponds, Tidenham. — R. acris L., var. BorcEanus (Jord.). 34. Tuttshill and Woolastou. Polygaia oxyptera Reich. 34. Brookweir, Marshall. * See Journ. Bot. 1894, 263, 311, so PLANTS OF WEST GLOUCESTER AND MONMOUTH. Tilla platypliyUos Scop. 34. Tree near pond at Brookweir, native ?, Marshall. Prumis Cerasus L. 35. Woods near Tintern ; Penterry, &c. Euhus opacus Focke {teste Focke). 35. Yellow Moor, Tintern. — /?. leucaiiilnis Focke. 35. Itton and Tintern. — R. podophullus P. J. Muell. 35. Beacon Hill, Trelleck, Ley. Potcntilla procumbens Sibth. 34. Near Brookweir, Marshall. This also occurs in two or three localities on the Monmouthshire side of the valley. Frayaria elatior Ehrh. 35. Well established on a bank by the road-side, Monorton Valley, near Chepstow. Alchemilla vulyaris L., vaY.JjIicaulis (Beauv.) is by far the most common form in the district. — Var. jiratensis (Schmidt) was found by Mr. Marshall in v.-c. 34, in a wood near Brookweir. Epilobiwn lanccoUttum Seb. & Maur. One or two plants were found by Mr. Marshall on a bank at Portskewett Station, j\Ion. Previously recorded for v.-c. 35 by Babington from Tintern, but not found there by any botanist recently, as far as I can ascertain. — E. adnatiun Grisebach. 34. Tuttshill and quarry base below Pen Moyle, Marshall. — E. montanwn X roscum. 85. Chepstow and Shirenewton, Marshall. — E. ohscurum x parviflorum. 35. The Glynn, Itton. Crithniuin maritimwn L. 35. Piiver-side rocks, Sudbrook. Heracleum Sphondylinui L., var. anymtifolium Huds. 34. Near Brookweir, Marshall. 35. The Glynn, Itton. tialiani erectum Huds. 34. Tidenham. Crepis tararacifolia Thuill. 35. Very plentiful in upland meadows near Shirewater. My former Monmouthshire record for this was from one or two stray plants on the Wye bank at Chepstow. Hieraciiuii niuroriuii L. pt., var. pacJiyphylluin Purchas (Jide F. J. Hanbury). 35. Limestone cliffs, Piercefield. Scutellaria yalericulata L. 35. The Glynn, Itton. Stachys palustris X sylvatica. 34. Tuttshill. Ballota niyra L., var. hnrealis (Schweig.). 35. Sudbrook, &c., Marshall. Sali.v triandra L., var. IJofmanniana Sm. 34 & 35. Wye banks, &c. — X riiiivialis [hippojihaefolia Wimm. & Grab.). 34 k 35. Wye bauks near Bigsweir. " Seems to be the same form of the hybrid as the Sellack (Wye) plant," E. F. Linton. — .S'. frayilis L., var. hritannica F. B. White. 84 & 35. Wye banks and moors by the Severn. — N. alha L. 35. Magor and Undy Moors. — iS". Smithiana Willd. 35. Magor. — S. cinerea L., var. aquaiica Sm. 35. Boggy wood near St. Arvans. Epipactis atronibens Schultz. 35. Wyndcliff. Juiicus effusus X glaucus Schultz. 84. Hewellsfield {Top. Bot. 83 or 84, A. Ley). Ayrostis vulyaris With., var. puiiiila (L.). 34. Dry pastures above Brockweir, Marshall. Poa ncmoralis L., var. coarctata (Gaud.). 34. Tuttshill. 35. Chepstow Castle, &c. Festuca Myuros L. 35. Wall-top near Tintern. 31 LICHENES ANTILLAUUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTLt ExpoNiT Edv. a. Wainio. Annis 1891 et 1892 eel. W. R. Elliott etiam lichenes in insulis Dominicre et Sti. Vincenti collegit. Htec collectio, 154 species complectens, quarum 50 sunt nov;T3, hie exponitur. I. DISCOLICHENES. A. Cyclocarpe^. Trib. 1. Parmelie^. 1. Usnea. 1. U. BARBATA (L.) Acli. * U. floviila (L.) Wain. Etud. Bros. i. 3. Var. coMosA (Acli.) Wain. I.e. In Girondelle (2000 ped.) in Dominica et in St. Andrews (2500 ped.) in St. Vincent. Var. PERPLEXANS Wain. /. c. 5. In St. Andrews (2500 ped.) in St. Vincent. Var. XANTHOPOGA (Nyl.) Wain. Tliallus erectus aut suberectus, Itevigatus ant in eodem specimine interdum passim cartilagineo- verruculosus, Sfepe apicem versus leviter sorediosus, brevis aut longitudine mediocris (circ. 12-70 millim.), rigidiusculus, flavescenti- stramineus. Stratum myelohyphicum crebre aut sat crebre con- textum, KHO lutescens, I non reagens. U. xonthopoga Nyl, Lich. Campb. (1876) 2. IJ. harhata v. xantliopoga Miill. Arg. Lich. Beitr. (1889), n. 1470 pr. p. — F. suhhlrta Wain. Thallus brevis (12-40 millim.), apicem versus creberrime ramosus, pro parte demum ramis adventitiis aut passim etiam ramis soredialibus (spinula^- formibus) plus minus instructus aut iis destitutus, strato myelo- hyphico crebro. Thallo pro parte Ifevigato et minus spinuloso a var. hirta (Hofl'm.) Fr. differt. Ad parietem ligneum in Girondelle (2000 ped.) in Dominica (n. 495). — F. inolliusciiht Wain. Thallus brevis aut longitudine mediocris (40-70 millim.), apicem versus parcius ramosus, ramis adventitiis et soredialibus destitutus, strato myelohyphico sat crebre contexto. A var. moUi Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 4, thallo pro parte ln3vigato, apicem versus soredioso et strato myelohyphico crebrius contexto differt. Ad corticem arboris in monte St. Andrews (2500 ped.) in St. Vincent (n. 16«). 2. Ramalina. 1. R. GRACILIS (Pers.) Nyl. *A'. Antillaruui Wain. Thallo breviore, magis stramineo, apicibus flagelliformibus brevioribus aut vix flagellato-attenuatis et apotheciis minus pruinosis a 7i'. f/racili (Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 17) differt. Thallus circ. 10-80 millim.' altus, erectus, angulato-teretiusculus, fruticuloso-ramosus, sensim attenu- atus, ramis primariis 0-3-1 millim. crassis, longitudinaliter parallele canaliculato-striatus, esorediatus, stramineus aut apicibus passim paululum nigricantibus, medulla stuppea, KHO non reagente, ramis patentibus. Apothecia parva aut sat parva, 1-2*5 millim. lata, t Mr. Elliott made this collection on behalf of the West India Natural History Exploration Committee. 32 LICHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. lateralia, disco pallido, tenuissime pruinoso. Spora ellipsoideae, rectfe aut raro parce obliquae, apicibns obtusis aut rotundatis, 1-septatis, long. 0011-0015, crass. 0006-0008 millim., aut parcis- sime oblongfB et longitudine 0-018 millim. Ad corticem arboris prope Bow-wood Estate (1500 ped.) in St. Vincent (n. IQb). — R. ifracUenta Acli. secund. specim. orig. in herb. Ach. thallo piano et apicibus obtusiusculis, baud filiformibus a *i?. AntUlarum dififert. 2. E. PERANCEPs Nyl. Fl. 187G, 411; Wain. Etud. Bros. i. 25. F. leptotclos Wain., apicibus tenuioribus, filiformibus a forma pri- maria recedit. Medulla thalli KHO lutescens et demum rubescens. Habitu subsimilis est II. JiiujelUfera; Wain. Etud. Br6g. i. 25 ; Lich. Bras. Exs. n. 620; Wright, Lich. Cub. ii. n. 23*, a qua reactione differt. A R. ancipite Nyl. thallo breviore (circ. 30-40 millim. longo) et crebrius ramoso distinguitur. Ad corticem arboris in monte St. Andrews (2500 ped.) in St. Vincent. 3. Parmelia. 1. P. dominicana, sp. n. A P. perlata Krempelh. (Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 28 ; ii. 256), cui habitu similis est, reactione thalli differt. Thallus glaucescenti-albidus, intus albus, subtus niger et ambitu castaneus, laciniis circ. 10-5 millim. latis, marginibus adscendenti- bus partim sorediosis, in ambitu lobis sat latis rotundatis integris adscendentibus, Irevigatus, eciliatus, isidiis destitutus, subtus rhi- zinis brevibus simplicibus nigris passim instructus, ad marginem et late ad ambitum nudus, KHO superne et intus lutescens, CaClgOo non reagens et addito KHO solum lutescens. Forsan etiam sporis a P. i^erlata differens, at solum sterilis lecta. Ad corticem arboris prope craterem Souffriere in Dominica (n. 114). 2. P. ANTiLLENSis Nyl. Euum. Lich. Husnot Antill. (1869), 7. Thallus KHO superne lutescens, intus lutescens et demum rubescens. Sterilis ad Mt. St. Andrews (1000 pad.) in St. Vincent (u. 13).— Ad sect. Aiuphu/ymnitnii (Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 28) pertinet. Thallus subtus niger et ambitu castaneus, Isevigatus, sorediis, isidiis et ciliis destitutus, subtus rhizinis brevibus simplicibus nigris passim parce instructus, ad ambitum sat late nudus, lobis rotundatis, integris, leviter adscendentibus. 3. P. blastica, sp. n. A P. antillemi Nyl. thallo isidioso differt. Thallus superne glaucescenti-albidus, intus albus, subtus niger aut ambitu sspe castaneus aut raro pallidus, laciniis circ. 10-3 millim. latis, irregulariter lobatis, lobis apice rotundatis integrisque, apici- bus marginibusve laciniarum vulgo plus minusve recurvo-adscen- dentibus, eciliatus, esorediatus, medium versus isidiosus, isidiis tenuissimis brevissimisque, subtus rhizinis brevibus simplicibus nigris passim parce instructus, ad ambitum sat late nudus, KHO superne lutescens, intus primo lutescens, dein rubescens, CaCLOg non reagens. Apothecia parva aut sat parva, circ. 6-l"5 millim. lata, cupuliformia aut concava aut demum planiuscula, subsessilia, imperforata, disco testaceo aut pallido, ambitu interdum demum fissa, margine subintegro, excipulo extus interdum parce isidioso. Sporse Bufe, ellipsoideae aut subgloboso-ellipsoideaB, long. circ. 0*007, LIOHENES ANTILLARUM A W. E. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. 33 crass. 0'005-0'004 millim. (parce visfe). Pycnoconidia long. 0*006- 0-005, crass. 0-0005 millim., cylindrica, recta, apicibus truncatis aut raro alterum apicem versus levissime attenuata. Adcorticemarborum in Sliawford Estate (n. 899 et 900) et ad Laudat in Dominica. — Ad sect. Amphvjiimniam pertinet et P. ayitillensi Nyl. proxime est affinis. P. flavescens {livQin^elh..) Nyl. Fl. 1885, 607, secund. specim. orig. in mus. Paris, thallo margine (parce etiam superficie) isidioso (glaucescenti-albido, nee flavescente), ambitu subtus late nudo distinguitm-. P. isidiza Nyl. (Wain, li^tud. Bres. i. 48) ad stirp. Cijdocheilam pertinet et P. tiliacecE habitu similis est. 4. P. scabrosa, sp. n. A P. amaznnica Nyl. Fl. 1885, 611 (Wain. Etud. i. 47), thallo leviter ruguloso, subtus denudato et isidiis multo crassioribus differt. Thallus superne glaucescenti-albidus, intus albus, subtus niger et ambitu castaneus aut pallido-castaneus, laciniis circ. 6-3 millim. latis, adpressis, lobis apice rotundatis, crenatis, crenis rotundatis aut anguloso-rotundatis, axillis lacinu- larum et demum etiam crenarum acutis, lamina isidiosa, isidiis interdum demum in soredia fatiscentibus, leviter rugulosus, etiam subtus demum rugulosus et rbizinis vix ullis distinctis, KHO superne flavolutescens et intus lutescens, CaCl202 non reagens. Sterilis ad corticem arboris prope Belair in St. Vincent (n. 249). 5. P. MiNARUM Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 48. Ad truncos arborum in Roseau Valley et Sbawford Estate in Dominica. Sporse ellip- soideas aut subgloboso-ellipsoideae, long. 0-010-0-015, crassit. 0*007- 0*009 millim., Snse. Discus apotheciorum testaceus aut testaceo- pallidus. Pycnoconidia long. 0*0085-0*004, crassit. 0*001 millim., subcylindrica aut medio versus alterum apicem levissime incrassata. Medulla thalli CaCl202 rubescens, et addito KHO baud distincte reagens (in specimine e Roseau Valley) aut item rubescens (e Shawford). 6. P. tropica, sp. n. Reactione thalli a P. minarum differens, at solum sterilis cognita. Thallus superne glaucescenti-albidus, intus albus, inferne niger et ambitu sat anguste castaneus aut testaceo-castaneus, laciniis circ. 4-2 millim. latis, adpressis, sinuato- incisis et sinuatim-inciso-crenatis, crenis rotundatis aut rotundato- angulosis, axillis lacinularum laciniarumque rotundato-conniventi- bus, et crenarum rotundato-sinuatis, esorediatus, lamina isidiosa, isidiis tenuissimis, ceterum laevigatus, subtus rbizinis brevibus (circ. 0*5 millim. longis), nigris, parce ramosis aut pro parte simplicibus, tenuibus, crebris, fere usque ad marginem instructus, KHO superne flavescens, intus non reagens, CaCl202 non reagens. Ad corticem arborum in Roseau Valley (n. 131) et ad Laudat 1700 ped. s. m. (n. 912) in Dominica et ad Hermitage Woods (1000 ped.) in Cum- berland Valley in St. Vincent (n. 276). Etiam ad Sitio (1000 metr. s. m.) in Civitate Minarum in Brasilia legi (n. 1039). Var. DEFORMis Wain. Thallo sublaBvigato, passim parcissime isidioso a forma typica P. tropica differt. Forma laciniarum inter- media est inter CyclocJieUas et Suhlineares, laciniis magis regularibus et apicibus laciniarum magis angulosis a P. tiliacea recedens. Ad corticem arboris in pede mentis St. Andrews (1000 ped. s. m.) in Journal of Botany. — Vol. 34. [Jan. 1896.] B S4 LTCHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. St. Vincent (n. 12). Thallus KHO superne Intescrns, intus hand reageus, CaCl202 liaud reagens, laciniis circ. 2-5-1-5 millim. latis, subtiis rhizinis brevibus, nigris, parce ramosis aut pro parte sim- plicibus, tenuibus, crebris, fere usque ad marginem instructus. Forsan est autonoma species, at solum sterilis visa. 7, P. cHiLENA Nyl. Fl. 1885, 612 ("Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 54). Thallus crebre iteratim dicliotome laciniatus, laciniis circ. l*5-0-5 millim. latis, KHO superne lutescens, intus hand reagens, CaCl^Oo intus levissime rubescens aut hand reagens, sed addito KHO ru- bescens, isidiis et sorediis destitutus, rhizinis brevibus nigris usque ad marginem instructus. Sterilis ad corticem arboris in pede mentis St. Andrews (1000 ped. s. m.) in St. Vincent. 8. P. cryptochlora, sp. n. P.rcvolutfBFloevk.et P. aJJi^iiWsim. (Etud. Clad. i. 52) est proxima, at reactione insigni meduUfe, in nullo alio licliene visa, ab iis differens, et solum sterilis lecta. Thallus superne glaacescenti-albidus, subtus niger et ambitu ca- staneus, adpressus, crebre iteratim dicliotome laciniatus, laciniis 2-1 millim. latis, planis, vulgo conniventibus axiilisque rotundatis, apicibus vulgo subtruncatis, isidiis destitutus, passim sorediis in- structus, ceterum Ifevigatus, subtus rhizinis brevibus (circ. 0-5 millim. longis), ramosis aut pro parte simplicibus, nigris, crebris, fere usque ad apicem et marginem laciniarum instructus, KHO superne flavescens et demum sordide virescens, intus pnlchre virescens (colore demum evanescente), CaClgOg intus leviter ru- -bescens et addito KHO intensius rubescens. Ad corticem arboris ad Laudat (1700 ped.) in Dominica una cum P. tropica. Trib. 2. Stereocaule/E. 1. Stekeocaulon. 1. S. viRGATUM Ach. (secund.herb. Ach.); Miill. Arg. Lich.Beitr. (1887), n. 1134. S. furcatnm Th. Fr., De Stereoc. Comm. (1857), 14,pr.p.; Nyl. Syn. Lich. (1858-60), 245, pr. p.; Enum.Lich.Husn. (1869), 5. f. piimaria Wain. Axis centralis pseudopodetiorum KHO lute- scens et demum aurantiaco-rubescens aut rubescens. Pseudopodetia KHO extus lutescentia. Eamuli phyllocladoidei teretes, KHO lutescentes. In rupe ad Laudat in Dominica (n. 889), ad craterem Souffriere (1000-3000 ped. s. m.) in St. Vincent (n. 143). f. apptaniita Wain. Axis centralis pseudopodetiorum KHO lutescens et demum fulvescens. Pseudopodetia extus KHO baud re- agentia. Ramuli phyllocladoidei leviter applanati, KHO lutescentes. ■ Supra rupem littoralem in Richmond Valley in St. Vincent (n. 193). Podetia longitudine circ. 20-40 millim. f. Achariana Wain. Axis centralis pseudopodetiorum KHO lutesceus. Pseudopodetia KHO extus lutescentia. Ramuli phyllo- cladoidei vulgo teretes, KHO lutescentes. In rupe in Roseau Valley (2000 ped. s. m.) in Dominica (ii. 110). Specimen originale -S'. v'u- gati in herb, Ach. ad hanc formam pertinet. lilOHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT OOLLECTI, 35 Trib. 3. LECANOREa:. 1. Lecanora. 1. L. suBFuscA (L.) Ach. var. chlarotera (Nyl.) Wain, l^'.tud. Br^s. i. 77. Ad corticem arboris in Emsol Estate in Dominica (n. 537). 2. L. cinereooarnea (Eschw.) Wain. I. c. 80. Ad corticem arboris prope Kingstown in St. Vincent. 3. L. stramineoalbida, sp.n. Thallus crustaceus, effusus, sat tenuis, verruculoso-inajqualis, albidus aut sordide albidus, esoredi- atus, KHO lutescens. Apotbecia mediocria, cire. 1-1"5 (-0'7) millim. lata, adpressa, disco piano, stramineo, nudo, CaCl202 non reagente, margine tenui, subcrenulato aut verruculoso-ruguloso, discum plus minusve superante, tballo concolore. Hypothecium albidum vel albido-pallescens, inferne pallescens et passim ful- vescens, inferne KHO fulvorubescens. Hymenium iodo persistenter Cferulescens. Spor^e 8nfe, ellipsoide^e, simplices, decolores, long. 0-015-0-013, crass. 0-009-0-006 millim. In stirpem L. suhfusca pertinet, disco stramineo, neque pallido, dignota. Ad corticem arboris in Eicbmond Valley in St. Vincent (n. 239). — Apotbecia numerosa et sat crebra, demum saepe subangulosa. 4. L. PROSECHA Acb. Licb. Univ. (1810) 346 (L. suhjmca v. pro- secha Nyl. Addit. Nov. Granat, 543 ; Stizenb. De Lecan. suhfusca, 7). Secundum specimen orig. ex ins. Bartbolomei in herb. Acb. ad Aspicilias, neque ad stirpem L. suhfnsccB pertinet. Omnino similis ab Elliott abundanter lecta est. Thallus crustaceus, crassitudine mediocris (circ. 0*5 millim.), subcontinuus, rimulosus aut areolato- rimulosus, stramineo-glaucescens aut rarius glaucescenti-albidus, KHO lutescens et demum fulvescens, CaCl„02 non reagens, iodo non reagens,hypotballo c^eruleonigricante s^epe passim anguste limitatus. Apotbecia parva, 0-7-0-4 millim. lata, thallo immersa, immarginata, disco piano aut demum couvexiusculo, nigro aut atro-sanguineo aut sanguineo, nudo, thallum tequante aut demum leviter superante. Epitheciumrubricoso-fuligineumautrubricosum, KHO non reagens. Hypothecium pallidum. Sporae 8niB, simplices, decolores, oblonga aut ellipsoideae, long. 0-014-0-009, crass. 0006-0-005 millim. Osti- olum conceptaculi pycnoconidiorum macula cteruleofuliginea minuta circumdata. Pycnoconidia filiformi-cylindrica, bene curvata, long. 0-022-0'018, crass. 0-0007 millim. — Lecanora suhimmersa (Fee) Wain, liltud. Bres. i. (1890), 98, huic speciei proxime est affinis, thallo CJBsio-albido aut albido, neque stramineo-glaucescente, ab ea differens. Diversa est L. suhhnmersa Mllll. Arg. Licb. Exot. ii. (1893), 124. f. (jranulifera Wain. Thallus passim sorediis irregularibus granulosis instructus. Apotbecia nigra. Supra rupem ad Souffriere (n. 138) et Bath Estate (n. 140) in Dominica et ad Fort Charlotte in St. Vincent (n. 288). Ad banc formam L. prosecha Acb. in herb. Ach. pertinet. — Hymenium iodo persistenter casrulescens. Hypo- thallus albidus, demum fulvescens et KHO violascens. Var. RUBEscENs Wain. Thallus sorediis destitutus. Apotbecia panguineo-rubescentia aut pro parte atrosanguinea. In f. (jramili- J> 2 OO NEW AFRICAN CONVOLVULACEiE. feram ssepe transit, quamquam facile pro specie autonoma censeri potest. Supra rupem ad Souffriere (n. 146) et Bath Estate (n. 141) in Dominica et ad Baleine Falls (n. 295), Lomond Bay et Fort Charlotte (u. 287) in St. Vincent. — Pycnoconidiis cum f. <jraniilij'era congruit. (To be continued.) NEW AFRICAN CONVOLVULACE^. By a. B. Rendle, M.A., F.L.S. Ipomoea marmorata Britten & Rendle, sp. n, Caule lignoso striato glabro, foliis magnis petiolatis reniformibus vel a basi reni- forme suborbicularibns, margine crispulata apice rotundo vel retuso, facie superiore sparse inferiore in venis venulisque dense albo- tomentosa ; pedunculis brevibus unifloris, floribus magnis, brevius pedicellatis ; sepalis magnis late ovato-oblongis, crassiusculis, glabris, obtusis, rarius retusis ; corolla longe tubulosa superne ampliata, glabra ; antheris et stigmate subgloboso baud exsertis. Hab. Lake Stephanie, Donaldson Smith, May 26, 1895. Herb. Mus. Brit. A striking plant, characterised by its long tubular flowers and large broad leaves, to which the broad protruding tomentose veins give a marbled appearance on the under surface. The petioles are equal to or rather shorter than the length of the blade. The oldest and largest leaf is reniform, with a refuse apex, 2| in. long and 5 in. broad; the three following are 2i-2 in. long by 3-2J broad, and are rounded above. The short strong peduncle (^ in.) bears a single flower and two lateral alternate bract- scars, the axils of which contain the remains of a bud. The short stout pedicel is 8 lines long. The inner sepals are 1 in. by 8 lines, the two outer slightly shorter. The corolla is 5 in. long, and of uniform diameter {\ in.) for about 3J in. ; in the already withering flower the stamens and stigma reach to about this level. Is very near the South African 7. alhivenia Don, the leaves of which are similar in shape, and show the striking marbled appear- ance of the lower surface due to the broad densely tomentose veins and veinlets ; it is, however, at once distinguished by its very large calyx, twice the size of that of /. albivmia :' the corolla is also larger, but in less proportion than the calyx. The same distinction separates it from 7. lapidosa Vatke (e descript. in Linnmi, 43, p. 507), an East Tropical African species, in which moreover the leaves are longer than broad. /. Wakefteldii Baker {Kew Bulletin, 1894, p. 74), from the Nyika Country, is also closely allied, but the leaves are thinner and tomentose only when young ; while the calyx is again only about half as large as in /. marmorata, and not glabrous. Ipomoea dammarana, sp. n. Erecta, albo-tomentosa, caule rigido lignoso ; foliis mediocribus ovato-orbicularibus, facie inferiore et petiolis velut caule et pedunculis dense, facie superiore sparsius New AFRICAN CONVOLVULACE^. 37 albo-tomentosa ; floribus axillaribus solitariis, pedicellis quam petiola duplo brevioribus, bracteis clavato-oblougis ad medium calycem attingentibus ; sepalis ellipfcicis obtusis ; corolla speciosa glabra late tubulosa superne ampliata ; staminibus infBqualibus, a basi tri- angulari pilosa insertis, polline sphferico ecliiuulato ; stigmate capi- tato biglobulare. Hab. Dammara-land, T. G. Een, 1879. Herb. Mns. Brit. The whole plant as far as the exposed surface of the calyx bears a short dense white tomentum. The leaves are scarcely If in. long and slightly broader, and have a small apiculus ; the slender stiff leaf-stalk is about 10 lines. The stout pedicel (| in. long) bears a pair of erect bracts, i in. long by nearly 2 lines broad above the middle. The blunt equal sepals are scarcely i in. long and ^ in. broad. The corolla is 8 in. long, and very broadly tubular to just above the middle, where it becomes gradually expanded ; the stamens and style reach to about its middle. Near I. verhascoidea DC, but distinguished by its smaller more rounded leaves, with a very rounded apex. Ipomoea Donaldsoni, sp. n. Frutex (?) lignosa, ramis vel ramulis patentibus subteretibus spinosis ; foliis minimis reni- formibus, in petiolis et facie inferiore dense pubescentibus ; floribus inter minores solitariis, axillaribus, pedicellis brevibus ; sepalis crassiusculis, 2 exterioribus late ovalibus quam interiora sub- orbicularia vix brevioribus, glabris sed margine membranacea breviter ciliata ; corolla infundibuliforme, purpurea, areis meso- petalinis 5-lineatis distiuctis ; staminibus 5, in basi triangulare et supra pilosis, polline sphasrico echinulato ; ovario, cum disco annuliforme cincto, glabro, stylo tenui integro. Hab. Okoti and Schebele, Somali-land, Donaldson Smith, Sept. 1894. Herb. Mus. Brit. The stiff straight horizontal or slightly ascending branches, like the axis bearing them, have a thin deep reddish bark, and end in a sharp point. The very small leaves (2 lines long by 3 broad) are borne two or more together on suppressed lateral shoots of the spiny branches. The petiole is about as long as the leaf, which is folded upwards along the midrib, thus protecting the only sparsely hairy upper surface. The slender pedicels are 2^ lines long ; the calyx 2 lines, the light purple corolla 8 lines, and nearly as much across the open mouth ; the stamens 3| lines, the style, which is broken off" below the stigma, exceeding them. The species is at once distinguished by its remarkable xero- philous habit. Ipomcea blepharophylla Hallier, var. cordata, var. nov. Foliis basi cordatis, quam in typo latioribus et ovato-oblongis. Hab. Marungu, Ukikuyu Country, J. W, Gregory, July 14, 1893. Herb. Mus. Brit. Differs from the type in the invariably cordate, not entire, base of the leaves, which are moreover often broader, and not of uniform breadth, but become gradually narrower from base to apex. The general habit and characters of inflorescence and flowers correspond BO well that I do not thmk the plnnt is specifically distinct. 38 NEW AFRICAN CONVOLVULACEffi. Ipomoea Britteniana, sp. ii. Volubilis, caule glabro tenui, foliis laxis exacte cordatis acuminatis, veuis prominulis sparse pilosis, margiue scabridula et ciliolata : pedunculo brevi petiolo subsequante, floribus ad 7 subumbellatis, breviter pedicellatis, bracteis minutis ovatis ; sepalis crassiusculis glabris subcetpialibus, ovatis obtusiusculis, exterioribus verruculosis ; corolla tubuliforme superne ampliata, areis mesopetaliuis 6-lineatis, valde distinctis ; stamiuibus intequaiibus in basi lata et supra pilosis, polliue rotimdo, ecbinulato ; stigmate capitato ; capsula bruuiiea tenui glabra bre- viter apiculata, seminibus 4 glabris cuneiformibus. Hab. Ngatana, TauaKiver plains, Greyory, 1893. Hb. Mus. Brit. A slender climber, with leaves 1-1| in. long and 10-12 lines broad, often turned back at their insertion on the petiole (about ^ in. long). The strong scabridulous peduncle is 6 lines long, the smooth pedicels 3-5 lines. The calyx is nearly i in., the corolla less than 1 in. long, the tube 1^ lines \n diameter. The five stamens vary from 2^ to 3^ lines in length. The roundish light brown cap- sule is about 2 Imes in diameter ; the blunt and flattened wedge- shaped brown seeds are quite smooth. Near I. obscura Ch., but distinguished by its quite smooth seeds, the greater number of flowers in the umbel, and more acuminate minutely ciliolate leaves. Is also closely allied to /. ophthalnmntha Hallier, but agani separated by its smaller differently-shaped gla- brous light brown seeds. Ipomoea Greenstockii, sp. n. Suffrutex humilis hirsutula, ramis lignosis brevibus tenuibus teretibus ; foliis densis linearibus vel lineari-oblougis apiculatis, in costa mediaua plicatis, breviter petiolatis ; floribus paucis maguis subsessilibus, foliis circumdatis ; bracteis linearibus brevibus; sepalis 2 exterioribus majoribus ovato- lanceolatis, interioribus angustioribus acuminatis, et qua obtectis glabris ; corolla glabra mfundibuliforme purpurea, areis meso- petaliuis angustis lineis 2 conspicuis valde delimitatis ; stamiuibus inaequalibus, poUine sphserico echinulato ; stigmate capitato. Hab. Pilgrim's Best, Transvaal, liev. IF. Greenstock, 1879. Herb. Mus. Brit. A plant in Herb. Kew (Wood, Natal, No. 4490) is, I believe, the same. A small bushy plant 3-6 in. high, the thin wiry branches bearing numerous leaves, which reach 1^ in. in length, with a breadth of 1^-3^ lines, and are densely somewhat stiffly hairy, except on the upper surface, which is protected by the upward folding of the leaf along the midrib. The two or three large flowers are in the centre of the plant ; the short pedicel, bracts, and calyx, where exposed, bear hairs similar to those by which the leaves and branches are invested. The sepals ara 7 lines long, the outermost the broadest (3 lines) and subacute, the others successively narrower, and in- creasingly acuminate. The corolla is 1| in. long by 1|- diameter at the mouth. The five stamens are all unequal, 6^-8 lines in length, two being conspicuously longer than the rest ; the style, with its capitate stigma, is intermediate in length between the shorter and longer stamens. is near the ISouth African /. argyreoides Choisy, but distinguished BRITISH WILLOWS. 39 at once by its low-growing habit, long hairy indumentum, and calyx with successively smaller sepals. Merremia Gregorii, sp. n. Suffrutex e rhizomate lignoso late ramose ; ramulis longis tenuibus supra basin pilosam glabris, volu- bilibus ; foliis glabris petiolatis, lamina pane ad basin 5-fida, segmentis linearibus apice pungentibus interdum infcqualibus ; pedunculis petiolis subfequantibus, 1- rarius 2-floris, basin versus fulve-pilosis, bracteis parvis ovatis ; floribus mediocribus, sepaUs glabris herbaceis lanceolatis acutis, 2 exterioribus interdum ovatis ; corolla calycem duplo excedentibus, late infundibuliforme, alba (?) lineis mesopetalinis purpureis notata ; filamentis subulatis parte in- feriori breviter pilosis, antheris sub apice contortis, polline globoso inerme ; stigmate biglobulare. Hab. Golbanti, Tana Eiver plains, J. W. Gregory, Feb. 1893. Herb. Mus. Brit. A very distinct species, characterised by its palmate leaves with five very narrow sometimes almost filiform segments. The long slender branches are subcompressed. The very slender petioles (6-8 lines long) are sometimes sparsely pilose. The slender leaf- segments are 1^ in. long, and ^-1 line broad ; two of the five are often much shorter than the rest. The calyx is ^ in. long; the sepals about 2 lines broad. The corolla is 1 in. long, the stamens | in. The flowers recall in size and appearance those of M. mxdtisecta Hallier, collected by Welwitsch in Angola, The very long peduncles and pinnately divided leaf- segments, as well as its more robust character, at once distinguish the West African species. Convolvulus sagittatus Thunb., var. macroglottis Baker in Fl. Trop. Afr. iv. ined. Hab. Guaso Mairi, Laikipia, J. W. Gregori/, June 23rd, 1893. C. sagittatus is a South African plant, which is represented by varieties in Abyssinia and Eastern Tropical Africa. BRITISH WILLOWS. The third fascicle (Nos. 51-75) of the Set of British Salices issued by Messrs. Linton will be issued during this month. By the kindness of the compilers we are enabled to extract the following passages, which, we think, will be found of interest, from the sheet of notes which accompanies the specimens : — " S. CHspidata (No. 51) is no doubt planted at Wybunbury in part, but the scattered bushes which occur and the presence of both parents render it probable that the hybrid is native there. S. aurita x j^hylici/olia from Forfar and Perthshire seldom exhibits the presence of S. aurita in fair proportion ; we give (No. 69) a sample from Clova, which we have tested for four or five years in cultivation, but are glad that Mr. J. Fingland's kind help has enabled us to show (No. 58) a form in which S. aurita preponderates and S. phylici/olia is the less conspicuous parent. No. 62 is scarcely 40 ENLARGEMENT OF THE 'JOURNAL OF BOTANY. an average sample of S. cincrea L. var. aijuatica, not being suffici- ently distinct from the type ; but it was the only available form gathered in the season of 1895. A much more distinct form of the variety occurs in Dorset. " Our No. 03, S. cinerea x repens, is the same plant as that which the late Dr. F. B. White named <S'. Cnprea x repeats, and re- ported as new for Britain in his Bevisiun (p. 394) under that title. We have never been able to accept that naming, and are convinced, after six years of cultivation and careful study, that our own naming is the correct one. There is reason to suspect that the two supposed cases of 8. cinerea x repens, given in the preceding para- graph in the Revmon (pp. 393, 394), one of which was our own gathering from Holme Fen, are merely strong repens forms, and that our plant (No. 63) was the only S. cinerea x re2)e7is known for Britain when the Revision was published. " Nos. 68-71 contain several forms of S. repens. No less than five of these come from one small area of heath mtersected by a line of railway. As these all present some variation, the inference is that there is little or no constancy in repens forms ; and wider ob- servation tends to show that they are too numerous, and shade off too gradually into one another, to be worth classifying under the discarded varietal names. S. rosmarinifolia (No. 72) is introduced into our set because it has long been regarded as British, and per- haps too hastily been dropped out of the British list. It is almost more than a variety, a sub-species rather of S. repens. A remarliable form of S. Myrsinites is issued as No. 73, only found hitherto in one corner of Glen Fiagh : there is a possibility that *S'. niiiricans may have entered remotely into its composition, and may account for the shape and size of the leaves, but the evidence is too slight for any certainty regarding its presence." ENLARGEMENT OF THE 'JOURNAL OF BOTANY.' [With the December number was sent out a circular, announcing a proposed enlargement of this Journal, with a reply post-card on which subscribers were invited to express their views on the matter. The responses have been in almost every instance favourable, and the change therefore begins with the present issue. As it is desirable to put on record in the Journal itself the reasons which have led to the change, the circular above referred to is here reprinted.] The steady increase in the number of papers which have been sent to the Journal of Botany for publication during the last year has forced upon me the consideration of means whereby to meet the demands upon its space. This increase is gratifying evidence that the Journal is recognized as a suitable medium of communication with the scientific world ; and it may be said with truth that it offers the only means by which prompt publication of new dis- coveries can be secured. gflORT NOTES. 4l The financial position of the Journal does not, however, warrant any additional expenditure. For the last few years it has not, as was at one time the case, involved any loss, but it does little — in some years nothing — more than pay its way. Of this I do not complain, as I did not undertake the editorship with a view to financial profit ; but, on the other hand, I should not be justified in incurring any loss. After discussing the position with various botanists, I propose to enlarge the Journal by giving an extra 16 pages monthly, and to raise the price of each number to Is. 8d., and of the annual sub- scription to 16s. This means that the contents will be increased by one-half, while the charge will be raised by one-third, so that subscribers will be the gamers by the change. At times, of course, it may be desiiable to substitute one or more plates for the additional pages, but the general result of the change will be that each number will contain 48 pages, instead of 32 pages. The change indicated will enable me to give more scope to various branches of botany which have hitherto been somewhat neglected. The discontinuance of GreviUea has brought me a large number of cryptogamic papers for which I am anxious to find space ; and it will be possible to bring to a speedy termination Mr. W. A. Clarke's interesting " First ilecords of British Plants," the continued postponement of which others besides myself have re- gretted. In many other ways, the additional pages will result in making the Journal more useful and more interestuig. The present seems a fitting opportunity for suggesting that the list of subscribers might easily be enlarged, if those who already subscribe will induce their friends to do so. There are many who, for the sake of encouraging science, would be willing to add the Journal to their list of periodicals, or who would present it to some reference library. The work of editing the Journal for sixteen years has been considerable, and financially unremunerative, and I think gives me a claim to the support of those interested in any branch of botany. James Britten. SHORT NOTES. Merionethshire Plants {Journ. Bot. 1895, p. 362). — Mr. Han- bury informs me that the Cwm Bychan hawkweed, which I gave in my paper as H. lapponicum, is H. rvjidxiin var. serpentiniwiF. J. H. — W. E. Linton. HiERACiA Records. — A form of Hieraciiim umbellatiim which occurred near Truro has been named by Mr. Hanbury var. montlcola Jord. The broader and more entire leaves are obvious characters which separate it from the type. In Hants and Bucks tl. sciaphiluin Uechtritz occurs near High Clere, Hampshire, and near Taplow, Bucks. It is probably the H. vulyatum of most of the southern counties. — G. C. Druce. 42 NOTICES OF BOOKS. Darwin and after Darivin. Vol. II. — Post-Darwinian Questions — Heredity and Utility. By tlje late George John Romanes, M.A., LL.D., F.ii.S. Pp. xii, 344. 8vo. Price 10s. 6d. With portrait of Author. London: Longmans. 1895. The notice of the first volume of this book, devoted ti an exposition of Darwinism, which appeared in the Journnl (1892, p. 311), conveyed the reviewer's opinion that it failed to expound with lucidity a subject that was already fairly clear to all cultured minds. It was, in fact, not a literary success. It was not a book that was much needed, and there was therefore no great disappoint- ment about it. It is otherwise here. If ever a book were needed, one containing an examination of post-Darwinian questions, as they are called, is most decidedly that book. A considerable number of mutually destructive and even self-destructive theories have been introduced to the speculative public, and the ordinary working naturalist has had fits of trying to understand them and reconcile them with what he knows, generally ending in the reflection that evolution seems to have liappened somehow, but that we appear to be further than ever from accounting for it. Darwinism, with its wealth of observation, its splendid success in fascinating men's minds, its calm and serene purpose, produced a rising market for theories, most of them the product of fireside reflections, conjured up from the inner workings of a ferment of ideas with random recollections of facts to support them — without grit or staying- power. These were fondly hoped to place their authors on pinnacles only a little less than the central Darwin peak. At first the public bought eagerly in this market, but now the prices are all down. Some, like Weismannism, have gone in for re-construction occasionally, but the new issues have fallen flat. " What price Panmixia?" Buyers must remember that this stock is the same as the Cessation, of Selection of Mr. Eomaues, issued earlier. I had hoped that this volume was to take stock of whatever advance had been made, or to destroy by judicial examination the claims of false prophets, and to clear the minds of such of us as had got confused, but it is too much a continuation of the wrangle. The judicial examination is sometimes like that of a French tribunal, where the judge himself accuses the unhappy man at the bar, and even the witnesses. " Don't bring your Panmixia here. It is my own offspring, and I ought to know." Be all these things as they may, this book is a much better book than Volume I. It does guide us, — it has the eft'ect of making us read again with a better understanding passages in other books that were obscure ; it is written in much clearer style, and it shows an extraordinary mastery of the literature and grip of elusive ideas. It is very nearly a great book, and certainly confirms one in an old and long cherished belief that its amiable and much lamented author was often on the point of becoming a great man. There was never a human being but would have gladly welcomed this success had it BRITISH FUNGUS FLORA. 43 come. His daring speculations and fertility of ideas, had they been united with an equal share of patient observation, would have raised him to a high place in the history of natural science. The promised Volume III., dealing with Isolation and Physiological Helection, will be looked forward to with a greater anticipation of guidance now that this volume has shown an advance on its pre- decessor. The questions discussed in the present one frequently involve botanical questions, though they are of interest to us as general biological questions ; but even the " hard-boiled botanist," as he is amusmgly called, will find something to interest him, and probably disagree with him, in chapter viii. on Characters as Adaptive and iSpecific. G. M. British Fuiiffus Floni : a Classified Text-book of Mycology. By George Massee, Vol. IV. 8vo, pp. 522. London : Bell & Sons. 1895. Price 7s. Gd. During the last quarter of a century so many species of fungi have been added to the British flora, that the genera founded by the older mycologists have become too cumbersome, and have been made to include species too far removed in structural affinity. This is especially the case in those groups which require the use of the microscope for their accurate diagnosis, and which, having been examined only with the naked eye or a pocket-lens, are so briefly and incompletely described, that it is often impossible to ascertain what species the author had in view. Since the publication of the Handbook of British Fumji in 1871, Dr. Cooke and other of our leading mycologists have taken in hand different groups, and revised them as thoroughly as the state of knowledge at the tune permitted. But many orders still remaining in confusion, and tlie number of species still increasing, Mr. Massee has undertaken, in the British Fungus Flora now in course of publi- cation, the giganiic task of the revision and rearrangement of all the species recorded as British. This work has now reached the fourth volume, which treats of three out of the five families of the Ascornycetes, viz. : the GymnoascacecB, the Hysteriacea, and the Discomycetes. The Introduction contains a general description of the order, a clear and concise description of the terms employed in describing the different parts of the plant, and valuable hmts on the collection and examination of specimens. This is followed by the systematic arrangement, which, in accordance with the plan of the entire work, commences with the least, and ends with the most highly- developed group. This is no doubt in accordance with nature, but may be confusing to the student who has always been accustomed to work in the contrary direction, and whose herbarium is arranged on the old lines. This part of the work commences with the small family of the Gymnoascace(P., in which the spore-containing asci are naked, the ascophore being absent. Then follow the Hysteriacece, in which the fructification is enclosed in a well-developed ascophore ; and 44 BRITISH FUNGUS FLORA. granting that a perfect linear arrangement of groups of natural objects is an impossibility, it is difficult to understand why this family has been placed here, between the GymnoascacecE — than which the species are much more highly developed — and the Discomtjcetes, with which they have no very close affinity, instead of next to the Pyrenonujcetes, a family closely related in structure of ascophore and spores, and of similar habitat ; the principal difference being in the longitudinal dehiscence of the ascophore in Hysteriacccr, as compared with the pore-like orifice of many of the Pyrenomycetes. As regards the spores, it is probable that every species of the one family might find a place in close relationship with those of the other. With the Phacideacem, which are placed at the commence- ment of the Discnmycetes, the HysteriacecB have much in common, and therefore would it not be better to consider these as a new point of departure, and to place all three groups after the rest of the Disco- viycetes, and next to the Pyrenomycetes.^ The Stictea; would then lead on in a natural sequence from the GymnoascacecB to tlie higher families of the Discomycetes, the last of which, HelveUecp, ends the volume. Each family is preceded by an analysis of the genera, the names of the older mycologists being retained, and where subdivision of genera has been found necessary, old names have been restored, or more modern ones adopted. In some few cases these names seem to have been unnecessarily multiplied, as in the case of Barlaa, wliich is only Eumaria with globose spores, — surely not a sufficient generic distinction ; and Mitrophora, although a genus instituted by Leveill6, might well have remained united to Morchella, it being unnecessary to divide such a small and well-defined group into two genera, solely on account of the margin of the pileus being adnate in one section and free in the other. In such a comparatively limited fungus-flora as that of Britain, it would be well to cut down the number of generic names as much as possible, and not to follow too closely in the steps of those European mycologists who have manufactured genera to such an extent as to lead to the belief that at no distant date each species will be a genus in itself. Mr. Massee, however, does not always accept such refined dis- tinctions as those noticed above, but has in at least one instance united instead of divided genera, Hymenoscypha being merged into Helotiiim, with the addition of some few species formerly arranged under other genera. This is well, and a study of the analytical table to the Glabrata section of PezUm will show that the genus thus constituted is separated by sufficiently definite characters from its neighbours. In most of the other genera described in this work, the species have been so grouped into sections that the labour of hunting down a plant is reduced to a minimum ; but in this genus the only assistance afforded to the student is that they are grouped according to habitat. This, taking into consideration the author's remark in connection with the generic description, is useful and perfectly legitimate ; but some kind of analytical key to the species would have been very acceptable in a genus containing seventy species, which in some of the groups are with difficulty distinguished, especially in the case of dried specimens. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 45 Figures illustrating the genera are given, which, though rather diagrammatic in character, give a good idea of the structure of the plants. Separate indices are provided, one of the genera, and another of the species and synonyms. In conclusion, this volume may be recommended both to the advanced student, and to the possessor of a microscope who is anxious to find interesting and beautiful objects on which to employ it, and if such an one wishes to help on the study of mycology by original work, the following remarks by the author, in connection with the family AscoholecB, may indicate to him in what direction it may be prosecuted : — " The members of the present group rank among the most beautiful and interesting of the Discomycetes, and at the same time it is certain that they are more imperfectly known than those of any other family. The reason of this is on account of the extreme delicacy and minuteness of most species, many being practically nothing more than a semi-liquid point of jelly in con- sistency, and unless all the details are drawn up from the living specimen, the diagnosis is certain to be more or less imperfect. To those who have the opportunity, the present group offers an opportunity for adding vastly to our knowledge of these beautiful organisms." Cedric Buoknall. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. Annals of Botany (Dec.) — E. C. Jeffrey, ' Polyembryony in Erythronmin amencanum' (1 pi.). — M. O'Brien, ' The Proteids of Wheat.' — E. C. Hansen, ' The Variation of Yeast-cells.' — J. E. Humphrey, ' On some constituents of the Cell ' (1 pL). — A. H. Church, 'Structure of thallus of Xeomeris dumetosa' (3 pL). — A. H. Trow, ' Karyology of Saproleynia ' (2 pi.). Bot. CentralbJatt (No. 48). — G. Lutz, ' Ueber die oblito-schizo- genen Secretbehalter der Myrtaceen.' — (Nos. 49, 51). E. v. Fischer- Benzon, * Zur Geschichte unseres Beerenobstes.' Bot. Gazette (Nov. 17). — A. F. Woods, ' Kecording apparatus for transpiration ' (1 pi.). — E. Thaxter, ' Aquatic Fungi ' [Myrio- blepharis, gen. nov. : 1 pi.). — B. T. Galloway, 'Development of Uncimda ' (2 pi.). — W. Deane, ' My baby flower-press.' — M. F. Boynton, ' Dissemination of Seeds.' Bot. Notiser (haft. 6). — J. Erikson, ' Alfvarfloran pa Oland.' — E. Nyman, 'En il/ono/rt-liknande laf.' — Id., 'Biologiska Moss- studier.' — A. Cleve, ' En rod Bulbochate.' — J. Eriksson, ' Ein parasitisclier Pilz als Index der inneren Natnr eines Pflanzen- bastards.' — A. Nathorst, ' Om nagra fossila mossor fran vara qvartara kalktuffaflagringar.' — Id., ' Om hafre som epifyt.' Bull. Bot. Soc. France: xli (Session extraordinaire). — F. Camus, Cryphcea Lamyana. — E. Fischer, Coleosporium. — F. 0. Wolf, ' Sur trois nouveaux hybrides du genre Hieracium.' — A, Chabert, * Sur la conservation du Gen^py dans nos Alpes.' 46 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. Bull. Tnrreii Bot. Club (Nov. 80).— E. G. Britton, 'Contributions to American Bryology' (2 pi.). — A. M. Vail, Rhynchosia Michauxii & B. Torret/i, spp.nn. — G. V. Nash, 'American Grasses.' — G. Macloskie, ' Vegetable Spiralism.' Bot. Zeitumi (Dec. 16). — K. Wagner, ' Die Morphologie des Limnanthemum nymph(Boides.' Gardeners' Chronicle (Nov. 30). — Nephrodium dejectum Jenm., sp. n. — (Dec. 14). Luddemania triloba Rolfe, sp. n. (fig. 118). — Ci'phalotaxus drvpacen (fig. 120). — (Dec. 28). Synandrospadix vermitoxicus (fig. 131). Journal de Botaniqtie (Dec. 1). — F. Hy, Medicago media. — E. Malinvand, Lymnachia thyrsifiora dans la Haute-Loire. — L. G. de Lamarliere, ' Mnscinees du Nord de la France.' — (Dec. 1, 16). A. Francliet, Primnlacees de la Chine occidentale. — P. Van Tieghem, 'Acrogamie et basigamie.' — L, Morot, Doassansia intermedia, sp. n. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Botany, xxxi, No. 214 : Dec. 17). — P. Groom, * Monocotyledonous Saprophytes' (3 pi.). — I. H. Burkill, 'Variations in number of Stamens and Pistils.' — J. G. Boerlage, Chimonanthus Ghaeri. Malpiyhia (fasc. xi-xii). — P. A. Saccardo & 0. Mattirolo, Oedo- mycea leproides (1 pi.). — L. Buscalioni, ' Studii sui cristalli di ossalato di calcio.' — A. Fiori, 'Paleotulipe, Neotulipe, a Mellotulipe.' Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. (Nov. 1). — G. Sandri & P. Fantozzi, ' Contribuzione alia Flora di Valdinievole.' — E. Baroni, ' Gigli nuovi della Cina.' — M. A. Mirabella, ' I nettari extranuziali nelle varie specie di Ficus' (1 pi.). Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Dec). — E. Schlechter, ' Asclepiadace?e Ivnntzeanai ' (Dactylostelma, gen. nov.). — W. Schmidle, ' Zur alpinen Algenflora ' (cont.). — E. v. Halacsy, 'Zur Flora von Griecheuland.' — J. Freyn, ' Plantje Karoanae DahuricfB.' — • J. v. Sterneck, AlectorolopJms. — C. Warustorf, ' Bidens connatun ein neuer Biirger der europaischen Flora.' BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, cBc. We are glad to learn that the Rev. W. R. Linton has in hand a Flora of Derbyshire, which he hopes to publish in the course of a year or two. The Flora will comprise the Phanerogams and Cryptogams, Musci, Hepatics, and Fungi. The county will be divided into seven areas, mainly according to the geological nature of its surface. Mr. Linton will be much obliged for any communi- cations ou the botany of the county, specially as regards earliest records and first discoveries of plants. These should be addressed to hiin at Shirley Vicarage, Derby. An Appendix to the Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, issued towards the end of November, contains a list of " New Gf^rden BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 47 Plants of the year 1894." " These lists are indispensable to the maintenance of a correct nomenclature, especially in the smaller botanical establishments in correspondence with Kew"; if this is so, it is to be regretted that this was not issued earlier in the year, as such a list could easily have been completed in the first week of 1895, and published at once. The enumeration includes such plants as " Cypripedium Mme. Octave Opoix" and "Odonto- glossum Imperatrice de Russie," as well as others "of no horti- cultural interest; " and the information it gives is thus fully entitled to be classed as " miscellaneous." The number of the Bulletin purporting to be for November made its appearance in the latter half of December, but — as if to compensate for this lateness — tlic first " Appendix" for 189G has already been published. Mr. E. Schlechtek, whose papers on Asrlepiaducfcc have lately been appearing in this Journal, left England early in December for a prolonged visit to South Africa. Arriving at Cape Town in January, he will proceed to the Could Bokkeveld. In June or July, according to the rainy season, he will go to the southern parts of Nama-land, then over the Orange Eiver to Liideritzland. In September he will return south, to visit the less explored western regions, especially the Hantam Mountains. In 1897, starting from Natal through Zululand and Swaziland to the Limpopo Valley, Mr. Schlechter, after crossing the Limpopo Eiver, will explore Matabeleland and the other regions between the Limpopo and Zambesi Elvers. He hopes to return to Europe about May, 1898. Mr. G. C. Druce has been appointed Curator of the Fielding Herbarium at Oxford. We are glad to learn that the INIonocotyledons of the Flora Capensis (to occupy the sixth volume, volumes iv. and v. being left for the remaining Dicotyledons) have been sent to press; and it is to be hoped that, in the interests of the Colonies, Mr. Chamberlain will do something to accelerate the pace of the Flora of Tropical Africa, for the continuation of which Lord Salisbury expressed anxiety nearly five years since. We note that neither of these Floras occurs in the list of "Works in preparation at the Eoyal Gardens, Kew," which appears in the latest issue of the Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, nor is there any indication that the much- needed Guide to the Gardens is in progress. Oddly enough, however, Mr. Jackson's Index, completed some months back, still finds a place in the list. Is it not time that the numbering (in roman numerals) of the articles of the Bxdlethi was discontinued? In some cases — e.(j. " CCCCLXXXVIII. Sumach" — the number is considerably longer than the title to the article, and can serve no useful purpose. Mr. F. N. Williams has issued a "Provisional and Tentative List of the Orders and Families of British Flowering Plants," which is based on the works of Willkomm and Lange, Engler and Prantl, Parlatore, Caruel, and others, with some additions by Mr. Williams himself. The list is calculated to startle English botanists, <'who," Mr, Williams tells us, "cling with tenacious conservatism 48 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. to the archaic arrangement of Jussieu and DeCandolle," and who are likely to jump when they find Uanuncidacea; sandwiched hetweeu Aristolochiacea. and CeratoplujllacecB. Mr. Williams proposes the term phyhim for each of the three primary divisions of flowering plants — the Gymnoapermea, {Conifer(B)&ndi Anthoaperinm {^' Dendroph- thoacecR " — i. e. Ijoranthacea) forming two of these, while everything else goes into " Phylum I. Angiospermse." "This brief tabular statement is issued to those who may be interested in classification, in the hope that it may elicit some suggestions and criticisms, before venturing to take in hand a rearrangement of British genera which shall be more in accordance with the principles of taxonomy taught by continental botanists": so we have something to look forward to. The list is privately printed, but we have no doubt Mr. Williams (whose address is 181, High Street, Brentford) will forward copies to such of "those who may be interested" as have not already received it. The recently issued part (vol. ii. part 3, 1894-5) of the Trans- actions of the Perthshire Society of Natural Science contains botanical notes by Prof. Trail, and a memoir, with full-length portrait, of Dr. F. Buchanan White. The Supplement to Mr. Jackson's Index Kewensis, which the compiler of that work and M. Durand have in hand, and which will bring the book up to the end of 1895, is making rapid progress. Mr. Jackson's part of the work is completed up to the beginning of December, and includes some 32,000 names. We much regret to announce the death of Lord De Tabley, better known to botanists as John Leicester Warren, which took place in the Isle of Wight on Nov. 22nd. A further notice will appear in an early issue of this Journal. The death is also an- nounced of Prof. George Lawson, who died at Halifax, Nova Scotia, on Nov. 10th. John Bracebridge Wilson, who died at Geelong on Oct. 22nd, was born in 1828 at Topcroft, Norfolk, of which place his father was rector. He was educated at St, John's College, Cambridge, and on going to Australia became vice-princi[)al of the Geelong Grammar School, of which the present Dean of Melbourne (Dr. Vance) was then head-master. In 1863 he succeeded to the head-mastership, and continued to hold that office until his death. Mr. Bracebridge Wilson, in addition to his services to marine zoology, was a student of marine botany. He collected seaweeds with great zeal and assiduity, and was very successful in discovering new forms : Prof. J. G. Agardh has described most of these. Through his friend Baron von Mueller, Mr. Bracebridge Wilson was able to help many botanists with specially collected material for research on particular points. He was an admirable collector in every respect, and was careful not only of the condition of his specimens, but of their proper display on the mount. Australian Phycology has lost a devoted student in John Bracebridge Wilson. TaTo.SBS. ia.rL tiil etlitTa West, Newraau imp A.Donaldsonia atenopetalaSaA./iZ'. B . Gillettia ^epalosa Tizrudl-e-. 49 NEW AFEICAN PLANTS. (Plates 355, 856.) Dr. a. Donaldson Smith has lately presented to the British Museum a collectiou of plants made during his expedition through Somaliland to Lake Rudolf in 18!34:-95. Unfortunately many of the specimens were injured by damp, but those which remain are of considerable interest. Messrs. E. G. Baker and Rendle have worked out some of these, and have described the following novelties, in addition to the two Ipomoeas described on pp. 36, 37. Dr. Donaldson Smith gave a lecture on his travels before the Eoyal Geographical Society on Jan. 6th, in the course of which he said that during a sporting trip in Somaliland over two years ago he conceived the idea that he could carry an expedition across that large extent of unexplored country lying between the Shebeli river and Lake Eudolf, with Somalis as a guard, and camels and pack animals. Accordingly he came back to England, and set to work to fit out an expedition, engaging the services of Mr. Edward Dodson, a young taxidermist at the British Museum. Accompanied by Mr. Gillett, they set sail from London on June 1st, 1894. On July 10th they were able to give the order to march from Berbera. They were soon across the hundred miles of bushy, waterless plateau-land called the Haud, and found themselves at Milmil, in the Ogadain country. As their route lay directly west, it was principally through a rough country. The Ogadain was dry, like the rest of Somaliland ; the wells and pools of water in the river- beds were far apart, and to the south-west the water was brackish. This was not the case, of course, during the spring and autumn rains, but it was astonishing how quickly the country assumed its half-parched appearance after the rains had ceased. The country became gradually more interesting as it was more unknown. They had one march of three days through a waterless, hilly country, called Sibe. There was no crossing the Ezer, owing to the great rocky walls that surround it, so they had to march down Turfi tug to its junction with the Shebeli river. The Shebeli was flooded, and it was all they could do to cross it. As they progressed they only found a few poor villages of a hundred souls each, the natives presenting the most abject appearance imaginable. The remnant of a great tribe, they were the Arusa Gallas, and their native land extended fifty miles west of the Shebeli river. On Sept. 17th they arrived at Luku, where they were astonished to find a stone tomb erected to a Mohammedan, Sheikh Abai Ezied; and a few days later they reached the imposing tomb of Sheikh Husein. There were five other white tombs of sheikhs scattered about the hilltop on which the town is situated, making quite a gay appearance. The Abyssinian General in command of this country, Wal-da-Gubbra, requested the presence of the leaders of the expedition at Ginia, and showed them every honour. After waiting at Ginia for a mouth for the permission of King Menelek to proceed, they decided to start secretly, but, after jour- JouRNAL OF Botany. — Vol. 34. [Feb. 1896.] e 50 NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. neying some distance, were overtaken by the Abyssinian army, the general presenting them with a letter from the king ordering them to return by the way they had come, and there was nothing to do but to accept the situation, bad as it was. They returned into Somaliland, where they spent Christmas in company with Prince Boris, a Eussian sportsman, whom they chanced to meet. On Feb. 1st they were across the Shebeli again, and on the way once more to Lake Rudolf, moving as quickly as possible to the Juba, as the Abyssinians might be down on them at any moment. Keeping as westerly a course as possible, he reached the wells of El Madii on March 3rd, beyond which lay a mountainous and waterless tract of country for three days (45 geographical miles). This was success- fully crossed, though the expedition suffered from lack of water, and twelve camels died on the way. After going a long way west through the Boran country, and overcoming a temporary outburst of hostility on the part of the natives, they explored the northern end of Lake Stefanie. Going far up to the north they came to a black race of people called the Amars, living high up on a mountain, and it was by their village that he was pointed out the grave of Prince Ruspoli, who had come down from the Juba river, the only traveller that had ever succeeded in getting nearly so far into the country. Gomg farther on, they came to a large river (50 yards broad, with a current of four miles an hour, and S^ ft. deep), which he afterwards found flowing into the northern -end of Lake Stefanie, and he dis- covered that it arose partly from Lake Abeia itself and partly from the mountains immediately about that lake. Their further experiences included an attack by a large and warlike tribe called the Arbore, inhabiting half of the valley above Lake Stefanie, who assailed them with javelins and arrows, but were quickly dispersed by the whizzing of a few bullets. There were no roads, and they had to make paths over ridges two thousand feet high above the surrounding country. On July 4th they found themselves without guides in such a bushy country that they were obliged to make five long marches in the bed of a river knee -deep in water the whole time. As their boots were wearing out, they were forced to walk barefooted ; but their spirits ran high — Lake Rudolf was near, and they were to be the first to reach it from the east. After more than a year's wanderings in all sorts of country, and under most diverse circumstances, they found themselves at the goal of their ambition. They reached Lake Rudolf on July 14th, 1895. A journey round the northern end of the lake disclosed the fact that the Nianann was the only river emptying into the lake, and that there was no River Bass, as supposed by Count Teleki. Mathiola Smithii Baker fil., sp. n. Fruticosa ramosa cortice pallide brunneo ramulis cinereo-pubescentibus. Folia obovata vel oblonga utrinque cinereo-pubescentia vel subtomentosa margine subintegra vel remote serrata, ^-f poll, louga, circiter ^ poll, lata, apice obtusa vel subacuta, lamina ad basin in petiolum attenuata. Flores racemosi, apicem versus congesti interne laxiores. Pedicelli breves validi cano-pubescentes. Sepala externe cano-pubescentia NEW AFBIOAN PLANTS. 51 anguste oblonga, apice subacuta. Petala circiter 7 lin. longa, caly- cem dimidio superantia in unguem linearem decurrentia. Frnctus cylindraceiis validus ad apicem divaricatim bicuspidatus stigmate persistente, ^ poll. loiigus, aduUior ad caulem appressus intus inter- qu^eque semina transverse septatus. Hab. Somaliland, Sibe. In flower and fruit, Aug. 1894, Dr. Donaldson Snnth. This plant seems intermediate between the genera Mathioht &ud. Morettia. In the structure of the flowers and in the inflorescence its affinity is with the former, while, as will be seen, in some of the fruit-characters the affinity is with the latter. A branching shrub with pale brown cortex. Leaves obovate or oblong, covered on both sides with a close cinereous stellate tomentum, ^-f in. long; lamina gradually narrowing to the base, leaving hardly any petiole. Flowers racemose, congested near the apex, lax below. Sepals narrow, oblong, covered externally with a cinereous pubescence. Petals about 7 lines long, lamina oval, claw linear, 4-5 lines. Longer stamens about 4 lines long, shorter nearly 3 lines ; anthers basifixed. Siliqua about | in. long, between each seed transversely septate. Seed reniform, reddish. This plant is allied to Matldula elliptica E. JSr. It differs in its much shorter, strongly bicusped siliqua. Mathiola Smithii is also closely allied to Morettia Revoili Franchet {Sertum Somalense, t. i.). The longer stamens are not joined as in that plant, and the latter does not seem to have a divaricately bicusped siliqua. Reseda somalensis Baker fil., sp. n. Caules sesquipedales vel bipedales erecti stricti subteretes pallide virides parce ramosi, foliosi inferne Iteves, superne pubescenti-glandulosi. Folia omnia indivisa ovata vel ovato-lanceolata obtusa glabra in petiolum attenuata. Flores numerosi, racemum formantes. Pedicelli flori- geri 11 lin., vel apicem versus subnulli, fructigeri circiter 8 lin. longi. Bracteae lineares. Calycis laciniae 6 deciduaB angustae, petala semiaequantes vel longiores. Petala ochroleuca ut videtur. Stamina 14-16. Antherae oblongae basifix^. Ovarium trimerum. Capsulfe elongatfe obtuse trigonae l^ves circiter ^-f poll, longee in racemo imbricatae. Semina reniformia pubescentia circiter ^ lin. longa. Hab. Somaliland, Shebeli river. In flower and fruit, Aug. 24, 1894, Dr. Donaldson Smith. Stem suffruticose, erect, 1|— 2 ft. or possibly more, sparingly branched, glabrous below, above glandular-pubescent. Leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, not lobed ; apex obtuse, smooth, pale green ; nerves subprominent below ; lamina narrowing to the petiole, 2-3^ in. long, l^lf in. broad. Flowers in dense ter- minal or lateral spicate racemes. The flower-bearing pedicels attain a length of 1^ lines towards the base of the racemes, above they are shorter ; the fruit-bearing pedicels are double the length. Sepals narrow, acute, slightly louger than the laciuiated petals. Stamens 14-16. The filaments fall when the young fruit has reached a length of about ^ in. Ovary 3-merous. Capsule elongate, contracted at the neck, imbricate in the raceme, 3-deutate. K 2 52 NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. This plant has rather large undivided leaves, and a dense spicate raceme of flowers. It belongs to the section Resedastrum, and is allied to R. Aucheri Boiss. and R. atripUcifoUa J. Gray. It is easily distinguishable from /.'. olu/unwroides, a plant recently described by Dr. Schinz, from Somalilaud {Bull. Herb. Boiss. iii. 397 (1895) ). R. amhlyocarpa Fres., another species recorded from the same country, has much narrower leaves. Ochradenus somalensis Baker fil., sp. n. Frutex ; rami virgati, ramuli spinescentes pubescentes ramulorum cortice pallido. Folia subcoriacea oblanceolata, apice obtusa ad basin attenuata sessilia vel subsessilia glauco-viridia nunc subsolitaria nunc rosulatim disposita, ^-^ poll, longa, circiter 1 lin. lata. Floras ignoti in racemos dispositi, racemis evidenter 10-23-floris. Pe- duuculi fructigeri circiter 1 lin. lougi, pubescentes. Capsula sub- carnosa divaricatim tridentata, circiter ^ poll, longa, 2^-3 lin. lata, 16-18-sperma. Hab. Somalilaud, Shebeli Eiver, Dr. Donaldson Smith. Col- lected when in fruit, Aug. 1894. Allied to Ochradenus Aucheri Boiss., from Arabia, which {Fl. Orient, i. 422) has been placed in the genus Homalodiscus. A copiously branched shrub, the branchlets terminating in spines ; both branches and branchlets have a pale cortex. Leaves oblanceolate, pubescent, glaucous green, occasionally subsolitary, more often in rosettes on the sides of the branches and branchlets ; leaves ^-^ in. long; margin entire; apex obtuse, gradually nar- rowing to the base. Flowers not present, evidently borne in racemes. Capsule shortly peduncled, orange-yellow, the three persistent stigmas being divaricate, subcarnose, not membranous, as in Uoiiralodiscus 16-18-seeded. Seeds shining, reddish or brownisli black, about f line long. Crotalaria minima Baker fil., sp. n. Annua. Caulis erectus ramosus circiter ^-pedalis, ramulis pilis albidis appresse obtectis. Folia parvissima 3-foliolata, foliola oblanceolata prfecipue subtus pilis albidis appresse obtecta, petiolis foliolis brevioribus. Stipulse breves lineari-subulatfe. Flores inter minores generis brevipeduncu- lati, axillares solitarii. Bracteae parvae lanceolatcT. Pedunculi una cum sepalis appresse albidi. Sepala lauceolata acuminata. Vexillum ovatum quam vexillum OrotaJaria Janiesii angustius, circiter 2^ lin. longum. Carina acutiuscula. Ovarium sessile. Legumen late ellipsoideum circiter 3^ lin. longum, pedicello recurvo, circ. 7-spermum. Hab. Galla Highlands, Giuia, Dr. Donaldson Smith. In flower and fruit, Nov. 1894. Apparently an annual, with an erect much branching stem and slender root. Leaves quite small, covered with appressed white hairs, 3-foliolate ; leaflets oblanceolate, about 2 lines long ; petiole generally about 1 line long ; leaflets sessile or very shortly petiolu- late at the end of the petiole. Flowers small, axillary, solitary, borne on a short recurved peduncle (about 1 line long), when dry of a yellow colour. Sepals lanceolate, acuminate. Standard ovate, 2| lines long, not nearly so broad as in Crotalaria Jamesii (see NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. 53 Hook. Ic. t. 1350). Keel about 2 lines long, with very short claws, acute. Ovary sessile. Legume pubescent, about 3J lines long and 2 lines broad, 7-seeded. Allied to Crotalaria Grantiana Harv., but this has thread-like peduncles about 1 in. long. Crotalaria trifoliolata Baker fil., sp. n. Suffrutex, caulis erectus elatus ramosus ferrugineo-tomentosus. Folia trifoliolata foliola late obovata utrinque tomentosa, IJ ad fere 2 poll, louga, 1-1^ poll, lata, basi cuneata, apice obtusa brevissime petiolulata. Petioli 1-li poll, longi, dense ferrugineo-tomentosi. Stipulte lineari-lanceolatte. Flores inter mediocres generis in racemos dispositi, apices versus congesti et subsessiles inferue dissiti et bre- vissime pedunculati, racemis terminalibus et axillaribus. Bractefe lanceolata?, li-2|- lin. longffi tomentosae persistentes. Calyx ex- terne dense ferrugineo-tomentosus, 3-3| lin. longus. Vexillum late obovatum, carina fequilongum. Carina navicularis acuta. Legumen ignotum. Hab. Galla Highlands, Walenso, Dr. Donaldson Smith, No. 213. Stem erect, branching, evidently several feet high, covered with a dense ferruginous tomentum. Leaves trifoliolate ; leaflets broadly obovate, more or less covered with white hairs on both surfaces ; midrib below sometimes covered with ferruginous tomentum. Petioles in the specimens before me are nearly all erect and closely adpressed to the stem, 1-1^ in. long, perhaps sometimes a little longer. Flowers racemose, towards the apex densely congested. Buds covered externally with a ferruginous tomentum. Bracts lanceolate, about 1^-2^ lines long. Sepals triangular or lanceo- late, acuminate. Standard about 5 lines long, broadly obovate, with a claw about 1 line long. Standard and keel about of the same length. Keel boat-shaped, with a short claw. Legume not seen. Allied to Crotalaria incana L. and C. Beflersii Schwf., from Hodgela, Arabia, collected at an altitude of 650 metres. The stem and petioles of the Somaliland plant are covered with a ferru- ginous tomentum, while in C. Dejiersii they are cinereous. Donaldsonia Baker fil., gen. nov. (Plate 355, fig. 1). Flores hermaphroditi regulares. Sepala 5, tenuia elliptica vel ovato-oblonga obtusiuscula, sestivatione imbricata. Petala 5, lineari-oblonga obtusa quam sepala dimidio longiora, hypogyna. Stamina 5, libera petalis opposita disco prominulo exteriora cum staminodiis totidem brevibus solitariis filiformibus alternata, filamenta glabra. Anther® elliptico-oblonga; inappendiculataB dorsifixte. Ovarium ovoideum dense villosum brevissime stipitatum. Stylus simplex, ovario duplo longior glaber, stigmate terminali. Ovula circiter 10-12-parietalia. Frutcx. Folia imparipinnata foliolis 4-5-jugis an semper ? cum imparl petiolatis integerrimis. Flores creberrimi paniculatim dispositi. D. stenopetala, sp. n. A shrub. Leaves imparipinnata, 4-5-jugate'? with terminal leaflet (the leaf material is scanty). Eachis 6 in. long, with about an inch between each pair of opposite 54 NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. leaflets. Leaflets membranous, shortly petiolulate, glabrous on both surfaces, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate; lateral leaflets slightly unequal-sided, base rounded, apex apiculate, margin entire, some- what sinuate, main vein slightly prominent below, lateral veins almost at right angles to maui vem, impressed below; terminal leaflet nearly 2 in. long, f in. broad at broadest part, which is about one-third from the base. Flowers paniculately arranged. Peduncle and pedicels pubescent. Bracts strap-shaped, pubescent, those on the peduncle about IJ lines long; bracteoles sborter, somewhat spathulate. Sepals membranous, nnbricate, elliptical or ovate-oblong, about ^ in. long. Petals free, 4-5 lines long, narrow, pubescent, margin somewhat irregular, in the dried state of a yellow colour. Stamens 5, about as long as the petals ; filaments glabrous. Staminodia opposite to the sepals, filiform, much shorter than the fertile stamens, about 1;^ lines long. Ovary hirsute, shortly stalked ; style smooth, twice as long as the ovary. Ovules anatropous. Hab. On the north-eastern corner of Lake Kudolf, in flat open country, flowering in August, Vr. Donaldson Smith, No. 398, A very curious and interesting plant. It suggests technically Fittosporea, but the anther-stameus are opposite the petals, and the leaves pinnately compound ; also there is affinity with Pasdjiorea. If the accompanying figure be compared with that oi Deidamia (data figured by Du Petit Thouars {Hist. Yeg. Isles Austr. Afr. t, 20), certain points of resemblance will be at once noted. The shortly stipitate ovary with parietal placentation and hypogynous stamens, and the imparipinnate leaves. Tlie latter diti'ers, however, in its 3-4-parted style and in the stamens being aduate to the gynophore, and in the reduced corona. In the Angolan genus AtUeranthera we have ten stamens, five of which are sterile, and no corona ; but the flowers are unisexual (see Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii, 040), and the leaves simple. Atheranthera Welwitschii Masters, I. c. is identical with Gerrardanthus Trimeni Cogn, I have pleasure in dedicating this interesting novelty to the discoverer, l)r. Donaldson Smith ; also in thanking Prof. D. Oliver for much assistance in connection with it. Mr. E. M. Holmes has suggested an affinity with Moringa, with which it has certainly some resemblance, it agrees in the 5 stamens alternating with 5 staminodia, and in the stipitate ovary with parietal placentation ; but Lkmaldsonia difl'ers from Moringa by the flowers being regular and having a decided disk, by the calyx not forming a cup at the base, and by the leaves being only simply, not compoundly, imparipinnate. Chionothrix latifolia Eendle, sp. n. Fruticosus ramis juni- oribus velut foliis pedicellisque stellato-pubescentibus ; foliis ovatis interdum paene ovalibus, obtusis integris, breviter petiolatis ; in- florescentia C. somalensis Hk. fil, ; perianthii segmentis subtequalibus oblongo-ligulatis, margine membranaceis apice subcucullatis, dorso dense et longe barbato-villosis ; staminibus generis ; ovario sub- globoso. Hab. Shebeli, Dr. Donaldson Smith, Aug, 23rd, 1894. The leaves, which reach 1^ in. m length and 1 in. in breadth, NEW AFBICAN PLANTS. 55 are densely covered on the lower surface with stellate hairs, sparsely on the upper. The perianth-segments are 3h lines long, f-1 line broad ; tlie stamens are 2^ lines, the style 2 lines. Evidently closely allied to C. somalensis, the only species hitherto contained in the genus, but at once distinguished by its much larger ovate leaves with the dense covering of stellate hairs, un- branched hairs only occurring on those of C. somalensis. The perianth-segments are also shorter and broader in proportion, and of slightly more membranous texture. Hydnoia Hanningtoni Eendle, sp. n. (Plato 356). Ehizo- mate crasso subangulato coralliforme valde tubevculoso ; floribus maguis oblongo-cylindricis, perianthii 4-fidi lobis lineari-clavatis marginibus barbatis apicem versus nudis ; antheris 4 in medio tubo contiguis oblongis demum triangularibus apice rotundis; ovario cylindrico, stigmatibus 4 cruciatis. Hab. Jordan's Nullah, Victoria Nyanza, Bishoji Hannington, Dec. 1882. Ginia, Galla Highlands, I)r. Donaldson Smith, 1895. The thick irregularly-shaped rhizome owes its coral-like appear- ance to the short ovoid buds by which it is densely covered ; it reaches 1 in. in thickness. The flowers are smooth externally, and brown in colour (according to Bishop Hannington's sketch), 0-7 in. long, subcylindrical before opening, after which the upper part of the perianth-lobes is separate, but incurved at the tips. The perianth is 5 in. long, the diameter of the tube being a good inch, while the lobes are 2|^-3 in. long, and IJ in. broad in the upper third. The edges for two-thirds their length from the base are rellexed and covered with short fleshy setfe ; in Bishop Hanning- ton's sketch they are pink in colour. The four anthers form a continuous four-lobed ring, attached to the perianth-tube. The n- shaped lobes are 1 in. high, the tliick closely approximate arms I in. across. The numerous pollen-sacs are indicated by transverse striation. The four A-shaped stigmas are arranged in the form of a cross, crowning the ovary, which is H in. long. Is alhed to the two Abyssinian species with tetraraerous flowers, H. iibt/ssinica A. Br. and H. h<t;/osensis Becc. From the former it is distinguished by the absence of the hook on the interior of the perianth-lobes, by the clavate shape of the latter, and the short setae on their edges. From H. bogosensis Becc, which I have not seen, it differs (e descript. in Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. iii. 6) in the character of the perianth-lobes, which are lanceolate in the Abys- siuian plant, and have their edges naked and only sparsely barhato riululosis in the middle. Dr. Donaldson Smith says the fleshy rhizome is eaten by the Somalis. Note. — We have at the British Museum another Hydnora {H. abi/ssiiiica) from Somaliland, collected by Hildebrandt at Meid (on tlie Gulf of Aden), April, 1875. H. abi/.ssinica has hitherto been recorded, except from Abyssinia, only from Pangani, on the east coast of Africa, nearly opposite Zanzibar (see Die Pjianzcnwelt Ost-Afrik. th. C, p. 169). Gillettia Rendle, gen. nov. Commelinacearum (Plate 355, fig. 2). [Aneilematis species, G. B. Clarke in DC. Momgr. Phanerog. 56 NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. iii. 202.) Periautliium inferum duplici serie 3-merum ; series ex- terna calycina, interna petalina. Sepala libera, membranacea, inibricata ; peLala majora, distiucta cecjualia vel sub^equalia sub- ovalia, tenera, venulosa, marcescentia. Stamina 6, bypogyna ; seriei exterute fertilia ajqualia, internje parva et ad staminodia reducta. Antlier^e fertiles oblongje, dorsifixa^, intrordum debis- centes ; lilamenta glabra ; pollen rotundum breviter ecbinulatum. Ovarium superum, serfsile, columnare, trilobum, triloculare ; stylus columnaris, stigmate capitato vix latiore. Ovula in loculis nuraerosa uniseriata auatropa. libizoma breve crassiusculum, cum fibris radi- calibus. Folia radicalia, scapum vaginantia, late-lanceolata multi- uervia. Flores umbellattB, pedicellatse. Species 1. Africae tropicalis orientalis incola. G-. SEPALosA species unica. Aneilema sepalosum C. B. Clarke, /. c. Hab. El Modu, 70 miles west of Ganana, Somaliland, Dr. Donaldso7i Smith, March 13th, 1895. Also Kitui, in Ukamba, Hildehrandt 2640 ; east of Lake Nyassa, Bishop Steere ; Limba Valley, S.E. Tropical Africa, Lieut. Smith: in Herb. Kew. The whole plant is 4 in. high, borne on a short irregular woody rhizome ; the few lowermost leaves form tubular membranous brown sheaths, surrounding the green foliage leaves, which have a blunt longitudinally veined (with 10-12 more prominent nerves) blade folded at the midrib from a short tubular amplexicaul sheath. The largest is 3^ in. long by nearly 1 in. broad. Tlie uppermost forms a narrow-lanceolate acuminate bract (2 in. long by 4 lines broad) sheathing the flattened scape, which terminates in an umbel of about seven flowers. The pedicels elongate and reach 1^ in. when the flowers open, being sheathed below by the acuminate bracteole (1 in. long by 2 lines broad). The flower-buds are acuminate. The sepals are obviously not at the same level ; the longitudinal nerves do not pass into the delicate hyaline margin, which becomes much broader below the apex ; the green colour is tinged with red ; they are 7 lines long by nearly 3 lines broad. The delicate finely nerved petals have become withered and twisted up in the centre of the flower, and it was impossible to restore them completely to their original size and shape ; they were evidently more or less oval, with a rounded end, and nearly f in. long by ^ in. broad. The flat ribbon-like filament is 2 lines long; the oblong anthers become slightly narrower towards the top, and are 2^ hues long. The stammodes vary slightly in length (about 1 line) ; the cordate head is about ^ line. The slender ovary and style are each about 2;^ lines long. The three carpels are equal. The appearance of a transverse section of the ovary indicates that dehiscence of the fruit will be loculicidal. The ovules are small and much disorganized ; only in one or two cases was it possible to make out their arrangement. 1 have ventured to separate this plant from Aneilema, as it differs in its general appearance, umbellate inflorescence, acuminate flower- buds, large sepals, large and equal fertile anthers, and apparently also in its round echinulate pollen; the pollen in every species ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. ^7 which I have examined being oblong or kidney-shaped, with gene- rally a longitudinal farrow. I am indebted to Mr. Clarke for pointing out the identity of Dr. Smith's plant with Aneilewa sepalosum., which forms the only African among a group of Indian, Malayan, and Chinese species. The genus is dedicated to Mr. F, Gillett, a member of Dr. Donaldson Smith's expedition. Mr. Baker also finds among the Polypetalae Kelleronia splendens Schinz {Bull. Herb. Boiss. 1895, p. 500, t. ix.), from low-lying country to the east of the Shebeli river; Crotalaria Jamesii Oliv., from a little to the west of the same river; C. natalitia Meisn., a South African species, from Sheikh Mohammed ; and Cassia aden- ensis Beuth. Mr. Eendle has identified XeropJu/ta Schnitzleinia Baker and Crimim Thruppii Baker, from between Jub Eiver and Lake Stefanie, and Euphorbia oblomjicaulis Baker, an Arabian plant, from east of the Shebeli river. Plate 35a. — A. Donaldsonia stenopetala Bak. fil. 1. Leaf. 2. Portion of inflorescence. 3. Flower. 4. Sepal. 5. Petal. 6. Flower, petals removed ; s, stamen ; st, staminocle. 7. Stamen and staminode. 8. Longitudinal section of ovary. Figs. 1, 2, nat. size; 3-7, X 2; 8, x 5. B. Gillett ia aepalosa B,end\e. 1. Whole plant. 2. Petal. 3. Stamen (front and side view). 4. Staminode. 5. Pollen grain. 6. Pistil. 7. Transverse section of ovary. 8. Floral diagram. Figs. 1, 2, nat. size ; 3, 4, & 6, x ^ ; 5 <& 7, more highly magnified. Plate 356. — Hydnora Hanningtoni Eendle. 1. Plant bearing a iiower. 2. Flower in longitudinal section. 3. Longitudinal section passing through two pairs of pollen-sacs. 4. Portion of jjlacenta, in longitudinal section, bearing ovules. 5. A single ovule. Fig. 1, half nat. size ; 2, two-thirds nat. size ; 3, X 16. ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. By R. Lloyd Praeger, B.E. Thirty- SKVEN years have now elapsed since, at a meeting of the Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association, a paper by Charles C. Babington was read, entitled "Hints towards a Cybele Hibernica." In this communication, the author put forward a scheme for the subdivision of Ireland into twelve provinces and thirty-seven counties and vice-counties, on the plan of Watson's Cybele Britannica ; and as the paper is not readily accessible to most botanists,* the suggested division may be reprinted here : — XIX. South Atlantic. — 113. South Kerry; 114. North Kerry ; 115. South Cork. XX. Blackwater.— IIG. North Cork; 117. Wexford; 118. South Tipperary. XXI. Bakrow. — 119. Kilkenny; 120. Carlow; 121. Queen's Co. XXII. Leinster Coast. — 122. Wexford; 123. Wicklow. * It was published in the Natural History Review, vi. pt. 2, Dublin, 1859; and in Froc. Dub. Univ. Zool. and But. Asuuc. i. 58 ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. XXm. LiFFEY AND BoYNE.— 124. Kilclare ; 125. Dublin; 126. Meath; 127. Louth. XXIV. Lower Shannon. — 128. Limerick; 129. Clare; 130. East Galway. XXV. Upper Shannon. — 131. North Tipperary ; 132. King's Co. ; 133. Westmeath ; 134. Longford. XXVL North Atlantic. — 135. West Galway; 13G. West Mayo. XXVII. North Connaught. — 137. East Mayo; 138. Sligo ; 139. Leitrim ; 140. Eoscommon. XXVIII. Erne.— 141. Fermanagh; 142. Cavan ; 143; Mona- ghan ; 144. Tyrone; 145. Armagh, XXIX. Donegal.— 146. Donegal. XXX. Ulster Coast.— 147. Down; 148. Antrim; 149. Deny. Following Watson, Babington founded his twelve provinces as far as possible on the principal river-basins of the country. Ireland does not readily lend itself to such a plan of division. Tlie Shannon valley occupies about one-sixth of the entire island, and other river- basins are small in comparison. Also, the mountain-chains being mostly near the coast, considerable areas are drained by small rivers only. The consequence was that in many cases river-basin provinces were not practicable, and this gave an opportunity for the using of natural botanical divisions, sucli as Kerry and South Cork, Connemara and West Alayo, and Donegal. So that, although the partition of Ireland by river-basins is not satisfactory, never- theless Babington's twelve provinces appear to be as good as could have been selected. Seven years after the publication of Babington's paper, Cybele Hibernica appeared, under the authorship of Dr. David Moore and Mr. A. G. More. In this work the twelve provinces suggested by Babington were adopted, the only alteration being that they were called "Districts," and were numbered 1 to 12, instead of XIX. to XXX. — of which more anon. In his British Eubi, published three years later (1869), Babington used the twelve provinces he pro- posed ; indeed, it was for the purpose of showing the distribution of the Rnbi that he first undertook the botanical division of Ireland; as he himself modestly says,''' " I should not have intruded myself into a work which seems especially Irish, had it not become neces- sary for me to subdivide the country for the purpose of recording the distribution of the Irish Eubi, as a part of my projected, and to a considerable extent completed, treatise upon the Rnbi of the United Kingdom." So much for the proposed twelve botanical divisions of Ireland: they have been adopted by the leidtrs of Irish botany, and the large amount of botanical survey work carried out since they were first suggested has not in any way shaken our faith in their scientific usefulness and practical convenience. Next, as regards the second part of Babington's scheme — the subdivision into counties and vice-counties. We have not yet in Ireland got so far as a Tojiographical Botany ; and, although the * " Hints towards a Cybele Hibernica," L c. ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. 59 publication of Cybele Hibernica marked the cunimt'ncement of a large amount of field-work, this was in most cases confined to small areas, and Babington's county list lay u.nused, and apparently almost forgotten, till 1881, when Prof. W. E. M'Nab read before the lloyal Dublin Society a "Short Note on the Botanical Topo- graphical Divisions of Ireland," which is printed in their Pro- ceedings.''' This paper purports to be a revision and extension of Babington's scheme, but the suggestions put forward — the Roman numerals for the provinces, the use of the word "province" instead of "district" (which was used in Cybele Hibeniica), the giving of names to the provinces, and the numbering of the vice-counties — all these had been already published in Babmgtou's paper ; and M'Nab's table of provmces and counties is identical with that of Babington, except that he commenced the numbering of provinces and of counties with L, and that he does not subdivide the county of Kerry. No further reference to or use of Babington's county-division scheme appears until the present year, when Messrs. Groves em- ployed it in their valuable paper on "The Distribution of the CharacecB in Ireland,"! in which the distribution of the species and varieties is shown in list form, on the plan of Watson's Topographical Botany. For some time past a sense of the importance of commencing the large amount of field-work that must be carried out before an Irish TopoijrapJiical Botany becomes a possibility has been steadily growing in my miud; and this led me some months ago to go care- fully into the question of the most advantageous subdivision of the country into counties and vice-counties. As regards about twenty- four out of the thirty-two Irish counties, I had the benefit of at least some personal knowledge, topographical and botanical ; and regarding others, I have had the great advantage of the opinions of botanists whose special acquaintance with the fiora of these counties is well known. The first result of my enquiry has been the con- viction that the subdivision of the laiger counties as proposed by Babington can be now improved upon ; and indeed this is not a matter for surprise when we consider the enormous advance made during tiie intervening period of thirty-seven years in our knowledge of Irish botanical topography (though that knowledge is yet very far from complete). I am also convinced that the order in whicli the counties and vice-counties are numbered in Babington's scheme is not the most convenient or useful one that can be devised ; and in this view I am glad to have the support of several of the most practical Irish botanists. It is manifestly important that some scheme of county- division and coiinty-numbeiiiig should be fixed once for all, according to which future records may be systematically noted. This is especially desirable at the present time, when there appears to be a distinct increase of activity as regards Irish botany, as shown not only by the work which is being done by home workers, • Sci. Proc. R. D. S., n. s. iv. 197 (1885). t Irish Naturalist, Jan. and Feb. 1895. 60 ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. but also by the welcome visits which we have had during the past two seasons from quite a number of the leading field botanists of England. And if any alteration is to be made in the only county- division scheme that has been put forward, then the sooner it is made the better. Since it was proposed thirty-seven years ago, the only published paper in which Babington's county-numbers have been used is that of Messrs. Groves, already quoted. The scheme, in fact, has not been generally adopted, so that no great incon- venience can result from a revision of the county list ; though, if this scheme had already been used in a number of papers, it would be a question whether the inconvenience of any alteration of the county-numbering would not outweigh the advantages of an im- proved subdivision. These considerations have led me to put forward without further delay the following revised scheme, not without a full enquiry as to the value of each of the alterations which is suggested, and careful consideration of its desirability. It will be most convenient to give the list first, and state the reason for the changes afterwards : — 1. South Kerry. 21. Dublin. 2. North Kerry. 22. Meath. 3. West Cork. 23. Westmeath. 4. Mid Cork. 24. Longford. 5. East Cork. 25. Eoscommon. 6. Waterford. 26. East Mayo. 7. South Tipperary. 27. West Mayo. 8. Limerick. 28. Sligo. 9. Clare. 29. Leitrim. 10. North Tipperary. 30. Cavan. 11. Kilkenny. 31. Louth. 12. Wexford. 32. Monaghan. 13. Carlow. 33. Fermanagh. 14. Queen's County. 34. South Donegal 15. South-east Galway. 35. North Donegal 16. West Galway. 36. Tyrone. 17. North-east Galway. 37. Armagh. 18. King's County. 38. Down. 19. Kildare. 39. Antrim. 20. Wicklow. 40. Derry. It may be stated at once that this arrangement differs from that of Babington, first, as regards the subdivision of the counties of Cork, Kerry, Galway, and Donegal ; and secondly in the renumbering of the counties and vice-counties according to a different plan. It will be seen that the figures ascend regularly from the extreme south-west of the country to the extreme north-east, the numbering following a backwards-and-forwards line, irrespective of the "pro- vince" boundaries. In working out the above scheme, the following considerations influenced the subdivision of the larger counties : — Natural Boundaries. — Where clearly-defined natural boundaries, botanical, geological, or physical, exist, it is manifestly advantageous ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. 61 that they should be followed ; but it is not always possible to follow them, on account of other considerations. The convenience of county-divisions is so great, that, except in the subdividing of a large county, it does not appear desirable to forsake county boundaries. Equalisation of Areas. — It is also desirable that, so far as possible, the country should be divided into portions of approximately equal area ; but here again the less the arrangement by counties is disturbed the better. Utilisation of past or future Botanical Work. — It is manifestly desirable that the scheme as regards subdivision of counties should harmonise with the subdivisions used, or to be used, in published or future county or local floras ; since this will save a large amount of labour when it comes to working out the flora of each vice- county. Nature of Bouyidaries. — Where a new boundary-line is required, it is desirable that it should be something conspicuous — a railway road, or river — in order that it may easily be found in the field ; an imaginary line, such as a straight line between two places, though it looks very well on a map, is often difficult to trace in the field. Let me now take up in turn each of the cases in which the plan suggested differs from that proposed by Babington, explain the nature of the change, and give the reasons. Cork. — Is now divided into three vice-counties (3, 4, 5), by two N.W. and S.E. lines. Babington divided it into two vice-counties, one much larger than the other, by the east and west course of the Eiver Sullane and its continuation the Kiver Lee. In that useful little flora. The Floicerinrj Plants and Ferns of the County Cork (1883), the author, Rev. Thomas Allin, departs from Babington 's boundary, and adopts instead "a line drawn along the Killarney Junction Railway from the border of Co. Kerry to Millstreet, thence running across the country in a straight line to Macroom, thence in a similar line to Bandon, and from that town, following the Bandon River, to the sea." * This line appears to have been wisely chosen dividing the western mountainous portion of the county, with its Atlantic, Highland and American plants, from the more level tract, with its calcicole and Germanic species. The latter district (1747 square miles), being still considerably larger than the largest of the counties which it is not proposed to subdivide, is conveniently divided into two by the Great Southern and Western Railway from Charleville to Cork, and thence by the western shore of Cork Harbour to the ocean ; this line forms approximately the western boundary of the Carboniferous limestone. The great county of Cork is thus divided into three parts of almost equal area, the size of each being about that of an average Irish county. As regards the division of Co. Cork, I have had the advantage of the hearty co-operation of Mr. R. A. Phillips, whose knowledge of the Cork flora is well-known, and who suggested to me the sub-division of the county adopted in this paper. Kerry. — In Babington's scheme Kerry is divided into two vice- Op. cit.. Introduction, p. xii. 62 ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. counties by a line following the River Flesk, the northern shore of the Lower Lake of Killarney, and the River Laune. Mr. R. W. Scally, F.L.S., whose researches in the Kerry flora readers of this Journal well know, has kindly favoured me with his views. He points out that the Dingle promontory, which Uabington includes in North Kerry, belongs botanically to South Kerry ; and this, indeed, Rabington himself admits in his paper.* Mr. Scully also kindly informs me that, when his forthcoming Flora of Kerry is published, the distribution of species will probably be shown by baronies : it will therefore be an advantage to use barony bound- aries in fixing the Kerry vice-counties ; and the best division is evidently a line separating the baronies of Mahgunihy and Trugh- anacmy on the one hand from Glanarought, Dunkerron, Iveragh, and Corkaguiny on the other ; this forms roughly a N.W. and S.E. line, and divides the county into a mountainous south-western part, composed of Silurian and Devonian rocks, intersected by deep bays, and rich in alpine and Atlantic plants, and a more level and less maritime north-eastern portion, composed of Carboniferous lime- stone, and Coal-measures. Mr. Scully agrees as to this being the best division of Kerry into two vice-counties. Galway. — Connemara forms a division in every way distinct, and Babington's line correctly cuts off the mountainous meta- morpliic maritime district lying west of Lough Corrib, with its peculiar flora, from the inland limestone plain of East Galway. The latter area is so very extensive (1613 square miles, twice the size of an average county), that there can be no doubt as to the desirability of forming it into two vice-counties, and a convenient east and west dividing line is formed by the Midland Great Western Railway from Oranmore, at the head of Galway Bay, to Ballinasloe on the River Suck, the eastern boundary of the county. It may be remarked here that the Aran Islands, though part of Co. Galway, belong botanically to Co. Clare, and are so treated in Cybele Hihernira ; and that Inishbofin, formerly included in Co. Mayo, is now a part of West Galway, to which it naturally belongs. Donegal. — This large county (1870 square miles) should evi- dently form two vice-counties, in order to keep the variation of size of our ultimate divisions within reasonable limits, and thus ensure that a statement of the number of county-divisions in which a plant occurs in the country may be a tolerably correct indication of its area of distribution. The boundary which I suggest is the roughly east and west line which separates the baronies of Inishowen and Kilmacrenan on the north from Raphoe and Boylagh on the south. This line crosses the Inishowen isthmus at its narrowest point, follows the shore of Lough Swilly, and then the River Swilly almost to its source, and descends to the western ocean along the course of the Gweedore River ; and it divides the county into two almost equal parts. The whole of Ireland, 32,513 square miles, is thus divided into forty portions of as nearly equal size as conditions will permit, the * p. 356, lines 1-3. ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. 63 average area of these portions being 818 square miles. This size is almost identical with tlie average size of Watson's 112 vice- counties of Great Britain, which is 804 square miles. Next, as to the order in which the counties and vice-counties should be numbered. . Watson numbered the British provinces I. to XVIII., commencing with S.W. England and ending with the extreme north of Scotland. The vice-counties he numbered in the same order, those included in Province I. being numbered 1 to 6 ; those of Province II. 7 to 14, and so on. Babington proposed a similar method for Ireland, but the result is not satisfactory. The Irisli " provinces " are not numbered regularly from south to north, but the numbering runs first up the east coast, and then drops back into the south-west ; and this absence of regular progression becomes accentuated if the vic-3-counties are numbered in the sequence of the provinces ; when, for instance, we suddenly pass from Louth (127) 120 miles south-westward to Limerick (128). It will be generally admitted that the best scheme, and the most natural, is one which will show a regular progression from south to north — from a higher temperature to a lower : with such a system, the largeness or smallness of the numbers in the list showing the county-distribution of a species, will themselves.be a key to the northward or southward range of the plant. Thus, if out of, say forty vice counties, we find the range of a plant is from 1 to 20, we will immediately know that it is confined to the southern half of Ireland. It appears to me that the practical advantages of such a plan are much greater than those which arise from a consecutive numbering for the vice-counties of each "province"; and the scheme which I suggest therefore embodies this principle. A glance at the botanical map in Ctjhcle Hibernica shows that the charac- teristic plants of Ireland are distributed according to lines which have a general trend north-west and south-east, rather than west and east ; this is also the course followed by the isothermal lines of winter and spring ; and I have adopted a system of numbering that follows these natural lines, and proceeds in a regular manner from the extreme south-west of the country to the extreme north-east. Such a plan does not prevent the vice-counties being grouped under the " provinces " if for any reason this is desired. We would then have the followmg table ; for the " provinces " I give the numbers used by Moore and More in Cyhele Hibeniica : — [ 1. South Kerry. 1. South Atlantic . . . . i 2. North Kerry. ( 3. West Cork. ' 4. Mid Cork. 5. East Cork. 6. Waterford. 7. South Tipperary. 11. Kilkenny. 3. Babrow \1S. Carlow. 2. Blackw^ater 4. Leinster Coast . . 14. Queen's County. 12. Wexford. 20. Wicklow. 64 ON THE BOTANICAL SUBDIVISION OF IRELAND. 5. LiFFEY AND BoYNE 6. Lower Shannon 7. Upper Shannon 8. North Atlantic 9. North Connaught 10. Erne 11. Donegal 'Id. Kildare. 121. Dublin. 22. Meath. i31. Loutb. 8. Limerick. 9. Clare. 15. Soutb-east Galway. 17. Nortb-east Galway. 10. Nortb Tipperary. 18. King's County. 23. Westmeatb. 24. Longford. 1 16. West Galway. (27. West Mayo. 26. East Mayo. 28. Sligo. 29. Leitrim. 25. Eoscommon. 33. Fermanagb. 30. Cavan. 32. Monagban. 36. Tyrone. ,37. Armagb. [34. Soutb Donegal. [35. Nortb Donegal. Down. Antrim. Derry. (88. 12. Ulster Coast J39. (40. Lastly, a word as to the numerals used to denote the districts and county-divisions. Babington numbered bis first Irish province (Soutb Atlantic) XIX., being the number following that of the last province of Great Britain (Nortb Isles), and similarly numbered the first vice-county (Soutb Kerry) 113 ; and the sequence involved in the latter has been used by Messrs. Groves in their recent paper on Irish Characece, their reason, as given in a friendly note to the writer, being that the British Isles form a natural botanical district, of which Ireland is a part. Quite so ; but let us look more closely into this matter. According to Watson's arrangement, as first put forward in Cybele Britannica, and now universally adopted, the vice-county numbering in Great Britain commences in the Atlantic counties of Cornwall and Devon, which in all Britain have botani- cally the nearest affinity to the characteristic flora of Ireland ; yet in the county list they are removed from the allied districts of Ireland by the whole length and breadth of England, Wales, and Scotland. The county-numbers in Great Britain led us gradually northward, from Cornwall right up to the Shetlands, and the largeness or smallness of the figures themselves thus afford a useful clue to the northern or southern range of a species ; but, according to this scheme of continuous numbering, the moment we pass 112 we plunge from the almost Scandinavian flora of Shetland into the luxuriant southern flora of Killarney, thence to proceed by degrees ON THE BOTANICAL SUBHIVISION OP IRELAND. 65 to the more northern flora of Derry. A continnous numbering for the whole of the British Islands would be certainly a desiderata m ; but one which passes without a break or indication of a change from Shetland to Killarney is too unnatural to commend itself. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 34. [Feb. 1896.] f 60 LIOHENES ANTILLARUAI A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. Botanists will form their own opinions on this point ; for my part I prefer to follow the lead set by the careful and able authors of Cybele Hibemira, who numbered the Irish districts 1 to 12, not XIX. to XXX. ; and I have numbered the counties and vice- counties of Ireland 1 to 10. Another point requiring a passing notice is the use of the words "province" and "district." Babington, following Watson, called the twelve Irish botanical divisions " provinces " ; the authors of CyhcJe Hihp.rnica used the term "district" instead; M'Nab proposed to return to tho word "province.'"'' Considering that Ireland is divided geographically into four provinces, — Ulster, Munster, Leinster, and Connaught,— -and that in Ireland the term "pro- vince " is invariably used in this sense only, I believe its use to signify the twelve botanical divisions of the country would lead to confusion ; and I follow Moore and More, who (probably on the same consideration) called them "districts." In conclusion, I wish to acknowledge the ready and willing assistance which I received from many Irish botanists in the inquiries made for the purposes of the present paper ; and I would specially offer my thanks to Messrs. N. Colgan, M.R.I. A., R. A. Phillips, R. AV. Scully, F.L.S., S. A. Stewart, F.B.S.E., and Rev. C. H. Waddell, B.D., for information and for useful criticism given in correspondence or in conversation. LICHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTL ExpoNiT Edv. a. Wainio. (Continued from p. 36.) Trib. 4. Pertusaeie^, 1. Pertusaria. 1. P. VARIOLOSA (Krempelh.) Wain. i\i\\(\. Bres. i. (1890), 106. Ad corticem arborum in Roseau Valley in Dominica (n. 116) et in Richmond Valley in St. Vincent (n. 241). Sine sporis. Thallus KHO— , CaCl^O.,— , KHO (CaCI^Oo)— . Pseudostromata KHO lutesceutia, CaCloO„ — , KHO (CaOl^Op) — . Diversa est P, vario- losa Miill. Arg. Lich. Exot. ii. (1893), 126. 2. P. antillarum Wain., sp. n. Thallus sat tenuis, continuus, leviter verruculoso-innequalis, albidus aut partim stramineus vel glaucescenti-stramineus, sorediis et isidiis destitutus, KHO leviter lutescens, CaClo02 non reagens, sedhis reagentiis unitis aurantiaco- fulvescens. Pseudostromata circ. 0-5-0-7 (-1) millim. lata, parce confluentia et -2 millim. longa, numerosissima et crebra, hemi- sphferica aut demum subgloboso-depressa, apice deplanata aut * Babington's Irish "provinces" correspond in size and importance to Watson's " vice-provinces," rather than to his "provinces," and might preferably have been numbered XXXIX. to I., in continuation of the hist British vice- province (Shethmd), rather than XIX. to XXX. LICHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. 67 leviter angusteqne impresso-coiicaviuscula, demum basi abrupta ant leviter constricta, Ifevigat.i ant leviter verrucosa, thallo cou- coloria et apice glaucescente et disco nigricante, apothecia 1-8 continentia, discis pseudostroma aequantibus aut leviter impressis, sparsis confertisve. Sporffi typice binas, long. circ. OOfiO-O-OSO, crass. 0-026-0-030 millim., halone niillo, membrana 0-003-0-004 millim. crassa, intus laevi, in eodem apotliecio pr. p. solitariae et long. O'lOO millim. et crass. 0*040 millim., intus striis trausversali- bus undulatte et membrana intus iucrassata. Ad corticem arboris in Kingstown in St. Vincent (n. 252). — Discus KHO rubescens. Asci iodo intense cjcrulescentes. Habitu subsimilis est I'citnsarUe SnmmerJ'iitii. A P. Icidpliica v. dispura Miill. Arg. Licli. Neo-caled. (1893), 5, jam reactione tlialli et sporis constanter paucis differt. P. LEioPLACELLA Nyl. ; Wain, Etud. Bres. i. 111. Ad corticem arboris in St. Vincent (n. 452). Sporte 8nfe, partim distichse, long. 0-045-0-060, crass. 0'02G-0-030 millim., membrane^ stratis duobus distinctis et modice incrassatis, striis nullis. Asci ventricosi. Pseudostromata apothecia solitaria continentia, apice umbonato, luteo. Trib. 5. Theloschiste.e. I. Placodium. 1. P. subfulgens (Nyl.) Wain. Lecanora Nyl. Fl. 187G, 510; Wright, Lich. Cub. ser. ii. n. 50. Ad lapides in Fort Charlotte in St. Vincent (cum Buellia parachroa et Lecidea variahili in n. 259). Pr. p. in f. dispersam transit. Hypothallus caeruleo-nigricans. f. dispersa Wain. Thallo disperse areolato, areolis parvulis, circ. 0'2-0-3 millim. latis, subintegris aut parum crenatis, hypo- thallo tenui caeruleo-nigricante. In rupe ad Bath Estate in Dominica (n. 144), una cum Plncodio diplacioide et Lecanora pro- secha. P. Mulleri Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 120, areolis thalli majori- bus crenulatisque ab hac forma differt. 2. P. aurantiacum (Lightf.) Tuck. Gen. Lich. 106. *P. BassijE (Ach.) Wain. Lepraria BassicB (Willd.) Ach. Meth. Lich. (1803), 5. Isidium BassicB Ach. Lich. Univ. (1810) 579 (secund. specim. orig. e Malabaria in herb. Ach.). Lecanora epiphora Tayl. in Hook. Journ. Bot. 1847, 159 (e St. Vincent). Callopisma aurantiacum v. salicinum b. epiphorum Miill. Arg. Lich. Beitr. (1888), n. 1899. Lecanora aurantiaca v. isidiosella Cromb. Lich. Ins. Rodrigu. (1877), 437 (secund. descr.). Thallus citrinus aut partim albidus, isidiis brevibus tenuissimis citrinis, KHO violascentibus creberrime aut parcissime instructus. Sporae 8nfe, circ. 0'016-0-018 millim. longaa et 0-007 millim. crassa, septa crassa. Habitu valde variabilis in P. aurantiacum sensim transit. Ad corticem arborum in Kings- town in St. Vincent (n. 254). 3. P. diplacioides, sp. n. Thallus crustaceus, efifusus, sat tenuis aut crassitudiue mediocris subdisperse areolatus aut partim subcontinuus laevigatus et nitidiusculus, demum sorediis farinosis passim instructus, glaucescenti-stramineus aut albido-glaucescens, KHO lutescens, hypothallo nigro inter areolas et ad ambitum visibili. Apothecia increbra et sfepe parcius evoluta, thallo innata K 2 DO LICHENES ANTILLAKUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLSCTI. et dein mox elevata adpressaque, 0-8-1 -0 (-1*2) millim. lata, disco piano, fusco-rufesceute aut testaceo-rufo, nitidiasculo, nudo, mar- gine simplice, crissiasculo, coucolore cum disco aut rarius pallido, gonidiis destitnto, persistente, discum vulgo leviter superante. Epitheciura rufescens, KHO haud reageus. Sporse Snae, ellip- soidete aut ellipsoideo oblongae, decolores, long. 0'010-0-014, crass. 0-005-0-OOG millim., septa crassa (circ. 0-007-0-010 millim.), poro instructa. Conceptacula pycnocouidiorum puncto fuligineo indi- cata. Pycnoconidia oblonga, recta, long. 0"003, crass. 0-0007 millim. HymeniuLU iodo persistenter cgerulesceus. Excipulum solum in parte inferiore gonidia contineus. Hypothallus sub microscopio purpureo-fuscescens, KHO solutionem violaceam ef- fundens. Supra rupes ad Bath Estate (n. 148) in Dominica, et ad Lomond Bay (n. 137) et Chateau Belair (n. 284) in St. Vin- cent.— Huic proxime est affinis P. diplacium (Ach.),quod secundum specim. orig. in herb. Ach. ab eo differt thallo esoredioso, margine thallode apotheciorum distiucto, margine proprio tenuiore. In his speciebus sicut etiam in affiui specie aut subspecie L. siihsequestra Nyl. Fl. 1880, 127, epithecium KHO non reagens. Magis differre videtur P. phmim. Tuck. Syn. North Am. Lich. ii. 146. Trib. 6. BuELLiEiE. 1. Anaptychia. 1. A. poDocAEPA (Bel.) Trev. ; Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 130, var. soREDioPHORA Wain. Lacinise thalli pro parte apice recurvae et subtus sorediosffi. Ad corticem arborum in Eoseau Valley in Dominica (n. 132) et ad Lomond Bay in St. Vmcent (n. 152). Sterilis. 2. A. HYPOLEUCA (Miihlenb.) Wain. /. c. 133. Ad corticem arboris in monte St. Andrews in St. Vincent. Var. DENDRiTicA (Pers.) Wain. I. c. 134. Ad corticem arborum in monte St. Andrews in St. Vincent. 3. A. sPEciosA (WuK.) Wain. I.e. 135. Ad corticem arborum prope Chateau Belair (n. 278) et Lomond Bay in St. Vincent. 2. Physcia. 1. P. ALBA (Fee) Miill. Arg. ; Wain. I. c. 139. Ad corticem arboris in monte St. Andrews (1000 ped.) in St. Vincent. Sterilis. Var. TRicHocAKPA Waiu. Apothecia iuferne rhizinis brevibus albidis instructa. Ad corticem arborum in Kingstown in St. Vin- cent. 2. P. CEISPA (Pers.) Nyl. var. hypomela Tuck. ; Wain. /. c. 143. Supra rupes ad Bath Estate (n. 501 et 151) et ad viam publicam in Eoseau Valley (n. 244) in Dominica. 3. P. oBscuRA (Ehrh.) Th. Fr. var. cycloselis (Ach.) Wain. I.e. 144. Ad corticem arborum in Eoseau Valley (n. 128) in Dominica et ad Chateau Belair (n. 250) in St. Vinceut. 4. P. sYNcoLLA Tuck. ; Waiu. /. e. 148. Ad corticem arboris in Eoseau Valley in Dominica. Sterilis. lichenes antillarum a w. r. elliott collecti. 09 3. Pyxinf. 1. P. Meissneri Tuck. ; Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 153. Ad corticem arboris in Chateau Belair in St. Vincent, fertilis parce Physciis immixta. Thallus esorediatus, intus flavescens. Epitliecium smaragdulo-fuli2;ineum, KHO pulcbre violascens. Hypothecium fuscescens, KHO non reagens. Sporte 1-septatge. 2. *P. coNNECTENS Wain. I. c. 154. Ad corticem arboris in Kingstown in St. Vincent. Apotbecia primum sat diu excipulo thiillode gbiucescenti-albido gonidia continente instructa, demum lecideina et extus tota nigra. Epitbecium smaragdulo-fulignieum, KHO pulcbre violaceo-fuligiueum. Hypoibecium pallido-fuscescens, KHO viobicemn. Sporae 1-septatae, fuscte, long. 0-016-0-018, crass. O-0O0-0-0065 millim. Tballus sorediis instructus, intus albus, KHO neque superne nee intus reagens. 3. P. soREDiATA (Ach.) Fr. ; Tuck. Syn. North Am. (1882), 80. Lecidea sorediata Ach. Syn. Licb. (1814), 54; Nyl. iVddit. Fl. Chil. (1855), 163. Py.vine cocoes var. sorediata Nyl. Syn. Licb. ii. (1885), 2. Thallus sorediis instructus, medulla in partibus junioribus alba, in partibus vetustioribus flava, KHO neque superne nee intus reagens. Ad corticem arboris in Kingstown in St. Vincent. Sterilis. 4. RiNODINA. 1. R. LaiviGATA (Ach.) Wain. Lecanora Nyl. FJ. 1878, 248 et 345 ; Wain. Adj. Licb. Lapp. i. (1881), 151. Ad corticem arborum in Roseau Valley (n. 117, pr. p-) et in Laudat (1700 ped.) in Domi- nica. Tballus tenuis aut parum evolutus. Epitbecium fuscescens, KHO non reagens. Hypothecium }>allidum, KHO non reagens. Sporre 8nae, fuscescentes, 1-septatfe, long. 0018-0-026, crass. 0-009- 0.013 millim. Hymeuium iodo persistenter cserulescens. Apotbecia margine ciuereo-fuscescente, disco fusco-nigro, nudo. 5. BUELLIA. 1. B. MYRiocARPA (DC.) Mudd ; Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 170. Ad corticem arboris in Souffriere in Dominica (n. 121) et supra rupem in Chateau Belair in St. Vincent (n. 457). Haec specimiua ad formas atypicas pertinent. 2. B. PARACHROA Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 175. Supra rupes ad Boery River (n. 156) in Dominica et ad Fort Charlotte (n. 259, pr. p.) et alibi ad Kingstown in St. Vincent. Trib. 7. SricTEiE. 1. Sticta. 1. S. Weigelii (Ach.) Wain. Etud. Br^s. i. 189; Stizenb. Fl. 1895, Ergilnz. 133. Ad corticem arborum in Laj'on Park (800 ped.) in Dominica (n. 221) et in Richmond Valley in St. Vincent (n. 228). Stictina quercizaus (Del.) Nyl. Syn. Licb. p. 344 (baud Ach.). 2. S. damaecornifolia (Tuck.) Wain. S. quercizans v. dmna- coridfoUa Tuck. Syn. North. Am. Licli. i. 98. Stictina tomentosa v. 70 LIOHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. damcEcornifolia Milll. Arg. Lich. Beitr. n. 1625 ; Stizenb. Fl. 1895, Erganz. 133. Thallus dichotome increbreque repetito-laciniatus, laciuiis circ. 8-3 millim. latis, apicibus obtusis, axillis latis et ro- tundato-obtusis, marginem versus isidiis cinerascentibus instructus. Ad corticem arboris in Richmond Valley in St. Vincent (cum prje- cedente specie). — In hoc specimine thallus superne plumbeo- aut livido-cfesius. Cyphelloblasti lasves. Habitu subsimilis est S. damcEcorni. Gouidia nostocacea. 8. S. DuFouREi Del. Ad corticem arboris in Layon Park (800 ped.) in Dominica (n. 223). Parce lecta et sterilis. Thallus mar- gine fimbriato-laceratus, basin versus subtus ssepe costatus et sub- stipitatus, KHO non reagens, KHO (CaCl222) intus levissime et dilutissime rubescens. Paululum differt a speciminibus europaeis, sed ad eandem speciem pertinere videtur. Trib. 8. Pannarie^. 1. Erioderma. 1. E. physcioides, sp. n. Affinis est E. jwlycarpo Fee, at ramificatione thalli et habitu subsimilis est PhyschB setos(B (Ach.), et thallo adpresso ab aliis speciebus differens. Thallus foliaceus, crebre laciniatus et lobatus, laciniis 3-1*5 millim. latis, adpressus, apicibus loborum adscendentibus, superne cinereus aut pallido- cinereus, tenuiter arachnoideo-tomentosus, ceterum laevigatus, subtus nudus glaberque, albidus aut albido-stramineus, margine passim rhizinis crebris, 1-0*5 millim. longis, penicillatis, nigris instructus. Apothecia in margine thalli sita, peltata et basi constricta, disco planiusculo (aut marginibus reflexis convexiusculo), fusco aut rufo, nudo, excipulo thallo concolore arachnoideo-tomentoso. Hypo- thecium rufescens aut partim pallido-rufescens. Hymenium circ. 0-070-0-080 millim. crassum, iodo Cferulescens, ascis demum cferuleo-violascentibus. Sporje 8n3B, decolores, simplices, orculte- formi-ellipsoidefe, apicibus obtusis, long. 0015-0012, crass. 0007- 0*006 millim. Gonidia scytonemea. Ad corticem arboris in Bow- wood (900 ped.) in St. Vincent (n. 150). 2. Pannaria. 1. P. RUBiGtNOSA (Thunb.) Del. ; Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 204. Ad truncum arboris in Morne Couronne in Dominica. Thallus isidiis destitutus. f. cinerascens Nyl. in Cromb. Lich. Rodrigu. 436. Ad corticem arboris in monte St. Andrews (1000 ped.) in St. Vincent (n. 15). Thallus isidiis destitutus. 2. P. PROLiFicANs Wain. P. prolifera Nyl. Lich. Nov. Zel. (1888), 48 (baud Miill. Arg. Lich. Beitr. 1882, n. 417). P. rubi- ginosa v. prolifera (Nyl.) Miill. Arg. Consp. Lich. Nov. Zel. (1894), 43; Lojka, Lichenoth. Uuiv. n. 71 (feitilis). Thallus isidiosns (ncque sorediosus, ut in P. amoplea). Ad corticem arborum in Roseau Valley in Dominica (n. 119) et in monte St. Andrews in St. Vincent (parcissime fertilis). 8. P. Mariana (Fr.) Miill. Arg. var. isidioidea Miill. Arg. ; Wain. LICHENES ANTILLAUUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. 7i Etud. Brcs. i. 2UG. Ad truncum arboris in Moriie Couroiiue in Dominica (n. 220). 3. CoCCOCARPIA. 1. C. PELLiTA (Ach.) Miill. Avg. vai'. parmelioides (Hook.) Miill. Arg. ; Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 209. Ad corticem arboris in Morne Anglais in Dominica (n. 497). Var. cRONiA (Tuck.) Miill. Arg.; Wain. I.e. In rupe ad Bath Estate in Dominica (n. 143). Var. isiDioPHYLLA Miill. Arg. ; Wain. I. c. 210. Ad corticem arboris in monte St. Andrews in St. Vincent (n. 154) et in Lay on Park in Dominica. Var. SEMi-iNcisA Miill. Arg. Lich. Beitr. n. 421. Supra rupem in Chateau Belair in St. Vincent. Var. isiDiosA Miill. Arg. Lich. Usambar. (1B94), 2(j4. Supra rupem in Chateau Belair m St. Vincent (una cum priiecedente in n. 282). Var. genuina Miill. Arg. ; Wain. l. c. Ab hac var. incisa (Pers.) secund. specim. orig. in mus. Paris, apotheciis fuscis differt. Ad corticem arboris in Chateau Belair in St. Vincent (n. 257). 2. C. ASTERELLA (Nyl.) Waiu. I.e. 211. Ad corticem arboris in Laudat (17U0 ped.) in Dominica. Sterilis. Trib. 9. Colleme^. 1. Leptogium. 1. L. moluccanum (Pers.) Wain. Etud. Bres. i. 223. L. dia- phanwn Mont, (baud Sw.). Ad corticem arborum in monte St. Andrews (2500 ped.) et in Richmond Valley in St. Vincent. 2. L. tremelloides (Linn, til.) Wain. I. c. 224 (baud Ach.). Lichen azureus Sw. Ad truncos arborum in Layon Park (800 ped.) in Dominica (n. 222) et in Monte St. Andrews (2500 ped.) et Eich- mond Valley in St. Vincent. 3. L. CESIUM (Ach.) Wain. /. c. 225. L. tiemeUoide.^ Nyl. (baud Linn. fil.). Ad corticem arborum in Morne Garu (n. 59) et in monte St. Andrews (2500 ped.) in St. Vincent. 4. L. BULLATUM (Ach.) Nyl. ; Wain. /. c. 229. Ad corticem arboris in monte St. Andrews (2500 ped.) in St. Vincent. 5. L. RETicuLATUM Mout. Syll. 378 ; Nyl. Syn. Lich. 124. Ad corticem arboris in Eichmond Valley in St. Vincent. Sterile. 2. PSOROTICHIA. 1. P. americana, sp. n. Thallus sat tenuis, effusus, rimoso- areolatus aut partim subcontinuus, areolis minutis (circ. 05-0-3 millim. latis), difformibus, angulosis, contiguis, plains, fusco- nigris, opacis, hevigatis, in lamina tenui (sub microscopio) olivaceo- lutescens aut aureus. Apothecia verrucas hemisphfcricas formautia, disco punctiformi, urceolato-impresso, fusco-rufescente, in statu humido testaceo-rufesccnte aut testaceo. Hymenium circ. 0-090 millim. crassum, iodo baud reagens (lutescens), parte superiore pallescens. Paraphyses filiformes, 0-0015 millim. crassae, sat arete 72 THE MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF STAFFOEDSHIRE. cohaBrentes. Hypotliecium albidum. Asci clavati, menibrana tenui. Sporfe 8nfe, disticlife, simplices, decolores, long. 0-012- 0-008, crass. 0-007-0-005 millim., ellipsoides aut ellipsoideo- ovoideae, apicibus rotundatis. Supra rupem ad Bath Estate in Do- miuica (n. 139), una cum Lecanora prosecha et Placodiu diplacioide. 3. Thermutis. 1. T. VELUTiNA (Ach.) Fr. Syst. Orb. Veg. (1825) 302 ; Tb. Fr. Lich. Arct. 286. Gonionema velutinum Nyl. Ess. Classif. (1855), 163 ; Syn. Lich. 88 ; Licb. Scand. 23, 45. Ad rupem in Chateau Belair m St. Vmcent (n. 236). Hyphis parcis supra Scytonema myochroitm, at sine apotbeciis. (To be continued.) THE MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF STAFFOEDSHIRE. By James E. Bagnall, A.L.S. Mr. Eobert Garner, in bis valuable and comprehensive work on The Natmril History of Staffordshire, published in 1884, enume- rates 110 Mosses and 20 Hepatics as native of the county, localising only the more rare. Many, however, of the localities given are not in Staffordshire, but in one or other of the neighbouring counties, Worcester, Derby, and Cheshire, only 65 of the mosses and 17 hepatics being localised for this county ; these I have quoted in proper sequence, indicating them by the initials B. G. after the locality. Finding so little had been done in the bryology of Staffordshire, I decided two years ago to take up the matter myself, and I was promised notes and assistance from some of the leading botanists of the county. Only one, however, has fulfilled this promise ; this gentleman, the Rev. A. Ley, M.A., has very kindly sent me a number of specimens aud notes, mostly from the Dove Dale and the Wetton Valley, which are duly quoted. I have also a few notes from Dr. John Eraser, who did some excellent work in the county years ago. With these exceptions, I am myself responsible for the following list, in which are recorded about 343 species and varieties of Mosses, and 79 of the Hepaticae. Although this record is better than 1 anticipated, I believe it to be far from exhaustive ; an area of some 729,000 acres can scarcely be exhaustively worked in two seasons. Sphaymim acuti/olium Ehrh. Beaudesert, Brindley Valley, Cannock Chase ; Treutham ; Chartley Moss ; Ramshorue ; Mor- ridge Top. — Var. ruhellum Wils. Sherbrook Valley ; Brindley Valley, Cannock Chase ; Chartley Moss. — Var. elcgans Braith. Sherbiook Valley, Cannock Chase. — Var. Idte-vinns Braith. Dim- miugs Dale, near Alton ; Chartley Moss, Star Wood, Oakamore ; Brindley Valley. — Var. patulum Schpr. Sherbrook Valley ; THE MOSSES AND IIEPMlCS OF STAFFOKDSHIKE. 73 Brindley Valley ; Dimmings Dale ; Chartley Wood ; Whitmore. — Var. subfinibrJatum Braith. Trentham Park. — S. Jinibriatum, Wils. Sherbrook Valley ; Brindley Valley ; Beaudesert ; Chartley Moss ; Dimmings Dale ; Pottall lleservoir. — !S. squarrotmrn Pers. Slier- bruok Valley ; Brindley Valley ; Beaudesert ; Dimmings Dale. — *S'. interme<lium Hoffm. Cannock Chase ; Trentham ; near Leek ; Morridge Top ; Milford ; Chartley Moss, &c. — Var. riparium Angst. Deep drains, Chartley Moss. — Var. jmlchmm Lindb. Star Wood, Oakamore. — S. cuspidatum Ehrh. Tettensor ; Morridge Top; Flash ; Chartley Moss ; Sherbrook Valley, &c. — Var. falcatum Pers. Pool near Brocton ; Chartley Moss, in drains. — S. moUe var. teneniiii Sail. Sherbrook Valley, Brindley Valley ; near Mil- ford, Cannock Chase. — iS'. suhsccundum Nees. Seckley Wood ; Brindley Valley ; Chartley Moss ; near Cloud, &c. — Var. contortum Schultz. Brindley Valley ; Winkshill, near Froghall; near Cloud, &c. — Var. ohesnm Wils. Star Wood, Oakamore; Brindley Valley. — Var. auriculatiim Schpr. Seckley Wood; near Cloud; Sher- brook and Brindley Valleys ; Morridge Top. — <S'. papillosum Lindb. Seckley Wood ; Trentham ; Oakamore ; Chartley Moss. — Var. confertnm Lindb. Chartley Moss ; Brindley Valley. — Var. steno- phijllum Lindb. Abundant, Brindley Valley.- — S, cyvihijulium. Ehrh, Frequent, Sherbrook Valley ; Brindley Valley ; Trentham ; Axe Edge End, &c. — Var. squarrosidum. Nees. Brindley Valley ; Sher- brook Valley ; Tettensor ; Chartley Moss ; Dimmings Dale. Systegium crispuin Hedw. Banks, Stoke Meadows, R. Garner. Qymnostomum nipestre Schwg. Dove Dale I Rev. A. Ley ! — Var. ramosissimum Bry. Eur. Dove Dale. — G. microstomiwi Hedw. Banks near Codsall. — G. tortile Schwg. Dove Dale, abundant. Ancectanyium compactum Schl. Near Leek. Weissia viridula Brid. Common, R. G. Hamstead, Seckley Wood, &c.— Var. yyvinoatomoides Brid. Near Leek. — W. mucronata Bruch. Eare, waysides near Leek. Dicranoweissia crispula Hedw. Rocks on Cloud, R. Garner. Dove Dale. — D. cirrhata Hedw. Frequent throughout the county. Rhabdotveissia fugax Hedw. Rare, crevices of rocks, Roaches, R. Garner. Dic/wdontiitm pellucidum L. Frequent on stones in streams, in fruit, Ordesley Brook. — Var. faginwntanum Brid. EUaston, Star Wood, Oakamore. — D. Jiavescens Lindb. Sandy places. Dove Dale, R. G. By the Dane, near Rushton, Oakamore. Dicranella crispa Hedw. Rare ; abundant on the rocks of Ham- stead Canal. — D. Schreberi var. b. elata Schpr. Sherbrook Valley, drain near Biddulph ; Seckley Wood. — D. squarrosa Schrad. Rare, Morridge Top, near Roaches ; lane from Axe Edge to Hollinsclough. — D. ccriicHlata Hedw. Whitmore Bog, R. G. Hamstead, Mor- ridge Top ; Oakamore ; Chartley Moss. — Var. pmilla Schimp. Brindley Valley, Cannock Chase. — D. varia Hedw. Hamstead ; Seckley Wood, Gospel End. — Var. tenellum Schimp. Fields by Baggeridge Wood. — D. ruj'esccns Turn. Permian Rocks, Hamstead Canal ; Seckley Wood. — D. heteromalla Hedw. Frequent, banks and walls. — Var. interrvpta Hedw. Abundant in drain, Brindley 1^ THE MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Valley. — Var. sericea SchimiJ. Rocks by the Churnet, near Alton Towers, abundant. JJicniiium nwntamun Jledw. Rare, Seckley Wood; Swjnnerton Old Park, near Trentham. — D. jiagdhne Hedw. Abundant on old palings of Blithfield Park, by River Blithe. — D. stnctum ISchleich. Near Abbots Bromley, A. Bloxaui 1 Near Ingestre, Dr. Fraser. Abundant on old palings near Blithfield Park, near the River Blithe ; abundant ou stone walls, Alton Towers. I have carefully compared the specimens I received from Mr. Bloxam, and those I have myself collected, with specimens of 7). strictum from Dr. Lindberg, and find them identical in structure, and believe I am right in thus naming the plant ; in this opinion I am supported by Mr. H. N. Dixon, M.A., Mr. H. Boswell, and Mr. John Whitehead. — D. fnscescens Turn, Dimmings Dale, near Alton ; Star Wood, Oakamore. — D, scoparium L. i'requent, Bagot's Park, Trentham, &c. — Var. ortlwplujUum, Brid. Tettensor Common; Ramshorne, &c. — Var. paiiulosuiii Schimp. Sherbrook Valley, Cannock Chase. A small form with falcate leaves on trees, Trentham and Oakamore, and stone walls, Alton Towers. — D. majiis Turn. Hamstead ; Seckley Wood ; Trentham ; Dimmiugs Dale. — D. palustre Bry. Brit. Frequent, Bagot's Wood ; Cannock Chase, &c. — Var. rHfjifoUum Boswell. A marked variety, on banks, Newborough ; Sherbrook Valley. Dicranodontium lonjirostrum W. & M. Abundant in Trentham Park. Campylopus JJexuosus Brid. Frequent, Biddulph ! Astbury, R. G. Swynnerton ; Alton Towers, &c. — Var. paraduxm Wils. Rams- horne Common ; Morridge Top ; Oakamore ; Cloud, abundant. — ■ C.frar/Uis B. & S. Local, Sherbrook Valley; Ramshorne; Cloud; Oakamore. — C. pyriformis Brid. Oakamore ; Hopwas ; Seckley Wood, &c. Leucobryum ylaucum L. Sherbrook Valley ; Beaudesert ; Whit- more ; Oakamore. Archidium phascoides Brid. Hamstead Canal siding; Wren's Nest, near Sedgeley. Plenridium intidum Hedw. Bagot's Wood ; Hamstead Canal sidiug ; Pottal Reservoir. — P. subulatum L. Sandy banks, Trent- ham, It. G. ! Gospel End ; Hopwas Wood ; Seckley, &c. Seiiyena pusilla Hedw. Occasional on limestone rocks, Stafford- shire, li. G. SphcBranyium muticum Schreb. Rare, fallow field at Hamstead, 1870. Phascuin cuspidatum Schreb. Fallow fields, frequent, Aldridge; Tutbury, &c. — Var. jMiferum Bry. Eur. Rare, Weeford, with type. — P. hryoides Dicks. Very rare, Hamstead. Pottia minutuLi Schwg. Newton Road ; Rushall, Dudley Castle ; Aldridge ; Gospel End. — P. truncata L. Frequent, waysides and fallows. — P. intermedia Turn. Hamstead ; Arley Wood ; near Rugeley ; near Chartley Moss. — P. lanceolata Dicks. Great Barr ; Hamstead ; Queslet. Didymodon nibellus B. & S. Frequent, Trentham, Leek, &c. — THE MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 75 Y a,i'. ruber rivms Brsiith. Walls near Leek ; near Caldron ; Ellaston. A form with serrated leaves near Leek. — D. luridus Hornscli. Near Eugeley; Chillington Pnrk. — D. flexifulius Dicks. Sherbrook Valley; near Leek; Dove Dale; Flash; Oakamore. — D. cylindrkus Bruch. Limestone rocks, Weaver Hills. Eucladium verticiUatum L. Rare, Ape's Tor, near Alstonfield, Rev. A. Leij ! Ditrichum homomaUum Hedw. Local, near Alton Towers ; Gospel End Common ; Eoaches. — D. flexicaule Schwg. Alston- field, Rev. A. Lei/ 1 Dimmiugs Dale ; Mayfield ; Hall Dale, Dove Dale, near Dane Bridge. — Var. deiisum. Dove Dale. Trichostomum tophaceiiin Bxid. Ape's Tor, iiev. A. Ley I Ham- stead, Arley ; Dove Dale ; Ordesley Brook ; Cloud. — Var. acuti- fuliuin Schpr. Sandstone rocks by Baggeridge Wood. — T. mutdbile Bruch. Dove Dale; Hall Dale. — \ar. cojdwcarpa Schimp. Dove Dale. — T. crispidmn Brnch. Dove Dale, near Mill Dale; Hall Dale. — T. nitidumljmdh. Do\e Dsle, L)r. Eraser \ Hall Dale! Holmes. Barhida ricjida Schutz. Mow Cop, R. G. Hamstead. — B. am- higua B. & S., and B. aloides Koch. Hamstead Canal siding. — B. cuneifolia Dicks. Grosty Hill, near Halesowen. — B. manjinata B. & S. Walls, Hamstead; Rugeley ; Rocester: near Cotton; Tixall ; Seckley ; Milford. — B. imiralis L. Frequent on walls, &c. — Var. astiva Brid. Canal sides near Colwich, on stones. — Var. rupestris Schultz. Alstonfield, Rev. A. Ley \ Trentham ; rocks by Baggeridge Wood. — B. imyuiculata Dill. Frequent, Hamstead, &c. — Var. cuspidata Bry. Eur. Sedgeley ; Trentham. — Var. obtusifolia Schultz. Banks near Oakamore. — B. fall ax Hedw. Near Alston- field, Rev. A. Ley ! Seckley, Kingswinford, &c. — Var. bnvifolia Wils. Ape's Tor, Rev. A. Ley \ Oakamore; Belamont. — B. reflcxa Brid. Rare, Axe Edge End. — B. riyidida Dicks. Near Alston- field, Rev. A. Ley \ Dudley Castle; Weaver Hills. — B. spadicea Mitt. Cotton ; Abbot's Bromley ; Dove Dale ; Flash ; Oakamore. — B. cylindrica Tayl. Wetton, Rev. A. Ley ! Seckley ; Arley ; Trentham ; Hayhead. — B. vinealis Brid. Hamstead, Milford ; Arley ; Norbury. — B. Hornschuchiana Schultz. Hamstead ; Alton Towers; Shatterford. — B. revoluta Schwg. Arley; Norbury; Leek; Dove Dale. — B.convuluta'H.edLVf. Canwell; Barr Common; Eoaches, &c. — B. tortuosa L. Caldron; Weaver Hills; Dove Dale; Wetton; Mill Dale. — B. Brebissoni Brid. Tree roots by Severn, near Arley. B. hubidata L. Haughtou ; Axe Edge End ; Weaver Hill, Hall Dale, &c.— B. laivipila Brid. Rare. Tree-roots, banks of Severn, Arley. — B. latifolia B. & S. Near Arley; Alrewas ; King's Brom- ley ; Tutbury, &c. — B. ruralis L. Frequent, Kingswinford ; Hall Dale, &c. — B. intermedia Brid. Frequent on limestone. Weaver Hills, Ramshorne, Hall Dale, &c. Ceratodon purpureas L. Frequent. — Var. paludusa Bagnall. On tree-roots by the Trent, King's Bromley, abundant. — C. conicus Lindb. Rare. In fruit, Axe Edge End ; rocks near Cloud. Encalypta vulgaris Hedw. Dove Dale ; Cotton ; Eamshorne ; Norbury; Baggeridge. — Y slv. obtusifolia Funck. Dove Dale ; near Baggeridge Wood. — Var. pilij'era Fuuck, Mill Dale ; Dove Dale ; 76 THE MOSSliS AND HEPATICS OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Hall Dale. — E. streptocarpa Hedw. Frequent on stone walls ; Wren's Nest ; Arley Wood ; Alton Towers, &c. (irimmia apocarpa L. Frequent on walls and rocks. Seckley Wood, Kinfare, &c. — Var. f/mcllis N. & H. Rocks by the Severn, Arley. — Var. rivniaris Brid. Boulders in Severn, Arley; River Hamp's Water-houses; Dove Dale. — Var. pumila Schp. Axe Edge End. — G. puhinata Dill. Throughout the county. — Var. obtusa Brid. Rare, Ramshorne Common, Cotton, Rushton. A very small fruited form is abundant on stone walls, ElListon, Rushton. — (J. trichophijlln Grev. Wall-tops, Morridge Top, Axe Edge End ; Cotton ; Biddulph, Ordesley. — G. ovata W. & M. Lane from Ramshorne to Alton Towers. rUico)iiitrium acicidare L. Local. Mow Cop ; Roaches, R. G. Limestone rocks, Dove Dale! Rev. A. Ley. Stream near Flash; River Dane, near Dane Bridge. — Var. denticnlatum B. & S. Stream near Flash, with the type. — R. heterostichxim Hedw. Walls near Tettenhall ; Wrottesley. — Var. al<>pecurum Huebn. Wrottesley ; rocks above Quarnford ; near Froghall. — R. fasciculare Schrad. Mow Cop; Roaches, R. G. Walls near Tettenhall; Axe Edge End; near Dane Bridge; boulder, Chillington Park. — R. lanuiji- nosuin Hedw. Dove Dale! R. G. Axe Edge End; near Flash; Oakamore ; Alton ; Wetton Park. — R. canescens Hedw. Mow Cop ; Roaches!, R. G. Alton; Ramshorne; Flash. — Var. ericoides Schrad. Blackheath ; near Froghall. Ptychomitrium p)olyp)Jiyllum Dicks. Mow Cop ; Dove Dale ! R. G. Tettenhall ; walls near Seckley Wood. Zyyodon viiidissiniiis Dicks. Rare, walls near Barton-under- Needwood; Arley Wood. — Z. Stirtoni Schpr. Dove Dale, Rev. A. Ley ! Ulota crispa Hedw. Trentham ; Dove Dale ; Wetton, R. G. Otthotrickum cupxdatum Hoffm. Trentham ; Cheddleton, R. G. In river. Manifold, near Wetton, Rev. A. Ley ! Dove, Dove Dale. — Var. nudum Dicks. Weaver Hills. — 0. anomahun B. & S. Hill above Caldon ; Dove Dale. — O. saxatile Brid. Hill above Caldon ; Dove Dale ; Mill Dale ; Weaver Hills. — O. affine L. Dove Dale ; tree-roots by the Trent, near Barton ; banks of Severn, near Arley ; Seckley Wood. — 0. Lyellii H. & T. On willow-trunk by the Severn, Areley. — 0. stramineum Hornsch. Tree-root, Dove Dale, Rev. A. Ley\ — 0. diaphanum Schrad. Stoke-on-Trent, ii. G. Trees by the Trent, Alrewas. — O. Sprucei Mont. Rare, tree-roots and trunks by Severn, Arley. — (>. rivuhire Turn. On boulders in the Severn by Seckley Wood ; Dove, Dove Dale. Spluchiium ampuilaceum L. Bog above Hednesford ; Alsager Heath, R. G. Ephewerum serratwn Schreb. Field at Hamstead; Great Barr. Fhyscomitrella patens Hedw. Hamstead ; pool in Tixall Park ; Pottal Reservoir, abundant. Fhyscuviitrium sphcericum Schwg. Very rare, Pottal Reservoir, with Klatine hydropiper, hitherto recorded from Cheshire only, as British. — P. pyriforme L. Stoke, R, G. Aldridge ; Hamstead ; Pottal, &c. THE LATE LORD DK TA.BLEY. 77 Fimaria faacicularis Dicks. Hamstead ; Qaeslet; Aldridge.— F. calcarea "Wahl. {F. Mahlenbecki R. G.). Dowe Dale ! R. G. Lane from Mill Dale to Ham. Bariramia pomi/ormifi L. Frequent on banks, Hamstead ; near Stone, &c. P/iilonotin fontana L. Flash ; Cannock Chase ; Rushton ; Chartley, &c. — Var. caspitosa Wils. Footways, Newborough ; Cannock Chase ; Morridge Top ; Rushton Marsh ; Chartley. — P. calcarea B. & S. Hherbrook and Brindley Valleys, Cannock Chase. Breutelia arcuata Dicks. Dove Dale, Valentine. Mill Dale, abundant. Orthodontium (jracllc Wils. Very rare, rock by the Chuinet, near Alton Towers, c. frt. Leptubryum pyri forme L. Whitmore, E.G. Alton, Tixall ; EUaston ; Penn Common ; Norbury Park. (To be continued.) THE LATE LORD DE TABLEY. John Byrne Leicester Warren, third and last Baron De Tabley, was born at Tabley Hall, near Knutsford, Cheshire, on April 26th, 1835. He was educated at Eton and Christ Church, Oxford, taking his M.A. degree in 1856. In 1860 he was called to the bar, and in 1871 took up his residence in London. He succeeded to the title in 1887. His many qualifications in the direction of literature and art are sympathetically recorded in the AthentEum for Nov. 30th, 1895, by Mr. Theodore Watts, and in the Contemporary Reviexc for January, 1896, by Mr. Edmund Gosse, who describes him as " a scholar of extreme elegance, a numismatist and a botanist of exact and minute accomplishment, the shyest of recluses, the most playful of companions, the most melancholy of solitaires, above all and most of all, yet in a curiously phantasmal way, a poet." These writers enjoyed Lord De Tabley's intimate friendship — a somewhat rare privilege, for he was by nature a recluse, and as a consequence was intensely sensitive, and easily pained by the real or fancied want of sympathy of those with whom he came in contact. The papers I have mentioned have done justice to his literary attainments ; but the only attempt to present him as a botanist is that of his friend Sir M. E. Grant-Duff, whose letter in the Spectator of December 7th supplements in other respects the notices of Messrs. Gosse and Watts. It is this aspect of Lord De Tabley's varied attainments which demands record in the pages of this Journal, in which the results of his work among British plants Lave for the most part been published. The period during which Warren occupied a prominent position among British critical botanists extended from 1869 — when he published in this Journal his "Account of Cheshire Rubi " — to 1877, when he contributed his " Notes on Sussex Plants " : these two papers are excellent examples of his thorough painstaking 78 THE LATE LORD DE TABLEY. method of work. But long before this he had been investigating the flora of his native county. In the first paper mentioned he speaks of " trying some years ago to make a list of Cheshire plants,"* and of having "left brambles to the last"; and Mr. Watson, in the ' Compendium ' of the 'Cybele,' mentions a " care- fully drawn up MS. Flora of Cheshire, lent to me by Mr. Warren in 1867 " : this, iiuforfcunately, was never published, although a list of queries connected with it was issued in 1873, with an inti- mation that the Flora was likely to appear shortly. He helped considerably in the preparation of the Flora of Middlesex (published in 1869), Mr. NeAvbould being frequently his companion in collecting. After 1877, although his general interest in British plants con- tinued, it had ceased to be absorbing, and he published nothing. In 18G4 he became a Fellow of the Linnean Society, but withdrew after a few years. Of his enthusiasm for botany during the period indicated, Sir M. E. Grant Duff gives an amusing instance. I remember, too, how, when standing for Mid Cheshire in the Liberal interest in 1868, he combined his canvassing with plant collecting. Mr. Robert Holland, with whom I was staying at that time, was one of his electioneering agents, and the two found at least as much common ground in botany as in politics, in which, to say the truth, Holland took but little interest. Sir Grant Duff says : — " The same remarkable powers of observation which enabled him to become a good Greek numismatist, made him one of the most accurate of amateur English botanists. I use the word ' amateur,' because he never published the Flora of Cheshire, at which he worked for a very considerable time ; but I am quite aware that his attainments in his favourite science were such that I might, with the approval of many, have claimed for him a higher place. He never ceased to jest about the want of appreciation with which his botanical studies were looked upon by most of those with whom he came in contact. He used to relate, for example, with great glee, that, while he was compiling the Flora of his county, he one day observed that he had just time, after coming off duty with his yeomanry, to find a particular plant of which he was in search. Fully accoutred as he was, he hailed a street-carriage, jumped into it, and told the driver to go to a point in the immediate environs of Chester. Arrived at the spot indicated, he got out, searched along a ditch, found his plant, and directed the mnn to return. He did so ; but, stopping in front of a large building, turned to his fare, and said, ' That, sir, is the asylum.' The soul of kindness, he never laughed at any one save himself ; but that he did very frequently. I take the following from a letter written to me, just before I left Madras : — " ' I have opened the slip containing Ficus Trimeni with awe and reverence. I did not actually go down on my knees, as Linnfeus did on seeing the furze in full bloom, but I had some difficulty in preserving that upright position which is the privilege and distinctive mark of the primates. I did not expect a new * " During a former residence in Cheshire, I made a careful list, through many years, of every species found within a mile radius of my dwelling-place." Journ. Bot. 1871, 228. THE LATE LORD DE TABLEY. 79 fig to be invented. But science is great, and advances in the most unexpected directions. And yet the Ficus suggests painful memories. My dear friend, it is a sad subject, but there was once in the British flora a Raincx Wdirenii. How pathetic is that " once." ! My infant was found — not precisely in the bulruslies, but near them, duly christened by Trimen, and registered in the Journal of Botany* All went well for a time; but one of those infernal German professors, who know everything and several matters besides, wrote that he had found the child in Silesia, or God knows where, and had already christened it Rumc.v Knajli, after some detestable Knaf ! and so it had to be, and you may read in Hooker's StudenVs Flora, last edition, under Riimcx vtaritimus, the sad history how Rumex Warrcnii is now Knafii. Ah, those Germans ! they will quietly come and annex the lot of us some day.'" The mention of this limnex recalls the other critical genus for which Warren showed a marked preference, as is indicated by his having a bramble and a dock — Faimex maximus, Schreb., which he practically added to the British floral — engraved on his book- plate. | He collected numerous Faihi for the Botanical Exchange Club, to the Reports of which he contributed valuable notes ; and presented many to the British Museum Herbarium, to which he was at that time a frequent visitor. Among other critical genera to which he paid considerable attention may be mentioned Bromns, Triticum [Ayropijrum), and Callitriche ; of the last of these he described a new species, C. Lachii § (now referred as a variety to C. obtxisamjula), which finds no place in Mr. Jackson's Index, but is published in the Eeport of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1875, p. 17 (1876). His Flora of Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens, printed in this Journal for 1871, is a remarkable contribution to local botany. The scope of his work, however, will best be gathered from the list of papers which is appended to this notice : it is hardly too much to say that there is no one of them which is not instructive and suggestive. Warren's principal fellow-workers were Dr. Trimen, Mr. J. G. Baker, Mr. F. M. Webb (whom he engaged for a time to help in the Cheshire Flora), and Mr. R. A. Pryor ; Mr. Newbould was at once his mentor and his admirer, 1| and he was on terms of intimacy with Mr. H. C. Watson : from which it will be seen that he was associated with the best critical English botanists of his period. During the later years of his life he kept up an acquaintance with Mr. Baker, but his retiring disposition and his waning interest in botany separated him from such of his former associates as had not been removed by distance or death. " The most recluse of men," * Rumex maritimus forma (hybrida?) Warrcnii, Trimen in Journ. Bot. 1874, 161, t. 146. t See Journ. Bot. 1874, 34. J Warren published, in 1880, ' A Guide to the Study of Book-plates ' ; his own book-plate was designed and presented to him by Mr. W. Bell Scott, who was also a collector of these trilles. § The name refers to the Lach Eye meadows, near Chester, where Warren found the plant. II Warren makes this characteristic reference to Newbould: " Borrer is known best at second-hand. In this respect he resembles Socrates, and an acute botanist of the present day who has inherited the reticence of his master." Journ. Bot. 1877, 193. 80 THE LATE LORO DE TABLEY. says Sir Grant DuflP, " he often hardly saw his dearest friends for long periods of time. I remember that in the later seventies it used to be said : — ' Warren has two intimate friends. The first he has not seen for five years, the second for six.' It was not quite true ; but it had a certain basis in fact." Never very strong, he was the victim of more than one attack of influenza, and from the last of these, in the winter of 1894-5, he never thoroughly recovered. He went to Ryde in the autumn of last year, and had planned to spend the winter with his sister, Lady Leighton, at Bournemouth. But this intention was never carried out : he died at the former place on Nov. 22nd, and was buiied at Lower Peover, Cheshire. " Earth from the Holy Land was sprinkled over him, and the grave was filled up with clods from a certain covert where he had loved to botanize." * James Britten. List of Botanical Papers. " Some account of Cheshire Eubi." Journ. Bot. 1869, 353-360 "On the 'Species' question as regards Rubus." Journ. Bot. 1870, 1-4. " Callitriche autumnalis in Cheshire." lb. 88. " On the Dumetorum Group of Pvubi in Britain." lb. 149- 154, 169-176. " Lepigonum neglectum as an inland plant." lb. 252. " A Note for the ' Middlesex Flora.' " lb. 255. " Notes on the ' Compendium of the Cybele Britannica.' " Journ, Bot. 1871, 6-9. " Stratiotes aloides in Central Cheshire." lb. 215. " The Flora of Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens," lb. 227-238. " The Flora of Liverpool " (Review : signed with initials). Journ. Bot. 1872, 314-316. *' Middlesex Plants." Journ. Bot. 1873, 208. " Rumex sylvestris." lb. 340. " Notes on a projected Cheshire Flora." (Privately printed, 1873). " New station for Wolffia arrhiza." Journ. Bot. 1874, 306. " Callitriche obtusangula in West Sussex." lb. 307. " On Triticum pungens." lb. 357-363. " Rumex maximus." Journ. 1875, 6, 7. " On some doubtful species in the Cheshire Flora." lb. 163- 167. " London Botany." lb. 178, 276. " The Growth of the two Sea Couch-Grasses." lb. 295. " Kensington Gardens Plants." lb. 336. " Atriplex rosea in Sussex." lb. 376. •' Luzula campestris in Kensington Gardens." Journ. Bot. 1877, 135. " Notes on some Sussex plants." lb. 193-199. * Contemporaiji Rerieir .Jan. 1896, p. 87. 81 MR. GEORGE NICHOLSON. By the courtesy of the Editor of the Garden we are enabled to reproduce the very excellent portrait of the Curator of Kew Gardens, to whom the last volume is fittingly dedicated. British botanists have reason to regret that the cares of office have so absorbed Mr. Nicholson's time that he has been unable of late years to continue the investigation of our Flora which he was at one time prosecuting with so much enthusiasm ; our own pages have borne abundant evidence of his capability in that direction. As "the distinguished practical head" of 'f Kew [Gardens — to quote the Garden notice — Mr. Nicholson has done much to improve the disposition of the collections under his care. He has been associated with Kew since 1873, when he became clerk to the Curator of the Gardens, and in 1886 he was promoted to the post rendered vacant by the death of Mr. John Smith. " The ideal curator of such an establishment as Kew," says Mr. Robinson, "must be a man of varied acquirements, both practical and scientific ; he must also possess considerable administrative ability. Mr. Nicholson is probably the nearest approach to this ideal that Kew has possessed since Alton's time." His special Journal of Botany. — Vol. 84. [Feb. 1896.] g 82 FIRST RECOEDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS. department is the arboretum ; and we are indebted to him for the first instalment of the Handhouk of Trees and Shrubs grown at Kew, which was noticed in this Journal for 1895 (p. 29), and the com- pletion of which is much to be desired. The long-needed Guide to the Gardens, the absence of which has formed the subject of inquiries in Parliament during tbe last five years, will doubtless owe much of its value to Mr. Nicholson's knowledge. His principal work is The Dictionanj of Gardeninfi, a standard book of reference. Mr. Nicholson was born (at Eipon) in 1847, so we may expect from bim many more years of useful work. FIRST RECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS. COMPILED BY William A. Clarke, F.L.S. (Continued from vol. xxxiii. p. .) Luzula Forsteri DC. Fl. Fr. iii. 160 (1805). 1804. " Mr. Edward Forster first observed this in 1795 . . . between Hog hill and Collier-row in Hainhault Forest, Essex," — E. B. 1293, and Sm. Fl. Brit. iii. 1395. A note on the original drawing for E. B. says, "First observed in 1790." L. vernalis DC. Fl. Fr. iii. 160 (1805). L. pilosa Willd, Enura. 393 (1809), 1597. "In woods , , . or shadowie places."— Ger. 17. L. maxima DC. Fl, Fr. iii. 160 (1805). 1670. "I observed it plentifully in the ditch of a close adjoyning to Hampsted-wood near London."- — Ray Cat, 149, L. arcuata Walilenb, in Summ, Veg, Scand. 13 (1814). 1824. " Summits of Cairngorum and others of the Grampian mountains. Prof. Hooker."— Sm. Engl. Fl. ii. 183. L, spicata DC, Fl. Fr. iii. 160 (1805). 1787. " On the very summit of Ben Lomond, Dr. J, E, Smith." — \V ith. Bot. Arr. ii. 365, L, campestris DC, Fl. Fr. iii, 161 (1805). 1597. " In watery ditches . . . going from Paris garden bridge to Saint Georges fields," London. — Ger. 16, L. erecta Desv. Journ. Bot. i. 156 (1808). L. multiffora Lej. Fl. Spa, 169 (1811). 1660. "Gramen hirsutum majus panicula juncea compacta," — R. C. C, 68. Ray Hist, ii. 1291, &c. Formerly generally described as a var. of L. campestris, but as a separate species in Forster's Fl. Tonbridg. (1816). Typha latifolia L. Sp, PI, 971 (1753). 1548. " Groweth in fennes & water sydes among the reedes. ... It is called in englishe cattes tayle or a Reedmace." — Turn. Names, G vij. T. angustifolia L. Sp. PI. 971 (1753). 1670. " Typha palustris media J. B vidi in rivulo quodam juxta sedes Nobiliss. Comitis Warwicensis Leezhuuse dictas in Essexia." — Ray Cat. p. 308. Sparganium ramosum Huds. Fl. Angl. ii. 401 (1778). 1562. " Comon in England." — Turn. ii. 143. FIRST RECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS. 83 S. neglectum Beeby in Journ. Bot. 1885, 193. 1885. Found by Mr. W. H. Beeby "in October, 1883, at Albury Ponds, near Guildford, Surrey."— Journ. Bot. 1885, 26, 193. S. simplex Huds. Fl. Angl. ii. 401 (1778), 1597. "Common tbroughout Enghxnd." — Ger. 41. S. affine Scbinzl. in Flora, 1845, G70. 1851. "In lakes, Island of N. Uist, and Galloway, Scotland; Snowdon." — Bab. Man. ed. 3, 338 ; see also Bot. Gaz. iii. 158. S. minimum Fr. Summa, ii. 560 (1849). 1666. " On the East side of Scrooby nigh a great Wood where the foot way is cast up Nottinghamshire." — Merrett, 115. Arum maculatum L. Sp. PI. 966 (1753). 1548. " Growefch in euery hedge almost in Englande about townes in the spryng of the yere." — Turn. Names, B ij, back. A. italicum Mill. Diet. fd. viii/ (1768). 1854. Discovered by Dr. Bromfield and Mr. Albert Hambrough in the Undercliff, Isle of Wight.— Phytol. v. 194. Acorus Calamus L. Sp. PI. 324 (1753). 1666. " Found by Dr. Brown neer Lyn, and by Mr. Brown of Oxford, near Hedly in Surry." — Merrett, 2. " In fluvio Yare prope Nordvicum [Norwich] a cl. viro D. Thos. Brown M.D. primum observatus, nobisq. ante decern annos ostensus fuit." — Kay Cat. 7 (1670). Lemna trisulca L. Sp. PI. 970 (1753). 1597. " I found it once in a ditch by Bermondsey house neer to London and never elsewhere." — Ger. 681. L. minor L. Sp. PI. 970 (1753). 1562. "Well knowen in England and specially of them that have pondes." — Turn, ii. 33, back; but see 'Libellus' and 'Names,' under Lens palustris. L. gibba L. Sp. PI. 970 (1753). 1778. " L. minor f3. gibba." — Huds. ii. 399. " Lower Bishop's pool, Northwick, near Worcester, and in a pool near the east side of Malvern Chace, Worcestershire, Sept. 8, 1776."— Stokes in With. Bot Arr. ed. 2, p. 1020 (1787). L. polyrrhiza L. Sp. P. 970 (1753). 1724. "In fossis et aquis purioribus passim occurrit." — Bay Syn. iii. 129. Wolffia Michelii Schleid. Beitr. 233'(1844). 1866. In "a pond near Staines Common, Middlesex." — Dr. Trimen in Journ. Bot. 1866, p. 219. Alisma Plantago-aquatica L. Sp. PI. 342 (1753). 1597. "About the brinkes of rivers, pondes, and ditches almost every- where."—Ger. 338. Figure onlv, Turn. ii. 94 (1562). A. ranunculoides L. Sp. PI. 343 (1753). 1633. "I found [this] in the companie of Mr. Willm. Broad and Mr. Leonard Buckner in a ditch on this side Margate in the Isle of Tenet." — Johnson, Ger. em. 417. Elisma natans Buchenau in Pringsheim, Jahrbuch, vii. 25 (1869). 1732. "In the great lake below the old castle at Llanberys ; Mr. Brewer." — Martyn's Tournefort, i. 17. Samuel Brewer's MS. account of his journey in Wales in 1726 (in Bot. Dept. Brit. Mus.) contains the following: — "July 21. I took a walk down to the meadows below the old castle, and in the great and lower moss lake towards Carnarvon met with .... Bur flag G 2 84 FIRST RECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS. with a small long narrow leaf swimming upon the water, and a plant with a white 3 leaved flower with fruit shaped like a narrow purslain leaf on the top, the under leaves like Suhidaria in shape, though not tubulous or jointed as Siihuho-ia is." Sagittaria sagittifolia L. Sp. PI. 993 (1753). 1570. "In Anglia prope Oxonium prope moenia, . . . etiam Londini ad arcis Regife vallum, & in Tamesis crepidinibus palludosis." — Lob. Adv. 126. Damasonium stellatum Pers. Syn. i. 400 (1805). 1633. " I found [it] a little beyond Ilford, in the way to Rumford, and Mr. Goodyer found it also growing upon Hounslow Heath." — ■ Ger. em. 417. Butomus umbellatus L. Sp. PI. 372 (1753). 1570. "In lacuniis & torpidis aut lente fluentibus rivulis Belgiiie, Angliie, &c. Londini ad arcem Regiam casteriumqiie navium, hibernicarum nascitur." — Lob. Adv. 44. Triglochin palustre L. Sp. PI. 338 (1753). 1597. "Gramen aquaticum spicatum. In mirie and muddie grounds." — -Ger. 12. " Tamworth."— Withering, Bot. Arr. ed. 2, 378 (1787). T. maritimum L. Sp. PI. 339 (1753). 1597. " In marish and waterie places neere to the sea." — Ger. 21. "Near Yarmouth, Mr, Woodward."— With. Bot. Arr. ed. 2, 378 (1787). Scheuchzeria palustris L. Sp. PI. 338 (1753). 1807. "Dis- covered by the Rev. [James] Dalton in June, 1787, growing abundantly in Lakeby Car, near Borough-bridge, Yorkshire." — E. B. 1801. Sowerby's MS. note on the drawing gives the date of finding as June, 1807. Potamogeton natans L. Sp. PL 126 (1753). 1597. "In pooles, ponds," kc. — Ger. 675. [" Potimogeton — Pond Plantayne." — Turn, Names, F v.] . P. polygonifolius Pourr, in Mem. Acad. Toul. iii. 325 (1788). 1829. Lindley, Syn. Brit. Flora, 250. "P. oUongus,'' with syn. ^' pDli/gonifoliiu^." "Ditches near Horsfield (Sussex). Mr. D. Turner."— Hook. Fl. Brit, ed, 1, 76 (1830). [? "P. natans, var. 2. Boggy ground on Birmingham Heath." — With. Bot. Arr. ed. 2, 172 (1787).] P, fluitans Roth, Tent. Flor. Germ. i. 72 (1788), 1885. Ramsey, Hunts ; found by Mr. Alfred Fryer. — Bot. Exch. Club Rep, 1884, 111 (1885), P. coloratum Hornem, ap. Fl. Dan. t. 1449 (1813). P.plnnta- gineus Du Croz (1818). 1839. "Ditches at Ham ponds near Sandwich, Kent, W. Wilson Saunders." — Ann, N, H. ii. 349. First found [in Cambs] in 1827 by Rev. L. Jenyns (Blomfield). — Bab. Fl. Cambs. 248. P. alpinus Balbis, Misc. Bot. 13 in Act. Turin. 329 (1804). P. rufcscens Schrad, (1815). 1804. "Found in the river at Scole, Norfolk, by Mr. Woodward and Mr. Turner," &c.— E. B. 1286 ("P. fluitans"), P, sparganifolius Ljestad, ex Fries, Nov. Fl, Suec. Mant. i. 9 (1832), 1856, " In the river at Maam, Galway. Mr. T. lurk." —Bab, Man. ed. 4, 351. FIEST KECORDS OF BRITISH FLOWERING PLANTS. 85 P. Lonchites Tuckerm. in Am. Journ. Sc. Ser. 2, vi. 226 (1848). 1869. " In the river Boyne below Navan. Mr. D. Moore." — Syme, E. B. ix. 33 ; but I am informed by Mr. Arthur Bennett that the Irish plant is a form of ^^ [iramineus L.," i.e., graminifolius Fries. P. lanceolatus Sm. E. B. 1985 (1809). 1809. " Communi- cated by the Rev. H. Davies [Aug. 1808] from the lakes of North Wales."— E. B. l.v. P. heterophyllus Hchrob. Spicil. Fl. Lips. 21 (1771). 1798. "Ditches near Beverley" (Yorkshire). — Mr, Teesdale in Linn. Trans, v. 48 ("P. palustre"). P. nitens Web. Fl. Holsat. Suppl. n. 11 (1787). 1864. Dis- covered by D. Moore "in a large lake at Castle Gregory, near Brandon Mountain, Co. Kerry" (1864).— Journ. Bot. 1864, 326. P. lucens L. Sp. PI. 126 (1753). 1633. " Potamogeiton lougis acutis foliis." — Ger. em. 822, 4. "In Thames between Fulham & Hampton Court." — Petiver in Gibson's Camden (1695). P. decipiens Nolte ex Koch, Syn. Fl. Germ. ed. 2, 779 (1844). 1867. Found in the canal at Bath by Mrs. Hopkins.— Bot. Exch. Club Report, 1866, 13 ; and Journ. Bot. 1867, 71. P. Zizii Koch ex Eoth, Enum. PI. Germ. i. 531 (1827). 1879. Found in Cauldshields Loch, near Melrose, N.B., by Mr. A. Brotherston.— Bot. Exch. Club Report, lS78, 19 (1879); and Journ. Bot. 1879, 252. P. coriaceus Fryer in Journ. Bot. 1889, 8. P. lucens coriaceus Nolte in Roehl. Deutschl. Fl. i. 850 (1823). 1886. " Last year Mr. A. Fryer sent specimens from Cambridgeshire." — Arthur Bennett in Journ. Bot. 1886, 223. P. salicifolius Wolfg. in Schult. Mant. iii. 355 (1827). 1877. Found by Rev. Augustin Ley, in 1866, in the Wye, Sellack, Here- fordshire.—See Bot. Exch. Club Report, 1877, p. 10. The P. salicifolius of Bab. Man. ed. 7, 372, is not this species. P. GrifRthii Ar. Benn. in Journ. Bot. 1883, 65. 1883. Discovered by Mr. J. E. Griffith in Aber Lake, Carnarvonshire, June, 1882. — Journ. Bot. I. c. P. prselongus Wulf. in Roem. Arch. iii. 331 (1805). 1835. "Lakes and pools, Berwickshire, Dr. Robt. Thomson. Moss of Litie, Nairnshire, Mr. J. B. Brechan [Brichan] ." — Hook. Fl. Brit, ed. 3, 77. Mr. Brichan found it in 1832 : see Phyt. i. 237. P. perfoliatum L. Sp. PI. 126 (1753). 1633. "P. tertium Dodoniei."— Ger. em. 822, 3; and Johns. Merc. Bot. 61 (1634). P. crispum L. Sp. PI. 126 (1753). 1632. " Pusillum fonti- lapathum, Lob." — Johns. Kent (1632), 30. P. densum L. Sp. PL 126 (1753). 1633. "In the river by Droxford in Hampshire." — Goodyer in Ger. em. 824, 3, P. zostersefolius Schum. Enum. PI. Saell. i. 50 (1801). 1794. "In a rivulet at Hovingham " (Yorkshire). — R. Teesdale in Linn. Trans, ii. 106 (P. compression). P. acutifolius Link in Roem. et Sch. Syst. iii. 513 (1818). 1829. "Found ... by Mr. Borrer ... at Ambeiiey, Henheld, and Lewes, Sussex, in June, 1826." — E. B, S. 2609. 8(3 StiOKT NOXKS. P. obtusifolius Merfc. et Koch in Roelil. Deutsclil. Fl. ed. 3, i. 855 (18:^8). 1724. "In fossis prope Deptford."— Dill, in Ray Syu. iii. 160. Mrst found by iiuddle, Hort. Sice. vol. iv. f. 27. P. Friesii Kupr. in Beitr. PH. Russ. iv. 43 (1845). 1660. " In the river Cam m many places." — R. C. C. 125. P. pusillum L. Sp. PI. 127 (1753). 1650. " P. pumilum nondum descriptum Between Carleton and Wulwich." — How, Phyt. 97. " In the rivulet at Hiuton Moor," Camhs. — R. C. C. 125 (1660). P. Sturrockii Ar. Benn. in Scottish Naturalist, n.s. i. 27 (1883). 1883. Marlee Loch, Perthshire ; discovered by Abram Sturrock. — L. c. P. trichoides Cham, in Linnaea, ii. 175 (1827). 1850. Found by Rev. Kirby Trimmer, in 1848, at Framingham Earl, Norfolk.— Bot. Gaz. n. 285. P. pectinatum L. Sp. PI. 127 (1753). 1660. " In the river Cam in many places." — R. C. C. 100. P. flabellatus Bab. Man. ed. 3, 343 (1851). 1851. " Ponds and ditches." — C. C. Babmgton, /. c. Observed by Babington in canal at Bath in 1830.— Phytol. iv. 1158. P. filiformis Pers. Syn. PI. i. 152 (1805). 1843. " Lakes in Forfarshire." — Bab. Man. ed. i. 326. Ruppia maritima L. Sp. PI. 127(1753). 1677. "About Maldon m Essex I hrat observed it." — Ray Cat. ed. 2, 242. Zannichellia palustris L. Sp. PI. 969 (1753). 1660. " Potamogeito aftinis gramen aquaticum." — Ray Cat. Cant. 125. "Pond on east side of Islington." — Petiver in Gibson's Camden (1695). Z. polycarpa Nolte, Novit. Fl. Holsat. 75 (1826). 1875. " Ku-bister Loch, Orphir, Orkney, July, 1874. William Fortescue." —Bot. Exch. Club Report, 1872-4, 41 ; and Journ. Bot. 1875, 376. First found there by Syme in 1849 : see Journ. Bot. i. c. (To be continued.) SHORT NOTES. ToRTULA BREViRosTRis IN East YORKSHIRE. — A sliort time ago Mr. J. J. Marshall, of Market Weighton, sent to me a specimen of this rare British moss, which he had met with in October, 1895, in a gravel-pit near to Kiplingcotes in the East Riding of Yorkshire. Along with it in the same pit, Tortula stellata (Schreb.) Lindb., a nearly allied species, was growing in abundance, whilst T. hrevirustris was only found in small patches. Mr. Marshall, on looking over his gatherings after getting home, detected the rarer moss amongst them, and by careful examniation of its characters he concluded that the smaller of the two plants he had collected must be this rare moss ; he therefore sent me specimens, desiring me to confirm his opinion. I possessed some American specimens from the Rocky Mountain locality of this species, and with these the Yorkshire SHORT NOTliS. 87 plaut agrees identically. So far as I am aware at present, T. brevirostiis has only been got in two other British localities. It was first recorded as a British moss by Hooker and Greville, from specimens which had been found on a wall in Edinburgh in 1824. The second locaUty mentioned for this rare moss is on a wall top in Ashwood Dale, near Buxton, Derbyshire, collected there in 1873: a record of this discovery is given by Mr. E. M. Holmes {Grevillea, ii. 1G9). The plant has been met with in France, Greenland, and amongst the liocky Mountains in North America, never in great abundance in any locality. The discovery of this rare moss in the East Eiding is a very interesting addition to the mosses of York- shire. The three dioicous allies of this section of the genus, viz. T. stellatu, T. ericce/ulia, and T. aluides, are all fairly plentiful in the calcareous district around Maltou, following tlie range of calcareous hills from Castle Howard to Scarborough. They are often met with growing on the old mud-capped stone walls near to the villages, and are in their best mature condition during the autumn and winter months, when they may be gathered in mild weather from October to March. — M. B. Slateb. Westerness Plants [Journ. Bot. 1895, p. 345). — Vicia sijlvatica is recorded as a new discovery to that vice-county ; it is included in my list of Glen Spean plants recorded in Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. 1892, p. 130, and there is a still earlier record. The Rubns villi- caulis var. Selnieri is only technically a new discovery, for the plant recorded by me in the same place as 11. villicaulis, with the greater part of North British plants so called, belongs to the variety. The Li. affinis of my earlier lists (which was A', aj/inis Blox., not of W. and N.) is also identical with this plant. It may be well therefore to put on record the occurrence of li. vilUcaalia var. Selmeri from E. and W. Ross, Easterness, Nairn, Elgin, Argyle, Mid-Perth, and Wigton. — G. C. Druce. Carex Buxbaumii Wahl. — I use the above name because it is the one so long known to British botanists for the rare Irish plant of Lough Neagh. Unfortunately the woody scrub is now cut down, and the plant exposed: "the little island is now a bare exposed pasturage.'"'' Its recent discovery in some plenty in the West of Scotland is thus interesting not only as an addition to the Scottish flora, but as retaining in our flora a species that will probably become extinct in its only known Irish locality. There is no question that this plant is C. polijuaina Schk. Reiihjr. 84, t. 76 (1801) ; C.fusca Alhoni, FL Fed. ii, 269 (1785); and C. Buxbaumii Wahlenb. Kumjl. Acad. Handl. xxiv. 163 (1803), as Prof. Bailey, of Cornell University, U.S. A,, has seen the type specimens in the authors' herbaria above named. Prof, Bailey remarks! : "Although AUioni places this species [C. fusca] in the section characterized by ' spicis pluribus sexu distinctis : mare unica,' it has an andro- gynous terminal spike. It is represented by a good specimen." * Stewart & Corry's Flora of the Noi-th-east of Ireland, 161 (1888), t " Studies ... of the genu3 Carex,'' Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, i. 63 (1889). OO SHORT NOTES. This is quite correct so far as concerns the normal form ; but I possess a specimen with one male spike at the apex — there are no iemale flowers in it ; and Allioni may have had such before him. L. K. Rosenvinge, in his " Andet Tilheg til Groenlands Fanero- gamer og Karsporeplanter " (published in Meddeleher om GroenUtnd, 1892), 721, objects to the use of Alhoni's name, and remarks: " Quum vero e descriptione AUionii {hi. Pcdemnnt. ii., 1785, 2G9) species non rite perspicienda, nomen ejus me judice recipiendum non est. Potius nomen Schkuhrii (C pobjcjama) [1801] , vel Schu- macheri {C. subuluta) adoptandum." We have two other Carices named C. suhulata. That of Michaux {Fl. Bor. Am. (1803), ii. 273) must surely bear Nuttall's name C. Collinsii (1818), of which, as Kunth notes, there is a specimen in the Berlin Herbarium. C. suhulata Wahl. Act. Holm. 152 (1803) = C. Bor y ana Schkuhr, Riedgr. ii. 43 (1806). Schumacher's name dates from 1801 [Enum. PI. Saellandia;, i. 270). — Arthur Bennett. Eanunculus pinnatus Poiret.- — Prof. Engler [Hochtjehirgsflora and Pflanzenivelt Ost-A/rica) discards this name for the common African Ranuncvlus in favour of Pi. meinbranaceus Fres. I thought it desirable that an examination of the type specimen in the Paris Herbarium should be made. M. A. Franchet very kindly undertook to look this up, and writes to me as follows : — " Nous avons au Museum, dans I'herbier de Lamarck, le type meme du R. pinnatus decrit par Poiret, c'est a dire deux portions superieures d'echantillons, la partie inferieure ayant fait defaut au descripteur. La plante type vient de Sonnerat, mais c'est Lamarck qui a ecrit 'Inde' comme etant son pays d'origine. Avaut aller dans Inde, Sonnerat s'est arrete au Cap, et nous avons justement du Cap un specimen de R. innnatus qui ressemble absolument a ceux de Sonnerat, par ses feuilles a segments assez etroits et aigus, ses carpelles a bee droit, un peu epais. Le R. pubescens Thunb., souvent rapporte en synonyme du R. pinnatus, diftere un peu par ses feuilles. Sauf meilleur avis, je suis done porte a croire que la plante de Sonnerat proviendrait du Cap plutut que i'lnde, du d'ailleui'S le vrai R. jilnnatus n'a pas ete observe. U'apres I'herbier du Museum on peut assimiler au R. pinnatus type I'' la plante 4u Cap dout je vous parle precedemment. 2"^. La plante de Welwitsch, Iter Angol. No. 1208. 3°. La plante d'Abyssinie de Quartin Dillon et Petit, ainsi que celle de Schimper No. 738, que Hochstetter a nommee R. striatus. La seule difference qu'elle oflre avec le type de Poiret c'est quelle est plus robuste. Entin la figure du voyage de Speke et Grant est absolument celle du A', striatus Hochst., et par consequent du vrai R. pinnatus, et M. Oliver a donne du R. pinnatus une synonymie exacte, si vraiment le R. memhranaceus Fres. est identique avec R. striatus." — E. G. Baker. ; Exchange Club for Mosses and Hepatic^. — While much has been done for the study of phanerogams by means of clubs for exchanging, recording, and naming specimens, I believe the want of such a society for mosses hinders the advance of bryology. If one could be established somewhat on the lines of the Botanical or Watson Exchange Clubs, it would prove of great assistance to STRUCTUKE AND DEVELOPMENT OF MOSSES AND FERNS. 89 beginners in the study, who need much help, and would also pro- mote a knowledge of distribution, and prepare the way for a new edition of the London Catalogue of Mosses, now so much required. At least thirty active members would be required to make such a society successful. I have already had ofiers of support from a number of friends, and shall be glad if any persons willing to join such a society will send in their names to me. If I receive sufficient support, I will then communicate with some of our leaders in bryology for their advice and assistance. Failing this, with a smaller number it would still be possible to conduct a club by correspondence, but only for exchange of specimens. — C. H. Waddell, B.D., Saintfield Vicarage, Co. Down. Impatiens Noli-me-tangere in Sussex. — Has tlie above plant any claim to be considered truly wild in the South of England? It certainly looks so in a large marsh where a pond once stood, near Felbridge, in East Sussex, where the liev. J. Thovp (of Fel- bridge) found it some years ago, and where last year I saw it flowering abundantly. I do not think cottagers grow it at all in Sussex or Surrey as a flower. — C. E. Salmon. NOTICES OF BOOKS. The Structure and Development of the Mosses and Ferns [Archegoniatm). By Douglas Houghton Campbell, Ph.D. London and New York : Macmillan & Co. 1895. Pp. viii, 544 ; 26G figs, and 2 diagrams. Price 14s. net. The archegoniate cryptogams — the Mosses and Ferns — are so important, both in themselves and also in reference to the evolution of the higher plants, and the papers that treat of thera are so numerous, so widely scattered through periodical literature, and so often inaccessible owing to their scarcity or to our ignorance of the language in which they are written, that it has become extremely desirable that all that is known of the morphology of the arche- goniate plants should be collected, sifted, and compacted into the limits of a single volume. The average botanist, who takes an interest in the subject, and feels unsatisfied with the summarised account afforded by text-books, is apt to find the claims made upon his time by his own particular line of work to be too great to per- mit of his indulging in a personal search after original papers. A ready hand of welcome is therefore extended to receive the new book, in which Mr. Campbell, the Professor of Botany at the Stanford University in California, has endeavoured to collect all that is essential for a comparative study of the group. The author has not, however, by any means confined himself to a mere compilation from the work of others, but has made it his aim by patient and independent research to place himself as far as possible in such a position that he may be able to narrate the facts at first hand, and to confirm or correct the statements of previous 90 STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT OF MOSSES AND FERNS. writers. In carrying out this aim he has made manifold additions to the sum of our knowledge ; and his new book is to be regarded as a fresh investigation of the group, with the gaps in the author's observations filled in from the work of others. The result is a vast array of facts, clearly stated, systematically and intelligently arranged, and admirably illustrated ; and upon a wise and clear- sighted consideration of these facts an attractive theory has been built up as to the evolution and phylogenetic affinities of the Mosses, Ferns, and Flowering Plants. The abundant figures are for the most part new, and were drawn by the author himself; they are placed where they are of most assistance to the reader, viz., in the text which they illustrate. The book may be described as the outcome of the improved microscopic methods of the present day, and as a brilliant example of the results obtainable by a skilful operator. Eeaders may be interested to know that Mr. Campbell has presented a large series of his microtome prepara- tions to the British Museum. Systematists will doubtless quarrel with Mr. Campbell's novel classification of some of the families. However, it is not a matter of much moment what classification is adopted in an avowedly morphological treatise. The present arrangement is a suggestive one, and enables the author to emphasize certain affinities or resemblances which have not hitherto been brought out so strongly, and which may possibly in days to come lead to alterations in the classification at present accepted by systematists. It is not possible in the limits of this notice to represent at all adequately the amount of ground covered by the author. That must be left to the individual reader to ascertain. But the attention of the latter may profitably be called to several points of interest. The partitioning of the book is as follows : — Four chapters are allotted to the Hepatics, two to the Mosses, five to the Filicinea, and to the Kquisetlnece and Lijcupodinea; one each. In the natural orders of each class the life-history and morphology of selected types are described in detail, beginning with the germination of the spore, and passing through the gametophyte (sexual generation) to the sporophyte (non-sexual generation) m its embryonic and mature stages, until m the subsequent spore-formation the cycle is com- pleted. Deviations exhibited by other genera are also discussed. The Hepatics are treated in three groups : — (1) MarchantiacecB, characterised by a specialisation of their gametophyte tissues ; (2) Jimijenitanniacece, characterised by a development of appen- dicular organs ; (3) AnthocerotecB (Mr. Campbell's pet subject), characterised by the simplicity of the gametophyte and the highly differentiated sporangium. This latter group is shown to be of extraordinary morphological interest, as connecting the other Hepatics with the Mosses (through Sphagnum) on the one hand, and the eusporangiate Ferns (especially Ophio<jiossum) on the other. The points of resemblance are several, and are properly and fully insisted upon by the author. Passing over the Mosses, which are regarded as a divergent group which has specialised itself to meet the requirements of STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT OF MOSSES AND FEENS. 91 modern conditions of existence, we come to the Vascular Crypto- gams, with their three classes — FUkinece, EquisctitWiC, Lycopodiaetc. The FiiicinecB are arranged in two groups — Eusporanguttfp, and Leptospomiu/iata;. Tlie former group comprises the homosporous orders Ophior/lossacea; and Marattinccd, and also the heterosporous Isoetacecc. The provisional transference hither of the latter order from the Lijcopodinecc Mr. Campbell thinks to be justified by the weight of our present evidence. The Juisporaiu/iatcB are regarded as the remnants of widely divergent branches of a common stock, which indicate the ancestry of the Lcptosporanglatm on the one hand, and on the other possibly that of the Monocotyledons and Dicoty- ledons along the line of the hoetacece (the Gymnosperms having arisen probably along a different line, viz., that of the LycopmUnerB via the Selnfiinellaceic). An interesting observation will be found on p. 2i3, where it is shown that Botnjchuun alone among the Ferns exhibits in its rhizome a true secondary thickening of its vascular bundles. A thickening, but of a modified nature, also occurs in the stem of Isoetes. The germination of the raacrospore and the embryology of the sporophyte of this latter genus are amply described and figured. The higher IJotnjckiecB and the jSLarattiaceoB are both taken to show lines of approach to the leptosporangiate Ferns, of which Osmnnda is the lowest step. The Leptosporangiatie are, like the Eusporangiata, arranged in two groups — the homosporous FUices and the heterosporous Hydro- pterides [MaruUaceir. and Salviniacea). As to the position of the various orders, and the points of origin at which the SalviniacecB and MarsiiiacecB arose, Mr. Campbell has a good deal to say ; and his views will be found summed up in the diagram on p. 421. The morphology and life-history of AzoUa are discussed at some length. Chap. XIII. is devoted to a consideration of the Eijuisetinea. The nuclear changes that accompany the development of the spermatozoids and of the spores are well figured and described: the courtesy of the publishers enables us to give specimens of these illustrations (see next page). Cor mack's recent observation of a slight secondary thickening in the nodes of Equisetnm maximum is interesting in connection with the thickening that occurred in the fossil CalamitecB. Another fossil of this group — Calamostachys — is of importance as being heterosporous, and confirming the opinion that heterospory arose independently in several widely separated groups of vascular cryptogams — an opinion of which Mr. Campbell makes full use in his scheme of classification. In Chap. XIV. we reach the final class, the Lycopodinea, with two homosporous orders, Lycopodiacea. and Psilotaceoi, and the heterosporous order Sclaginellece. The author has closely investi- gated the female prothallium of Selaginella Kraussiana, and shows that the diaphragm in the macrospore is not a true cell- wall, but a secondary thickening of the lower side of the prothallium which occurs during a temporary cessation of the growth of the latter. The Lycopodmeie on the one hand retain several primitive characters, and on the other, through iSelayinella, show an affinity with the Gymnosperms. 92 STEUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT OF MOSSES AND FERNS. In the concluding chapter Mr. Campbell summarises his views upon the inter-relationships of the Archetjoniat(B. As to the strength of the arguments upon which these views are based, it must be left to individual readers to judge. By enthusiasts they will be regarded as convincing; by conservatives as fanciful; but by the majority probably as suggestive and eminently helpful. Experts in morpho- logy are certain to offer battle on the subject, and in fighting it out among themselves they cannot fail to place the phylogeny of the Archef/oniatce on a surer basis than it has yet attained. Mr. Campbell rightly insists upon the important bearing which the gametophyte and the sexual organs have upon the question, but unfortunately these are still but little or not at all known in some of the orders — e. g. Ophioijlosmcca: and Fsilotacea:. cen. I>. Fig. 240. — Development of the spores of Equischim maximum Lam. Suc- cessive stages in the division of the nuclei, X 1200; cen. centrospheres ; nu. nucleolus. In places the book shows signs of having been hastily edited — e.g. on p. 189, 1. 7 from end, for "uses" read loses; p. 194, 1. 6, for " JEorces " re-cxd faces, and 1. 8, for "forms six rows" read six rows are funned ; p. 197, 1. 2, for "latter" xesid former ; p. 486, 1. 7, for " tubes" read tubers; p. 158, 11. 2 and 4, for "tufa" read turf. On p. Ill, "incubous" and "succubous" are incorrectly defined. HANDBOOK OF GRASSES. 93 On p. 208, the leaves of Leucohrt/um are erroneously stated to be " destitute of a midrib," whereas they really consist of an expanded midrib, to the lower margins of which the inconspicuous remains of the wings of the lamina are confined. Tesselina is correctly spelt on p. 41, but incorrectly on pp. 42, 68, 69, and in the Index. . A. Gepp. Handbook of Grosses. By W. Hutchinson. Swan Sonnenschein & Co. Price 2s. 6d. A CHEAP handbook of British Grasses will be welcome to agri- cultural botanists, especially if it contains figures which are accurate enough to enable the student to identify species. Unfortunately Mr. Hutchinson's book, in its method of arrangement, its descrip- tions, and its woodcuts, will not be of great use to farmers or students. To a botanist, the separation of the species in the author's classification by the habitat is annoying, and even those who are acquainted with the habits of the grasses will be puzzled to know in which of the eight groups any given species is to be found. The practical agriculturist will be surprised not to find couch grass, A[fropyro7i repetis, in the "agrarian group, grasses found in cultivated land," and if Mr. Hutchinson were correct in placing it in the next group, whose members "are not partial to any of the habitats mentioned," it would be a great saving in the cultivation of English cornfields. It is surprising that, after the unanimous opinion of experts expressed in recent writings on pasture grasses, that the author of this book should be of the opinion that timothy and cock's-foot are not among the most valuable meadow grasses, thus strengthening the prejudice against the so-called " coarse grasses" — which might be more correctly called the food-producing grasses. The figures, which are from the illustrations to Bentham's Flora, are not large enough to be of value for separating species, and it has no doubt been found by students that the admirable woodcuts in Bentham's handbook, while sufficient for the larger proportion of the flowering plants, in the case of the (Jraminm and some other orders, do not, owing to their size, contain the necessary detail. J. B. Carruthers. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. Bat. Centralblatt (No. 1). — F. Brand, ' Ueber die Vegetations verhiiltnisse des Wiirmsees und seine Grundalgen.' — (Nos. 2, 3). K. Schilberozky, ' Ueber Bewegungserscheinungen der Bacillaria- ceen.' — J. H. Wakker, ' Die generative Vermehrung des Zucker- robrs.' Bot. Gazette (Dec. 16). — R, Thaxter, 'New or peculiar American Zygomycetes. I. Dispira' (1 pi.). — F. V. Coville, 'Botanical explorations of Thomas Coulter' (map). — M. L. Fernald, ' Un- 94 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. described Plants from Western Mexico.' — J. D. Smith, 'Undescribed Plants from Guatemala' (1 pi.). — W. G. Farlow, 'Mimicry of Fungi in insects.' — W. W. Ashe, Bhus caroliniana, sp. n. (1 pi.). Bot. Zeitmui (Dec. 16). — E. Wagner, 'Die Morphologie des Limnanthenmm viimphceoides.' — (16 Jan.), C. Correns, * Zur Physi- ologie der Kan ken.' Bull. Tnnr,/ Bot. CJnh (Dec. 30).— C. H. Peek, ' New Fungi.'— A. Schneider, ' Phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens.' — A. M. Vail, ' (rnhicfia in N. America.' — G. V. Nash, 'American Grasses.' — C. L. Pollard, ' Some Southern Cassias.' — T. H. Kearney, * Cala- mnr/wstis seopulorum Jones.' Gardeners^ Chronicle (Jan. 4). — Aspleniinn Perkhisi Jenm., A. WilJdenorii Jenm., spp. nn. — (Jan. 11). C. T. Druery, 'British Fern Varieties' (Jan. 25). — 'A Welsh Scolopendnim'' (8. viiJgare var. Daviesii: fig, 16). — K. A. Eolfe, 'Natural Hybrid Orchids.' Irish Naturalist (March). — E. J. McWeeney, 'Fungi from Brackenstown, Co. Dublin.' Jonrval de Botaniqne (Jan. 1). — G. Camus, ' Ophrys Utif/iosa G. Cam.' — (Jan. 1, 16). — . Hue, 'Lichens d'Aix-les-Bains,'^E. Eoze, ' La transmission des formes ancestrales dans les vegetaux.' — (Jan. 16). J. Daveau, ' Dichogamie proterandre chez le Kentia Behnoriana.' Nxiovo Giorn. Bot. Jtal. (Jan. 15). — S. Sommier, ' Eisultati botanici di un viaggio all' Ob inferiore.' — F. Tassi, ' Micologia della provincia senese.' — A. Pizzigoni, ' Cancrena secca ed umida delle patate.' — C. Grilli, ' Lichenes in regione picena lecti.' — G. del Guercio, ' Di un alterazione della corteccia della Qnerce.' — P. Baccarini & G. Scalia, 'Appunti per la conoscenza di due acaro- cecidii.' — A. Borzi, 'Apparechi idrofari di alcune xerofile.' — C. Miiller, ' Bryologia provincife Schen-si sinensis.' — A. Lenticchia, ' Contribuzioni alia Flora della Svizzera italiana.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Jan.). — A. Makowsky, ' Eine neue Chenopodimn (C. carinatum Br.) der Flora Mahrens.' — P. Ascherson, ' Eqiiisptiun heleocharis, maximum, & Athyriiim alpestre. — E. Sagorski, ' Ein neuer /7?^/>/(/7/.s?V/-Bastard.' — E. v. Halacsy, ' Zur Flora von Griechenlande ' fcont.). — W. Schmidle, ' Beitrage zur alpinen Algenflora.' — J. Freyn, 'Plantfe Karoanae Dahuricse ' (cont.). Trans. TJnn. Soc. (2nd ser. Botany, iv : Dec. — S. le M. Moore, ' Phanerogamic Botanv of Matto (3rosso Expedition, 1891-2 ' (19 plates).— (Botany, V, pt. 2 : Oct.). W. & G. S. West, 'Fresh- water Algfe of Madagascar' (4 plates). BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. We trust that the Chinese Flora is not in danger of coming under the spell which has for so many years enchained the African Floras; but it may be well to call attention to its "arrested development." Two parts yearly (save in one instance) were issued BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 96 durinj;^ 1886-1890, and one appeared in July, 1891. Then came a period of tlii-ee years during which nothing was published, but an instalment of sixty pages was issued in June 1894, since which a year and a half has gone by without further publication. We hope the Linnean Society will press forward this important undertaking, the incompleteness of which is a great drawback to its usefulness. The Proceeiliniia of the Somersetshire ArchfBological and Natural History Society for 1895 is mainly occupied by the third and con- cluding part of the Eev. R. P. Murray's Flora of Somersetshire, extending from Solanacea to Characeie, with an appendix. The introduction and title, completing the work, will be sent out with the Proceedings for the present year, and we trust the copies of the Flora will be issued separately, as the usefulness of Mr. Murray's work will otherwise be considerably lessened. We reserve a more detailed account of what appears to be an important addition to our list of local floras, in the hope that we may later obtain a copy of the completed work. Mrs. Babington is preparing for publication a 'Life' of the late Prof. Babington, and will be grateful for the loan of letters written by him, which will be promptly returned. Her address is — Brook- side, Cambridge. Dr. Trimen will leave England for Ceylon about the middle of the present month. In the Annnls of Scottish Natural Historij for January, Mr. Druce subjects the ninth edition of the London Catalogue to exceedingly minute criticism. Some of his suggestions are worthy of con- sideration ; others (such as the resuscitation of ignored genera) are of doubtful utility ; while the publication in a review of this kind of numerous new binominals is not in accordance with the practice of the best authorities, who properly leave the manufacture of such combinations to the monographer, whose work on a genus entitles him to add his name to them. The usefulness of Mr. Druce's paper is marred by the presence of numerous misprints of various kinds — a casual glance through it detects such oddities as " Zannichellia arvensis " ; such misspellings as '' rotboellioides," " anagalladifolium," and " Sueda " ; such authorities as " Alhone " (twice) and " Alphonso de Candolle " ; and such citations as " Adans. Fam. p. 16" for "Adans. Fam. ii. 164." Mr. Druce is not always happy in his corrections of the London Catalogiie : he takes exception to Fpilohiiun alsincfolium, and says, " Villars wrote alsini folium." We have not seen Villars' Prospectus : but in Hist. PL Dauph. iii. 511, he writes ^' Epilobium alsinefolium. Prosp. 45." The Pharmaceutical Society has issued an excellently printed Museum. Beport, containing a descriptive list of the donations made during 1893-4. We note that the natural orders all terminate in acecB; this " deviation from custom has been made Avith the view of rendering the meaning of the names more easily understood bv students" — an admirable aim which it seems to us is^'hardly 96 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. attained by the substitution of Asteracece for Composite. An alpha- betical arrangement is adopted, and separate lists are given of the donations to the Museum and those to the Herbarium. Among the former we note " Cinchona rombiana (R. Thorns. MS.)," and among the latter " Cinclwna Pombinna, Enriques, MS.'' On referring to the Pharmaceutiad Journal (3rd s. xxii. 87G), where the bark is described, it would appear that this name is rather intended to apply to a cultivated form than to represent a species : it stands as "4. Povibiana" under the heading "Valuable Cin- chona Barks from New Granada." As the list was published before the end of 1895, the matter is one which is commended to those who are preparing the Supplement to Mr. Jackson's Index — apropos of which we may note the curious entry in the list of new books given in the Spectator for Jan. lltli — " Hooker (J. D.) and Another — Index Keicensis." Mr. Jackson will be inclined to exclaim — " Hos ego versiculos feci, tulit alter honores." The portrait of Mr. Carruthers which has been painted by Mr. P, A. Hay for the Linnean Society is now in the Society's rooms. The formal presentation will be made by Sir W. H. Flower, on behalf of the subscribers, at the Society's meeting on Feb. 6th. Nearly three thousand drawings of British Fungi by Mr. Edwin Wheeler, of Clifton, have been generously presented to the Depart- ment of Botany, British Museum, by Messrs. Edwin and Henry Wheeler. The drawings are not only of a high degree of artistic merit, but are faithful botanical studies of this difficult group, and of especial value as accurate records of colour characters. It is intended to make a special exhibition of a selection of them in the gallery of the Department. Another gift to the Botanical Department of great value and interest is a splendid series of specimens of giant Pacific Lami- narians from Mr. W. E. Shaw, of Lelaud Stanford University, California. Full-grown complete specimens of such genera as Nereocystis, Er/retiia, Macrocijstis, &c., have been seen by few of our phycologists, and it is hoped that before long they will be on public view. Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot's account of his travels, entitled A Naturalist in Mid- Africa, will be published immediately ; and Dr. Gregory's book — The Great Rift Valley — will probably be issued this month. London for Jan. 23rd publishes an interview with the Director of Kew Gardens on the London University question ; " Mr. Dyer considers we have been all wrong," and advocates, as others have done, the establishment of a great teaching university in London. The same journal contains an account of the introduction of "girl gardeners" at Kew. "The Director could not engage them as regular gardeners, but as 'boys.'" Being called boys, they dress accordingly : " one condition laid down was that they should wear trousers, and they cheerfully complied," as "new women" might be expected to do. All this seems rather funny. Tab. 356. R.Mui^a-n litli . West, Ne vYTnan ira-p A . Kydcno v a Ha-iatimg to ni Rertdle-. B.Baseonei::ia, Gregorii SchlechtbrLRefuxle.. 97 NEW AFRICAN ASCLEPIADS. By R. Schleghter and A. B. Rendle. Baseonema, gen. nov., subord. Periplocea. Calyx late cam- pannlatus, segmentis 5 brevibus triangulari-ovatis, glandulis 5 minutis subulatis interpositis. Corolla alte 5-fida, lobis oblongo- ligulatis arete reflexis, tubo glandulis 5 brevibus crassis subter stamina et cum illis alternantibus coronato. Filamenta e basi lata subito filiformia, antherfe glabrae sagittatae, cum apiculo triangular!. Pollen granulosum, translatoribus spathulatis corpuscula subro- tunda instructis. Stigma convexum umbonatum. B. Gregorii, sp.nov. (PI. 356 b). Frutex ramis longis teretibus sparse puberulis ; foliis breviter petiolatis orbicularibus obtusis breviter pubescentibus ; cymis effusis tricliotome tum dichotome ramosis ; floribus longe pedicellatis, alabastris obtuse triangularibus hirtellis ; calycis segmentis quam petala multoties brevioribus ; petalis obtusis margine et dorso velut calyce hirtellis, glandulis crassis truncato-pyramidalibus. Hab. Kinani, East Ongalea Mts., J. W. Gregory, 1893. The long woody branches tapering very gradually from a base about 2 lines in diameter. The leaves lf-2 in. long and broad; petioles 4-6 lines long ; branches of inflorescence 4-5 in. long ; pedicels 1 in. Flower-buds ^ in. long. The calyx-segments are ^ line long ; the corolla-lobes 4 by 1^ lines, sharply reflexed. The stamens (2^ lines long) rise separately from the corolla with an ovate triangular base (^ line long), passing into the very slender upper half of the filament {\ line long) ; the pollen-carriers are shaped like a shoe-horn, and 1 line in length ; the short appendages of the anthers converge over the top of the short stigma. The short thick glandular appendages of the corolla are less than ^ line long ; they rise from the top of the very short tube just below the insertion of the stamens, with which they alternate. Near Pentanura Bl., from which, however, it is at once dis- tinguished by the almost exappendiculate anthers with broad bases, and also by the presence of the whorl of corolline appendages below the stamens. Raphionacme Welwitschii, sp. nov. "Herba tubere maximo, depresso-hemisphBerico, 3-5 poll, diametro, copiose lactescente per- ennans ; caulibus flagelliformibus, nunc erectis, nunc volubilibus et scandentibus " {fide Welwitsch MS.) ; foliis oblongis vel spathu- latis, breviter petiolatis utrinque dense cano-pubescentibus ; floribus in foliorum axillis numerosis aggregatis, "ex albido purpurascenti- bus"; calyce velut pedicellis brevibus hirtello, segmentis ovatis cum glandulis singulis minutis linearibus interpositis; corollre non- dum apertse lobis ligulato- oblongis tubum plus duplo excedeutibus, coronae squamis subulatis, cum deute parva utrinque instructis ; antheris oblongo-lanceolatis breviter apiculatis, translatoribus li- goniformibus. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 34. [March, 1896.] u 98 NEW AFRICAN ASCLKPIADS, Hab. Ambaca. "In dumetis sylvestribus arenosis inter Halo et Zamba," Oct. 1856, Welwitsch, no. 4234. According to a rough sketch by Welwitsch, the upper surface ol the tuber has the form of a plate, from the centre of which spring tlie long whip-like shoots ; one of the two preserved is 2i ft. long ; they are dull reddish in colour, and slightly puberulous. The pairs of rather small leaves are separated by long internodes ; they vary in shape from oblong to spathulate ; the largest is 1^ in. long, including the short petiole, by | in. broad ; their dense pubescence gives them a sage-green colour. The calyx-segments are 1 line long ; the corolla-tube 1 line, the lobes a little over 2 lines by 1 broad ; the corona- segments situated at the top of the corolla-tube are 2 lines ; the linear filaments are scarcely ^ line long, the anthers 1 line ; the pollen-carrier (| line long) has a slender stalk termi- nating in a triangular upper part, the whole shaped like a mattock. Is most nearly allied to the South African R. FlanaganL Schltr. and the Tropical African R. vohibilis Schltr., but is easily dis- tinguished by its leaf-characters and shape of the corona-segments, the filiform median tooth of the latter occurring in the two allied species being absent in ours. Schizoglossum fusco-purpureum, sp. nov. " Herba pedalis, gracilis, filifolia, radice conico-tuberosa, lactescens," foliis margine revolutisvelutcaulepuberulis ; inflorescentiisparvisaxillaribus ; flori- bus parvulis, fusco-purpureis, velut pedicellis externe pubescentibus; calycis segmentis lanceolatis acutis ; corollfe lobis oblongis obtusis ; corontB squamis quinquangulis, dente mediano et processu parvo sub angulis superioribus iustructis ; antherse appendice rotunda membranacea ; polliniis oblongo-clavatis. Hab. " Sparse in dumetis subsiccis arenosis prope Huilla," Nov. 1859, Welwitsch, no. 4177. The description is based on a sketch of a plant and on a small flower -bearing branch, both in the British Museum. The very narrow leaves are 1:^^ in. long, shorter in the floriferous part of the shoot. The pedicels are 2 lines long, the calyx-segments 1 line, the corolla- lobes just over 1 line long and ^ line broad. The corona-segments are ^ line long, including the membranous triangular median tooth which they bear just below the obtuse apex. Is very near .S'. masaicum N. E. Br., from Kilimanjaro, but dis- tinguished by the more membranous texture of its flowers, the differently shaped corona-segments and pollinia, the latter being pyriform in the East African species. Schizoglossum angolense, sp. nov. Herba parva e tubere subconico et pro ratione niagno nascens ; caule basi lignoso mox herbaceo et ramoso ; ramis patentibus ; foliis linearibus apice pungentibus ; floribus viridescentibus umbellatis, umbellis ramos terminantibus vel axillaribus ; calycis segmentis rotatis anguste lanceolatis acutis ; corolh^ lobis patentibus ovatis vel oblongo- lanceolatis ; coronfe squamis ovatis lobo obtuso super basin ro- tundam utrinque instructis, et facie interne bicarinatis ; filamentls brevissimis, antheras appendice breviter ovata, stigma planum NEW AFRICAN ASCLEPIADS. 99 5-lobatum excedente ; poiliniis oblongis caudiculis brevibus fili- formibus. Hab. Huilla. " In pascuis parce dumetosis prope Lopollo sporadica," Dec. 1859, Welwitsch, no. 4173. The fleshy tapering tuber is nearly 3 in. long, the rest of the plant about 3| in., with a hemispherical general outline. The radiating branches (l^-lf in. long) are well clothed with narrow spreading leaves 1^-2 in. long. The peduncles are h in. long, the umbels about 7-flowered, the pedicels 1 line long. The calyx-segments are f line long, the corolla-lobes 1 line by ^ line broad, the corona-scales ^ line long, a little shorter than the anthers. Near two South African species S. orhlculare Schltr. and 8. um- beJluli/cruiii Schltr., which, however, are at once distinguished by their ligulate corona-scales. Cynanchum Welwitschii, sp. nov. " Herba glauco-viridis volubilis, late scandens, lactiflua, foliis carnosulis, mox flaccidis, supra laste viridibus, subtus pallidus," cordatis, apiculatis, venis venulisque sparse pilosis, laminis petiola duplo superantibus ; in- florescentia corymbosa axillare, ramis florumque pedicellis sub- umbellatis; calycis segmeutis ovato-lanceolatis ; ciliolatis, corolhe tubo brevissimo, lobis lanceolatis superne falcatis obtusis, e Wel- witsch sordide violaceis ; corona basi tubuliforme in caudas 5 subulatas flexuosas utrinque crenula parva sufifultas elongata ; antheris breviter sagittatis, appendice rotunda terminatis ; poiliniis oblongis, caudiculis brevissimis ; stigmate subrotundo ; folliculis solitariis, conico-pyramidatis, angulo 1 obtusissimo, binis acutis ; seminibus brunneis late ovalibus, complanatis, alatis. Hab. Golungo Alto. " Ad dumeta in Sobato de Mussengue, ast nonfrequens; socialiscum Tragia. Ad fin. Novbr. 1855," Welwitsch, no. 4222 & no. 4200. Kampala, Jan. 1894, G. F. Scott Elliot, no. 7294. The slender striate stem bears a sparse pale ferruginous pubes- cence. The leaf-blades are 1|-3|- in. long by 1-2^ in. broad, the petioles 1-1|^ in. The peduncle of inflorescence is from 1 to 2 in. long, the puberulous pedicels about 1 in. The calyx-segments are IJ lines long, the corolla-lobes 3^ by 1^ lines, the corona-tube 1^ lines, the long tails 1^ lines ; on each side of the latter is a minute crenation. The short broad filaments are attached at the base to the corona-tube ; the whole stamen is 1 line long. The narrow fruit is a little over 3 in. long, less than ^ in. broad. The flattened seed is 2^ lines long by If broad, and crowned with a white silky tuft of hairs | in. long. This plant was included in the list of Mr. Scott Elliot's African Asclepiads (see Joum. Bot. 1895, 337) as C. mossavihicense K. Sch.? After seeing Schumann's type at Berlin, Mr. Schlechter is con- vinced that we are dealing with a dift'erent species. The nearest ally of ('. Welwitschii is C. Holstii K. Sch., from which, however, it diflers in its corona, its falcate petals, and broader sepals, as well as in leaf-characters. H 2 100 LICHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. Marsdenia Taylori, sp. nov. Volubilis, caule flagelliforme, foliis ovali-ovatis acutis uninei'viis glabris ; inflorescentia parva axillari brevitcv dichotorae ramosa, floribus pluribus dense glome- ratis ; pedicellis brevibiis, calyce breviter campanuUito sparse pilo- snlo, segmentis late ovalibus vel ovatis ciliolatis, glandulis parvis singulis linearibus interpositis ; corolla campanulata, lobis brevibus rofcundatis emarginatis, tubo pilis albidis erectis ore instructis, et iafra satis niiraerosis reflexis cum staminibus alternantibus indutis ; coronae squamis antlieris adnatis, parte tantum superior! libera membranacea anguste triangulari, ab antberae appendice latiori superata ; polliiiiis filiformibus, candiculis latis membranaceis. Hab. Kabai Hills, East Tropical Africa, July-Sept. 1885, W. E. Taylor. Tbe leaves are 4 in. long by scarcely 2 in. broad, and have an entire obtuse base ; the petioles | in. long. The whole inflorescence is only h-\ in. in length, the peduncles being 3-4 lines, and the closely crowded pedicels borne on its short branches, 1-1-| lines. The calyx-segments are f-1 line long ; the corolla is 2 lines long, its lobes only f line ; the mouth of the tube is filled with a ring of stiffish hairs, while the interior of the tube at the level of the stamens bears tufts of downwardly pointing shorter but otherwise similar hairs. The corona-scales, except for the short (less than ^ line) acute tip, are adnate to the backs of the anthers, the broader triangular appendage of which overtops them ; the stamens are 1 line long, with coherent filaments. Is near the Indo-lVIalayan and Chinese species M. tinetona Br., but is distinguished by its inflorescence, larger flowers, and leaves with a marked obtusely pointed base. Explanation of Plate .356 B. — Baseonema Grerinrii. Fig. 1. Flower, X 2. 2. Flower from which petals have been cut away, x 4. 3. Pollen-carrier, x 4. 4. Pollen tetrad. LICHENES ANTILLAEUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. ExpoNiT Env. A. Wainio. { Continued from p. 72.) Trib. 10. Lecide.e. 1. Cladonia. 1. C. Florekeana (Fr.) Sommerf. *C. bacillaris Nyl. «. clavata (Ach.) AVain. Mon. Clad. i. 92. Ad truncos putridos in monte St. Andrews (2000 ped.) in St. Vincent (n. 82, pr. p.). 2. C. DiDYMA (Fee) Wain. a. muscigena (Nyl.) Wain. Mon. Clad. i. 141. Ad terram humosam in rupe in Roseau Valley (n. Ill) et in cacumine mentis Morne Diablotin (4500-4700 ped. s. m.) in Dominica (n. 701). f. poly dactyl aides (Miill. Arg.) Wain. I.e. 142. Ad terram hu- mosam in rupe in monte Morne Anglais (3750 ped. s. m.) in LICHENES ANTILLAKUM A W. K. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. 101 Dominica (n. 49G) et ad lignum pufcridum in monte St. Andrews (2000 ped. s. m.) in St. Vincent. Sterilis. 3. C. FiMBRiATA (L.) Fr. var. borbonica (Del.) Wain. Men. Clad. ii. 343, 344. Ad lignum putridum in Layon Park (800-1000 ped. s. m.), n. 112, et in Prince Empert Town in Dominica et in monte St. Andrews (2000 ped. s. m.) in St. Vincent (n. 82, pr.p.). 2. Lecidea. 1. L. (Bacidia) medialis Tuck. ; Wain. Etud. Bres. ii. 17. Ad corticem arborum in Kingstown (n. 253) et Coles Hill in St. Vincent. 2. L. (BiLiMBiA) andita Nyl. Fl. 1864, 620; Wain. Etud. Bres. ii. 24. L. andesita Nyl. in Hue, Lich. Exot. (1892) 197. In rupe ad Bath Estate (n. 134 et 150) et in Souffriere (n. 147) in Dominica. Hypothecium fulvescens aut fulvescenti-pallidum aut testaceo- rufescens. f. pluriseptdta Wain. Sporae demum 8-9-septatfe. Supra ru- pem ad Fort Charlotte in St. Vincent. Apothecia demum convexa. Hypothecium fulvescens aut rufescenti-fulvescens. Hymenium iodo intense caerulescens, dein partim violacee obscuratum. Sporte fusi- formes, altero apice angustiore, apicibus acutis aut obtusiusculis, long. 0-023-0-030, crass. 0-005-0006 millim. Var. suBMEDiALis Wain. Corticola. SponB fusiformes aut oblongo-fusiformes, altero apice rotundato et altero angustato et acutiusculo, long. 0023-0-013, crass. 0-006-0-U03 millim., 5-8- septatsB. Hymenium iodo intense persistenterque cferulesceus. Hypothecium pallidum aut fulvescens, KHO non reagens. Apo- thecia plana aut demum convexiuscula. Thallus rimoso-areolatus, areolis granulato-infequalibus. Intermedia est inter L. Anditam et L. medialt'ia, at reactione bymenii et forma sporarum magis cum priore congruens. Ad corticem arboris in Kingstown in St. Vincent (n. 252, pr.p., cum L. mediali). 3. L. (Bilimbia) dominicana, sp. n. Thallus tenuis, squalls, subcontinuus, glauco-virescens. Apothecia adpressa, 0-6-0-3 millim. lata, disco piano planiusculove, fusco aut rufo, nudo, margine tenui, persistente, albido, Itevigato. Hypothecium rubescenti- aut ful- vescenti-rufescens, KHO non reagens. Hymenium arete cohrerens, circ. 0-070-0-085 millim. crassum, iodo intense persistenter caeru- lescens. Epithecium passim pallidum. Paraphyses numerosae, capillares, snuplices. Asci clavati, circ. 0-012 millim. crassi, membrana sat tenui. Sporre 8nfe, acicula.ri- fusiformes, altero apice rotundato obtusove, altero attenuato, aut apicibus ambobus attenuates, long. 0-014-0-024, crass. 0-0U25-0-0035 millim., de- colores, 3-7-septatfe, baud constrictfe. Ad folia arborum in Dominica (cum n. 517). Hypothallus indistinctus. Excipulum ex hyphis radiantibus formatum conglutinatis, cullulis oblongis aut ellipsoideis, mediocribus, parenchymaticis, palhdum, basi partun fuscescens, KHO non reagens. Habitu I'Uocurpuni leucoblephanuii in memoriam revocat. 4. L. (Bilimbia) mollissiseformis, sp. n. Thallus evanescens, 102 LICHENES ANTILLARUM A W. K. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. indistiuctus (iufra apothecia gonidiis paucis protococcoideis in- structusj. Apothecia adpressa, 0-3-0*15 millim, lata, depresso- convexa, immargiuata, testaceo-pallida, ad ambituin pallidiora. Excipulum basi cyanesceus. Hypothecium superras decoloratum, inferius pallido-olivaceum, KHO noii reagens. Hymenium arete cobairens, circ. 0'045 millim. crassum, iodo intense persistenter cserulescens. Epithecium decoloratum. Paraphyses parcissime evolutte (ad latera hymenii parce ramoso-conuexaj : in acido acetico visffi), in hymenio ascis sterilibus compensatfe. Asci clavato- ventricosi. Sporje Sn^e, elongatae, apicibus obtusis aut rotundatis, long. 0-018-0-021, crass. 0-003-0-004 millim., decolores, 6-7- septatae, baud aut parum constrictae. Ad folia arboris in Bon- homme Woods in St. Vincent (cum n. 351). Excipulum minute pseudo-parenchymaticum. Apothecia ceraceo-semipellucida. Colore hypothecii a Lecidea fxiscatxda (Miill. Arg. Lich. Beitr. n. 298) et Lecidea rufula (Miill. Arg. Lich. Beitr. n. 299) differt. 5. L. (Bilimbia) nana, sp. n. Thallus crustaceus, tenuis, ob- scure cinereo-glaucescens, sorediis minutis rotundatis glaucescenti- albidis adspersus, subcontinuus, sat fequalis, hypothallum fusco- nigricantem obducens. Apothecia increbra, 0-3-0-25 millim. lata, adpressa, disco planiusculo aut leviter convexiusculo, umbrino aut umbrino-testaceo, nudo, margine nigricante, tenuissimo evane- scenteve, integro. Excipulum parte exteriore albidum. Hypo- thecium fusco-nigricans, KHO non reagens. Hymenium circ. 0-035 millim. crassum, totum decoloratum, iodo persistenter cserulescens. Paraphyses numerosas, filiformes, tenues, simplices, apice baud incrassat«. Asci clavati, circ. O-OOB millim. crassi, membrana tenui. Sporae Bnae, decolores, fusiformes aut ovoideo- fusiformes, apicibus obtusis, long. G-009-0'007, crass. 0-003-0-0025 millim., rectae, 3-septatffi. Supra Pyrenulam vetustam ad corticem arboris in Richmond Valley in St. Vincent (n. 273). Affiuis est L. liiHiloJuscescenti Nyl., at multo minor. Excipulum ex hypbis radiantibus conglutinatis formatum, cavitate cellularum angusta. 6. L. (Bilimbia) variabilis, sp. n. Thallus crustaceus, crassi- tudine mediocris (circ. 0-6 millim. aut tenuior), verruculosus et rugulosus rugosusque, subcontinuus aut areolato-dififractus, sordide glaucescens aut cinereo-glaucescens aut rarius glaucescenti-albidus, hypotballo albido parum evoluto. Apothecia 0-7-03 millim. lata, adpressa, numerosa crebraque, disco planiusculo aut leviter convexi- utsciilo, fusco- nigricante aut pallescente (in eodem specimine), nudo, margine tenui, integro, persistente, nigricante aut rarissime palles- cente (in apotheciis pallidis quoque vulgo nigricante aut rarissime pr.p. pallescente). Excipulum vulgo fusco-fuligineum aut violaceo- fuscescens, centre demum deficiens. Hypothecium dilute fuscescens aut lulvo-rufescens, tenue, KHO non reagens. Hymenium circ. 0-050-0-060 millim. crassum, parte superiore decoloratum aut ambitum versus dilutissime subfuscescens, iodo intense cferiilescens et demum partim violascenti-obscuratum. Paraphyses sat arete aut sat laxe cohaerentes, 0-0015 millim. crassae, apice baud aut levissime iucrassatae. Asci clavati. Sporae 8nae, decolores, fusi- LICHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. 103 formes aut oblong^e aut elougato-t'usiformes, apicibns obtusis, recte, 3-septatje, long. 0-019-0-011, crass. 0-0035-0-0025 millim. Ad cementnm efc lapides in Fort Charlotte in Kingstown in St. Vincent (n. 258, etc.). Affinis est L. plmomelcB Nyl. Prodr. Nov. Gran. ed. 2, 344 ; Stizenb. Lee. Sabul. 69, at thallo fere esorediato, crassiore, hymenio crassiore, iodo intense cterulescente ab ea dititerens. 7. L. (Bilimbia) chlarodes, sp. n. Thallas crnstaceus, tenuis, continuus, minute subverruculosus aut sat ItBvigatus, glaucescenti- stramineus, KHO leviter lutescens, CaCLO^ non reagens, esoredi- atus, hypothallo albo parum evoluto. Apothecia adpressa, elevata, 0'8-l'3 millim. lata, pro parte crebra, pro parte increbra, disco piano, nigro aut ct^sio-livido (in eodem specimine), margine crassi- usculo, integro aut leviter flexuoso, discum superante, albido, persistente. Excipulum parte exteriore albidum aerem inter hyphas radiantes continens, KHO lutescens, intus circa hymenium in margine fusco-nigrum. Hypothecium fusco-nigrum, KHO non reagens. Hymenium circ. 0-070-0-080 millim. crassum, parte superiore decoloratum aut pallido-livescens, iodo persistenter caeru- lescens. Paraphyses numerosse, 0'0015 millim. crassiB, apice baud incrassatffi, sat parce ramoso-connexte. Asci clavati. Sporae Sn^e, decolores, oblongae, apicibus obtusis, recta?, 3-septat£e, long. 0-009- 0-011, crass. 0-003 millim. Ad cortieem arboris in cacumine montis Morne Couronne (2400 ped. s.m.) in Dominica (n. 166). Apothecia nigra habitu fere sicut in Lecunora cJdarona, at gonidiis destituta. Excipulum ex hyphis radiantibus formatum, modice pachydermaticis, aere disjuuctis, at apice conglutinatis et stratum corticale excipulum obducens formantibus. Gonidia protococcoidea. Cum BombyUosporis et Lecanactideis haec species analogias ostendit. 8. L. (Lopadium) amaura, sp. n. Thallus crustaceus, tenuis aut mediocris, continuus, sat la^vigatus aut verruculoso- et rugu- loso-intequalis, glaucescenti-albidus aut sordide glaucescens, esore- diatus, KHO non reagens, hypothallo ca^ruleo-nigricante passim interdum evoluto. Apothecia adpressa, elevata, 1-0-5 millim. lata, disco piano aut raro demum convexiusculo, nigro, nudo, opaco, margine sat crasso, cinerascente aut cyanescenti-cinerascente aut superne pr. p. nigricante, persistente, integro, discum vulgo superante. Excipulum extus albidum, in margine intus cteruleo- smaragdulum aut cyanescenti-fuligineum. Hypothecium superne anguste dilute sordide violascens aut sordide olivaceum, inferne dilute cyanescens aut ca^ruleo-smaragdulum et parte infima (ex- cipulari) albidum, KHO non reagens. Hymenium circ. 0-080-0-090 millim. crassum, parte superiore smaragdulo-ca^ruleum aut oli- vaceum, laxe cohajrens, KHO non reagens, iodo persistenter cseru- lescens. Paraphyses numerosissimie, 0-0015 millim. crassse, apice baud incrassata?, sat parce ramoso-connex^e. Spora? solitarife, decolores aut demum sordide pallida, oblongst, apicibus rotundatis aut rarius obtusis, rectffi, murales, cellulis numerosissimis, haloue nuUo indutsB, long. 0-070-0-100 millim., crass. 0-019-0-028 millim. Ad cortieem arborum in Roseau Valley in Dominica (n. 113 et 120). 104 LICHENES ANTILLAKUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI. L. pezizoidecR (Acb.) affinis et apotheciis cam in memoriam revocans, at apotheciis minus elevatis et margine pallidiore instiuctis et colore epithecii cet. ab ea bene diti'erens. Excipulum bypbis radiantibus, conghitinatis, cellubs oblongis, sat angustis. 9. L. (Lopadium) EUiottii, sp. n. ThaUus crustaceus, tenuis vel tenuissimus, sat contiuuus, sat requalis, glauco-vii'esceus. Apotbecia adpressa, 0-8-0'4 millim. lata, disco primum planiusculo, demum convexo, testaceo-pallido aut sordide testaceo, epruinoso, margine sat tenui, discum pallidiore, primum discnm aequante, demum excluso aut subpersistente. Excipulum pallidum, minute parencbymaticum, extns l^evigatum. Hypotbecium rufescenti- rubescens aut fulvescenti-rufescens, KHO non reagens. Hymenium 0-070-0-100 millim. crassum, totum decoloratum, iodo intense persistenter ca^ralescens. Parapliyses parce evolut^e, tenuissimse, increbre ramoso-connexas (in HgSO^ visae). Sporae bnte aut 4n{e aut abortu solitarife, decolores, fusiformes aut fusiformi-elongatse, altero apice vulgo augustiore, apicibus obtusis aut altero apice rotundato, balone indutre aut destitutte, submurales, septis trans- versalibus 7-9, septis longitudinalibus paucissimis, vulgo solum 10-12-cellulos8e, long. 0026-0032, crass. 0-005-O-0O9 (raro 0-011) millim. Ad folia arborum (duarum specierum) in Bonbomme Woods in St. Vincent. L. perpallidain Nyl. iu memoriam revocat, sed minor. Stratum bypothallinum cyanescens solum infra apo- tbecia evolutum. Gonidia protococcoidea (forsan pleurococcoidea), simplicia, membrana sat tenui. Asci clavati, membrana tenui. 10. L. (Lopadium) rubicundula, sp. n. Tballus crustaceus, tenuis, maculas ScTspe rotundatas formans, leviter inrequalis aut sat aequalis, glaucescenti-albidus, interdum demum desquamescens. Apotbecia adpressa, 0-4-0-2 millim. lata, disco piano, rufescenti- rubicundo, epruinoso, margine mediocri aut sat tenui, carneo- albido, discum asquante, persistente. Excipulum impellucidum et aerem inter byphas continens, irregulariter crebre contextum, gonidiis destitutum, KHO liitescens et dein rubescens (crystalla acicularia brevia rubra formans). Hypotbecium rufescenti-pallidum aut testaceum. Hymenium 0-060 millim. crassum, totum decolo- ratum aut epitbecio passim pallido, iodo intense persistenter cseru- lescens. Parapbyses parum evolutae, fere diffluxffi, ramoso-connexfe. Sporas solitariae, decolores, ellipsoideae, apicibus rotundatis, balone nullo aut tenui iudutae, murales, cellulis numerosis, long. 0-034- 0-038, crass. 0-016-0-018 millim. Ad folia fibcis arboreJB in Morne Cocbon (1200 ped. s. m.) in St. Vincent. Gonidia protococcoidea. 11. L. (Lopadium) Lepkieurii (Mont.) Wain. Sporopodium Leprieurii Mont. Ann. Sc. Nat. 3 ser. Bot. t. xvi. p. 54, tab. 16, fig. 1 (baud bona). Lecidea reveniens Nyl. Enum. Gen. Licb. 123. Lopadium Leprieurii Miill. Arg. Licb. Beitr. (1890), n. 1524. Ad folium in Bonbomme Woods in St. Vincent. Hue etiam Fhlijctis arachnoidea Krempelb. Licb. Becc. 16 et Lopadium arachuoideum Miill. Arg. Licb. Beitr. n. 1525 pertinere videntur. Saltern planta nostra inter L. Leprieurii et L, araclmuideum Miill. Arg. intermedia est. Forsan etiam L. stephanella Nyl. Fl. 1866, 291, ad eandem LICHliiNiiS AMlILiLAKUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COL.LECTI. lUO speciem pertinet, vix nisi tballo grunuloso et hypothallo I'u^co ab ea ditferens, Plautam ab Elliott lectaui hie describimus. Tliallus tenu- issimus, byssoideus vel arachnoideus, cinerascens, Apothecia ad- pressa, 0-5-0-8 millim. lata, disco piano, nigroaut fusco-nigricante, epruinoso, opaco, margine cinereo aut cinereo-albido, tenuissimo, deiu mox excluso, pilis obducto. Exeipulum intus (etiam in margine) cyanesceus, parte exteriore late albidum, pareuchymaticum, extus pilosum, pilis 0-005-0-008 millim. crassis, membrana incrassata, cellulis oblongis, sat latis. Hypothecium cferuleo-smaragduliini et fuscescenti-smaragduliun, KHO partim olivaceum. Hymenium 0-110-0-130 millim. crassum, iodo intense persistenter casrulescens. Epithecimn pallidum aut olivaceum, KHO non reagens. Para- pbyses baud numerosfe, iucrebne, ramoso-connexte. Sporte singulaB aut raro bime, decolores, oblongte aut elongatse, apicibus vulgo rotundatis, halone nullo indutge, long. 0-075-0"112, crass. 0-019- 0*020 millim., murales, cellulis numerosissimis, in seriebus trans- versalibus numerosissimis. Hypothallus cseruleo-nigricans infra exeipulum evolutus. Tliallus in specimine ab Elliott lecto male evolutus et algis variis fortuito immixtus, laxe coutextus, liypbis circ. O-OOi-0'002 millim. crassis. Excipulo parencbymatico bene evoluto, solum extus piloso, a Pilocarpeis Wain. Etud. Bres. ii. 88 differt. 12. L. (Lopadium) subpilosa, sp. n. Tballus crustaceus, tenu- issimus, parum evolutus. Apotbecia adpressa, 0-3-0-2 millim. lata, disco piano, nigro, epruinoso, opaco, margine cinereo aut cinereo- albido, tenuissimo, subpersistente aut demum excluso. Exeipulum grosse parencbymaticum, extus pilis brevissimis, 0-002-0'003 millim. crassis instructum, albidum et circa bymenium cyanescens. Hypo- tbecium superne I'uscescenti-nigricans, interne cyanescens, KHO sordide violasceus. Hymenium 0-080-0-070 millim. crassum, iodo intense persistenter ci^rulescens. Epitbecium fusco-cyanescens aut olivaceum. Parapbyses sat parce evoluts, apice baud incrassatse, pr. p. baud ramose, pr. p. valde increbre rainoso-connexfe ramo- saeque. Sporie solitante, decolores, oblongos, apicibus rotundatis, balone nullo indutse, long. 0-060-0-070, crass. 0-010-0-022 milbm., murales, cellulis numerosissimis. Ad folia arboris in Dominica, 13. L. (Bombyliospora) domingensis (Pers.) Nyl. ; Wain. Etud. Bres. ii. 33. Ad corticem arborum in Kicbmond Valley (u. 242) et ad Bow-wood (1000 ped. s. m., n. 130) in St. Vincent. 14. L. (Catillaria) l^tior Nyl. Prodr. Nov. Granat. ed. 2 (18G3), 343 {Patellaria latior Mlill. Arg. Licb. Beitr. 1882, n. 432). Tballus crustaceus, sat tenuis, verruculoso-granulosus, cinereo- viresceus vel sordide glauco-virescens. Apotbecia adpressa, 1-2-0-7 millim. lata, pallida aut testaceo-pallida, plana, margine mediocri, discum sequante disco concolore aut pauUo pallidiore, demum excluso. Exeipulum, bypotbecium et bymenium dilute pallidum. Parapbyses arete cobferentes. Hymenium 0-060-0-070 millim. crassum, iodo cierulescens et demum obscuratum. Sporfe 8nae, fusiformi-oblongae aut fusiformi-ellipsoidese, apicibus obtusis, rectse, 1-septatse aut primo simplices, long. 0*007-0"011, crass. 0-004-0'005 106 LICHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT OOLLEOTI. millim. Gonidia protococcoidea. Ad lignum putridum in Richmond Peak in St. Vincent (n. 202). 15. L. (Psora) breviuscula Nyl.; Wain. I.e. 45. Ad corticem arboris in Bow-wood (800 pad. s. m.) in St. Vincent (n. 135). Excipulum violaceo-fuscescenti-fuligineum, KHO non reageus, inferne rhizinis obductum ant pr. p. rhizinis destitutum. Hypo- tliecium pallidum vel sordide pallidum vel parte superiore dilute fuscescenti-pallidum, KHO non reagens. Sporie long. 0-005-0-006, crass. 0-0025 millim. 16. L. (Psora) corallina Eschw. ; Wain. /. c. 48. Ad corticem arboris in Eichmoud Peak (800 ped. s. m.) in St. Vincent (n. 204). VerruculsB thalli in isidia subteretia accrescentes. Hypotliecium fulvescens, KHO intensius rufescens. Sporie long. O-OOli-O-Oll, crass. 0-002-00025 millim. Var. scHizopHYLLODEs Wain. Verrucul® thalli in squamulas applanatas, 0-1 millim. latas accrescentes. Hypothallus nigricans. Hypotliecium parte superiore fulvescenti-rufescens, parte inferiore rufescens, KHO non reagens. Sporae long. 0-007-0-011, crass. 0-002 millim., fusiformi-oblongte. Ad corticem arboris in Richmond Peak (1000-2000 pod. s. m.) in St. Vincent (n. 261). Thallo a L. corallina differt et analoga est L. furfnracea f. scJnzojjhijUa; ^Y&in. I. c. 47. 17. L. (Biatora) ochrothelia, sp. n. Thallus crustaceus, tenuissimus, albido-glaucesceus, continuus, tequalis. Apothecia adpressa, 0-7-0*4 millim. lata, convexa, immarginata, testaceo- pallida. Excipulum grosse parenchymaticum, pallidum, basi infima cyanescens. Hypothecium pallidum. Hymenium molle, ab hypo- thecio baud distincte limitatum, iodo baud reagens. Epithecium pallidum aut passim testaceum, tenue, KHO non reagens. Para- physes molles, in gelatinam fere dissolutae, parum distinctfe. Asci clavati, membrana tenui, molli. Spor^ abortu paucs, ellipsoidese et long. O'OIO et crass. 0*007 millim. aut globoste vel subglobosae et diam. 0-007-0-005 milhm., decolores, simplices. Ad folia arboris in Dominica (cumn. 517) obvenit, at solum parcissime lecta. Epi- thecium fortuito gonidia protococcoidea contmet. Thallus gonidia protococcoidea contmens. Planta insignis, et notis datis facile cognita, quamquam nimis parce lecta. Ab affini L. Trailiana Miill. Arg. Lich. Epiphyll. Sprue. 324, bene diflert. 18. L. (Biatora) pipeeis (Spreng.) Nyl. f. eeythroplaca (Fee) Krempelh. ; Wain. I. c. 53. Ad corticem arborum in Roseau Valley (n. 127), Morne Couronne (u. 168), et Basin Will (n. 354) in Dominica. f. denigrata Tuck, in Wright, Lich. Cub. n. 192. Apothecia disco pallescente, margine nigricante. Thallus variabilis, materia coccinea plus miuusve abundante, aut superficie glaucescente. Ad corticem arboris in Morne Anglais in Dominica (n. 522). Etiam ad Rio de Janeiro in Brasilia a me lecta. f. canonifescens Wain. Habitu vix difi'erens a L. canoruhella (Nyl.) Wain. iZitud. Bres. ii. 61, at thallo passim parcissime ma- teriam cocciueam coutinens et sporis crassioribus. Thallus glau- LtCHENES ANTILLARUM A W. R. ELLIOTT COLLECTI, 107 cescens, intus vulgo albidus et materia coccinea destitutus, at passim parcissime etiam materiam coccineam continens. Apotliecia disco testaceo-rufescente aut griseo-rufescente aut rufo-fuscescente, piano aut demum coiivexo, margine cinereo. Excipulmn parte interiore fusco-nigrum, parte exteriore pallidum, SporfB long 0"01 1-0-01 3, crass. 0*007-0"009 millim. Ad corticem arborum in Eoseau Valley (n. 134) in Dominica et ad Governmeut House (900 ped. s.m., n. 127) et Kingstown (n. 256) in St. Vincent. 19. L. (BiATORA) phseopsis, sp. n. Thallus crustaceus, sat tenuis, rimoso-difl'ractus, superficie leviter verruculoso-inaequali, partim fere hevigata, sordide coloratus aut soidide albicans, KHO non reagens. Apotliecia 0-6-1-5 millim. lata, adpressa, disco con- vexiusculo aut rarius piano aut demum convexo, fusco-nigro, sat opaco, nudo, margine griseo-fuscescente, mediocri, discum baud superaute, integro, persistente aut raro demum excluso. Excipulum fusco-nigrum, parte exteriore in margine anguste albido-decoloratum et inferne subpallidum aut fuscesceuti-byalinum. Hypothecium fusco-nigrum. Hymenium 0-100 millim. crassum, parte superiore pallidum, iodo persistenter cterulescens. Asci clavati. Sporte Snae, monosticliae aut disticliae, decolores, simplices, ellipsoideae et pr. p. subgloboso-ellipsoideje, apicibus rotundatis, long. 0-010-0-012, crass. 0-005-0008 millim. Ad corticem arboris in Morne Cou- ronne (2000-2100 ped. s. m.) in Dominica (n. 159). Affinis L. saiKjuineuutne et L. albofuscescenti, a quibus sporis crassioribus et margine pallidiore differt. Paraphyses 0-0007 millim. crassae, gela- tina in KHO moUescente separatee, apice baud incrassatse. 20. L. (Biatora) arthoniopsis, sp. n. Tballus crustaceus, subcontinuus, tenuis, sat aequalis aut passim leviter verruculoso- inasqualis, albidus. Apotbecia 0-1-0-2 millim. lata, tenuia, tballum leviter aut vix superantia, plana, disco fusco-nigro aut nigricante, nudo, margine tenui aut teuuissimo, pallidiore. Hypotbecium parte superiore albidum aut pallidum, parte inferiore fulvescenti-pallidum. Excipulum teuue, cartilagineum, pallidum (etiam in margine). Hymenium 0-070 millim, crassum, iodo intense caerulesceus, demum obscuratum. Parapliyses simplices, laxe cobjerentes, apice leviter clavato-incrassatje. Epitbecium sordide violaceo-fuscescenti-fuli- gineum, KHO olivaceum. Asci clavati, apice membrana leviter incrassata. Sporae Suae, simplices, decolores, ellipsoideae aut sub- globosae, long. 0-008-0-013, crass. 0-005-0-007 millim. Ad corticem arboris in Roseau Valley in Dominica (cum n. 115). Habitu L. obscurellam var. tenuiculam Nyl. in memoriam revocat et ei affinis. Gonidia protococcoidea. 21. L. (Biatora) coarctata (Sm.) Nyl. var. ELAcmsTA (Acb.) Tb. Fr. ; "VVain. I.e. 55. In rupe ad Batb Estate in Dominica (n. 142). (To be continued.) 1U8 THE MOSSES AND HEPATICS OE STAFFORDSHIRE. By James E. Bagnall, A.L.S. (Concluded from p. 77.) Wehern chmf/ata Dicks. Rare, sandstone rocks by the Churnet, near Alton Towers. — W. nutans Schreb. Frequent, Cannock Chase, &c. — Var. longiseta. Dimmings Dale, near Alton ; Brindley Valley. — W. annotina Hedw. Hamstead ; Hopwas ; Drayton Basset; Oakamore, always barren. — W. carnea L. Hamstead ; Arley ; near Norbury Locks ; Ipstones. — W. albicans Wahl. Hamstead ; Seckley ; near Norbury Locks. B ry urn j^endulu) II Hovnsch. Hamstead; KinverEdge; Codsall; Brindley Valley. — B, indinatum Swartz. Dove Diile ; Rushton Marsh ; Axe Edge End ; Hamstead, &c. — B. lacustre Brid. Stone quarry, Harborne ; streams near Flash; Axe Edge End; Oaka- more. — B. tiliginosum Bruch. Stone quarry near Norbury Park, abundant. — B. intermeduun W. & M. Walls of canal aqueduct, Hamstead. — B. himum Schreb. Sherbrook Valley ; Dove Dale ; Aqualate. — Var. cuspidatum Bry. Eur. Walls, canal aqueduct, Hamstead ; stone quarry, Norbury Park ; Roaches. — B. enjthro- catpiun Schwg. Near Boar's Head, Perry Barr. — B. inniale Wils. Wall of Railway bridge, Gnosall. — B. atio/mipureuin W. & M. Near Manley Hall and Bassetts Pole, Canwell ; Treutham, &c. — Var. tiracilentum Tayl. With abundant gemnije near Bassets Pole, Canwell. — B. cmpiticium L. Frequent, Hamstead, &c. — B. ar- ijentenm L. Frequent, Hamstead, &c. — Var. lanatum Schpr. Seckley Wood. — B. capillare L. Frequent throughout the county. — Var. b. majus B. E. On tree-roots near Manley Hall; Arley, &c. — Var. Jiaccida B. E. Rotting trunks, Bhthfield Park ; Ham. — B.pallens Swartz. Ape's Tor, near Alstonfield, Bev. A. Ley c. fr. ! Cannock Chase ; Ramshorne ; Winkshill. — B. j)seudo-triquetrum Hedw. Dove Dale ! Ape's Tor, near Alstonfield, Rev. A. Ley ! Sherbrook Valley. — B. turhinatum Hedw. Rocks near Thor's Cave, R. G. Mnium vtispidatuin Hedw. Belmont, R. G. — M. undulatum Hedw. Seckley Wood, &c., frequent. — M. rostiatum Schrad. Wet- ton Valley, R.G.; Rev. A, Ley \ Hamstead. — il/. hornwii L. Frequent throughout the county. — M. ^erratum Schrad. Wetton Valley, R.G.; Rev. A. Ley \ — M. stellare Hedw. Great Barr, Seckley Wood; Dove Dale; Oakamore, &c. — M. punctatum Hedw. Trentham Wood, R. G., frequent. A very large variety in Solo- mon's Hollow, near Leek. — M. snhylohnsuin B. & S. Sherbrook Valley, Cannock Chase. Aulacomnium androgynum L. In fruit near Alton Towers, Br, Fraser. Frequent in barren state. — A. palustie L. Whitmore, R, G. Cannock Chase, Trentham; Chartley Moss; Seckley. Tetraphis pellucida L. Forest Wood, Leek, Rev. A. Ley I Trentham ; Colwich ; Grindley, &c. Oligotrickwii hercynicxim Ehrh. Rare, rocks above Flash ; Roaches ; Hollinsclough. THE MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 109 Atrichum undulatum L. Hamstead, Cannock Chase ; Trent- ham, &c. A variety with two or more fruits from the same peri- chfBtiura in Seckley Wood. Pot/onatiua nanum Neck. Hamstead; Great Barr; Cannock Chase. — Var. longisetum Hampe. Near the Eifle Eange, Eugeley. — P. (iloides Hedw. Hamstead, Seckley Wood ; Oakamore, &C. — P. urnujerumlj. Biddulph, Mow Cop, 11. (t. Banks of Dane, near Dane Bridge. Pubjtrichnm f/racile Menz.' Norbnry Park, near Gnosall. — P. fnrmosum Hedw. [attcnuatiun. Menz.). Bagot's Wood ; Seckley Wood ; Trentham ; Oakamore, &c. — P. inliferum Schreb. Fre- quent, Hopwas Wood; Kinver Edge, &c. — P. juniperinum Willd. Sherbrook Valley ; Brindley Valley ; Trentham Park. — P. strictum Banks. Sherbrook Valley ; Chartley Moss. — P. commune L. Cannock Chase ; near Flash ; Seckley, &c. — Var. perhjoniale Schpr. Sherbrook Valley, Cannock Chase. Dlphyscmmfulioswn Mohr. Very rare, Stafford Castle, Dr. Fraser ! Fissidem brijoides Hedw. Frequent, Hamstead, &c. — Var. incomtdus Schpr. Bare, on stones by the Severn, Arley. — F. e.rilis Hedw. Hopwas Wood ; Grosty Hill ; Chillington Park. — F. incurvus W. & M. Hopwas Wood ; near Eugeley Junction. — Var. Lylei Wils. Quarry by Norbury Park. — F. tamarindifolius Brid. Hopwas Wood. — F. vindulus Wils. Near Breretou. — F. pusillus With. Seckley, l)r. Fraser. Seckley Wood. — F, crassipes Wils. Boulders in the Severn by Seckley Wood. — F. decipiens De Not. Ape's Tor, Rer.A.Leyl Seckley Wood; Dove Dale; Hall Dale. — /''. adiantoides Hedw. Hamstead Canal siding ; Seckley Wood. — F. taxifolius L. Hamstead ; Alton Towers, kc Sclmtostega osm%mdacea Dicks. Belmont Abbey; Frog Hall; Gravel-pit, Ashley, P. G. Cinclidotus fontinaloides Hedw. Common in Hamps ! Dove ! R. G. Kinver; Arley; Sudbury, &c. Funtinalisantipyreticalj. Trent! Dove! Manifold! Hednesford Pool, R. G. King's Bromley, &c. — Var. gracUis Lindb. Manifold ; Ham ; near Dane Bridge ; Severn, near Arley. — F. squamoxn L. Severn, near Seckley ; large pool, Norbury Park, Ham. Hedivigia ciliata Dick. Some specimens from Cloud, R. G. (JryphcEa heteromidla Hedw. Eare, trees by the Severn, Arley. Neckera crispa L. Dove Dale ! Rev. A. Leg. Wetton Valley, R. G. Seckley Wood ; Flash. — Var. falcata Boulay. Abundant in Dove Dale. Mill Dale ; Hall Dale. — N. complamda L. Dove Dale ! R. G. Caldon ; Frog Hall ; ChiUington Park. Homalia triehumanoides Schreb. Trentham ! R. G. Haughton ; Gnosall ; Seckley, &c. Pterygophyllum lucens L. Abundant in Seckley Wood. Leskea polycarpa Ehrh. On tree-roots, Alrewas ; King's Bromley ; Dove Dale, &c. — Var. paludosa Schpr. Tutbury ; Dove Dale ; Seckley; Milford. Antitrichia curtipendula Brid. Cloud, R. G. Anomodon viticulosus Li. Beresford; Trentham! Hayley Castle, R. G. Wetton Valley, Rev. A. Ley ! Dove Dale. no THE MOSSES AVD HEPATICS OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Thuidium tamariscinum Hedw. Frequent, Grindley, &c. Heterocladium lieteropterum Brucli, var. fallax Milde. Rare, on stones in brook, Seckley Wood, new to Britain. Tliamnium alopecunim L. Blitlifield Park ; Ellaston ; Seckley Wood. Cliinacium dendroides L. Sherbrook Valley ; near Milford ; Dove Dale ; Hall Dale. Ifiotheciuni mi/uium. Poll. Seckley Wood ; near Codsall ; near Leek. — Var. rohustum Bry. Eur. Alton Towers. Homaldtliecium st'riceuw L. Frequent, Hamstead, &c. Cainptothecium Ixtescens Huds. Rare, Dove Dale ; Hall Dale. Hderopodinm caspitosum Wils. Dove, near Sudbury ; Trent, King's Bromley ; Shugborough ; Barton. — S. illecebnim Schwg. Sherbrook Valley ; Hamps, near Caldon ; Dove Dale. Brachythecium saJebrosuiii var. Mildeanum Sclipr. Seckley Wood ; near Trickley Coppice. — B. glareosxim B. & S. Gospel End Com- mon ; near Grindley. — B. albicans Neck. Frequent, Hamstead ; Trentbam, &c. — B. veliitinum L. Frequent, Hamstead, &c. — B. rutahulum L. Common throughout the county. — Var. lont/isetum Bry. Eur. Upper Avenue, Chilliugton. — Var. robustum. Gnosall ; Chillington Park ; boulders in Severn, Seckley. — B. rivuJare B. k S. Stream near Flash ; Dove Dale ; Ellaston ; boulders in Severn, Seckley. — Var. chri/sopht/llum Spruce. In grassy places by stream, Sherbrook Valley. — B. popideum Hedw. Near Tettenhill ; Tetten- sor ; Froghall. — B. pluiiumim Swartz. Manifold, Wetton, Bev. A. Ley\ Stream near Flash; Dane, near Dane Bridge; near Leek; Seckley. Kurhynchium myosuroides L. Hamstead ; Seckley ; Dove Dale. — E. striatum. Schreb. Newborough ; Seckley Wood ; Oakamore, &c. — E. crassinervium Tayl. Dove Dale. — E. piliferum Schreb. Near Gnosall; Arley; Grindley; Shatterford. — E. Swartz ii Turn. Gospel End ; Gnosall ; Newborough. — E. pi-a;lo7uiiim Dill. Fre- quent. In fruit, Chillington. — E. Stokesii Tnrn. Aldridge; Seckley Wood; Chillington. — E. hians Hedw. Banks of Trent, Barlaston. E. vumilum Wils. Marly bank, Tutbury. — E. Teesdalii Sm. Seckley Wood, Dr. Eraser. Hyoco7iiinm Jiayellare Dicks. Near Mayfield ; near Ellaston. Bhynchostegium tcneUum Dicks. Hamstead ; Seckley Wood. — R. depressum Bruch. Stonework of drain, Shatterford.—^. ccmfertum Dicks. Blithfield Park ; Hamstead; Codsall; Alton. — B. meya- politanum Bland. Banks of drain near Arley. — R. murale Hedw. Hamstead; Seckley Wood; Alton; Rushton. — Ya,Y.julacewn^ch-pv. Manifold, Wetton, Rev. A. Ley ! Baggeridge Wood ; Axe Edge End. A large form near Gnosall, and near Arley. — R. rusrifoIiiDn Neck. Frequent in streams, &c. A large variety with closely imbricated leaves in Trentham Park. Playiothecium dentieidatum L. Frequent. — Var. sulcatinn Spruce. Drayton Bassett. — P. Borrerianum Spruce. Hamstead ; Trentham ; Ramshorne; Dimmings Dale, &c. — P. sylvaticum L. Abbot's Bromley ; Seckley ; Flash, &c. — P. nndulatum L. Trentham ; Seckley Wood ; Mayfield ; Dove Dale, &c. THE MOSSES AND HKPATICS OF STAFFORDSHIliE. Ill Amblystef/ium confervoides Brid. Dove Dale, Dr. Fraser. — A. serpens L. Common throughout district. — Var. nuijns Brid. Dove Dale. — A. nulicale P. Beauv. Daw End, Cotton; Dove Dale. — A. irriguum Wils. Alstonfield, Rev. A. Ley; Cotton; Barton; Dimmings Dale, &c. : — A. Jiuviatiie Swartz. Stream, Trentham Park ; Blithfield Park. — A. riparium L. Frequent, Norbury Park, &c. — Ya,v. lonfiifoliuvi DiW. Sherbrook Valley ; Tutbury ; Barton; Aqualot Mere. Hypnum aduncum Hedw. Sherbrook Valley ; Morridge Tops ; near Cloud. — Var. Knciffii Bry. Eur. Near Alstonfield, Eev. A. Ley. Norbury Park. — H. exannulatum Guemb. Sherbrook Valley; Mor- ridge Tops ; Hollinsclough. — H. vernicosum Lindb. Sherbrook Valley ; bog near Milford. — //. Cossoni Schpr. Sherbrook Valley. — H. revotvens Swartz. Sherbrook Valley ; Seckley Wood ; Flash. — H. Jliiitans Jj. Sherbrook Valley ; near Leek; Flash. — Var. s»i- mersum Schpr. Sherbrook Valley. — H. uncinatum Hedw. Black- heath, Winkshill; hill above Flash; Foyt, near Froghall. — H.Jili- cinum L. Alstonfield, Fwv. A. Ley I Sherbrook Valley; Seckley Wood; Trentham; Norbury. — H. co)ii)imtatHm. Hedw. Sherbrook Valley ; Seckley Wood ; Baggeridge Wood ; Dove Dale. — H. fal- catiim Brid. Sherbrook Valley ; Dove Dale. — H. virescens Boul. In Dove, Dove Dale. — H. ruyoswn Ehrh. Dove Dale ! Rev. W. H. Purclias. Hall Dale, abundant. — H. cnpressiforwe L. On rocks and trees, frequent. — Var. Uctorum Schpr. King's Bromley; Blith- field ; Seckley ; Chartley Moss ; Codsall. — Var. ericetorum Bry. Eur. Seckley Wood; Swyunerton Old Park. — Var. Jiliforwe Bry. Eur. Seckley Wood ; Arley Wood ; Norbury Park ; Milford. — Var. elatiim Bry. Eur. Tettenhall Koad, near Wolverhampton ; Sherbrook Valley; near Froghall ; Yeatsall, near Kugeley. — H. resiipinatum Wils. Alstonfield, Rev. A. Ley ! Near Wolverhampton ; Seckley Wood ; Ellaston. — H. Patientice Lindb. Seckley Wood ; Eams- horne ; Winkshill; Ipstones; Dointon, near Stowe. — H. mollusciun Hedw. Frequent on marl and limestone. Dove Dale, R. G. — Var. fastigiatum Boswell. Dove Dale ; Axe Edge End ; Mill Dale. This seems very much like the var. erectum Bry. Eur. — H. palustre L. Dove Dale, Rev. A. Ley\ Kinver ; Seckley; Dane Bridge; Flash, &c. — Var. subsph(Brocarpo7i Bry. Univ. Winkshill, with type. — H. ochrnceuia Turn. Streams near Flash; Mayfield; near Dane Bridge ; Roaches; Oakamore.— f/. chrysophynnmBvid. Hamstead; Rushall ; Sedgeley; Newborough; Weaver Hills. — Var. erectum Bagnall. Dove Dale ; Mill Dale. Growing in large matted tufts ; stems erect, subpiunate ; branches long, erect ; leaves slightly toothed at the base ; basal cells yellowish opaque ; perigynal leaves somewhat squarrose. — H. jiol ymorplnun Hedw. Sedgeley Limestone Quarry. — H. polygamnm B. & S. Marsh near Norbury ; near Gnosall. — Var. stagnaMm Wils. Pool in Norbury Park. — H. stellatum Schreb. Ape's Tor, Rev. A. Ley\ Sherbrook Valley; Dove Dale. — H. cordi- foiiuw Hedw. Sherbrook Valley ; Big Moss, near Norbury; Brindley Valley. — H. gigauteum Schpr. Sherbrook Valley. — H. cnspidatum L. Frequent throughout the district. — H. Schreheri Ehrh. Gospel End; Cannock Chase; Newborough, &c. — H. purion h. Frequent 112 THE MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF STAFFORDSHIRE. on banks, &c. — H. stramineum Dicka. Sherbrook Valley; Brindley Valley ; Flash ; Koacbes. Hylocomiuiii spJendens Dill. Dove Dale, B. G. Newborough ; Seckley ; Trentham, &c. — H. squarrosum L. Frequent. — H. loreum L. Astbury and Dove Dale, /?. G. — tl. triquetrum L. Near Kingston, Cannock Clmsc, &c. Hepatite. Marchantia ijolymorpha L. Trentham, R. G. Frequent, fine fruit, Dove Dale and Seckley Wood. Conocephalus coniciis L. Trentham, R. G. Colton, near Euge- ley ; Seckley Wood ; Norbury, &c. Asterella hemispherica L. Weaver Hill, E. G. [junularia vulgaris Mich. Colton, near Eugeley. Targionia hypophi/Jla L. Dove Dale. Riccia glauca L. Wexford. — R. cnjstaUina. Stoke-on-Trent, R. G. Pottal Keservoir, abundant. FruUania dilatata L, Trentham, Fv. G. Seckley Wood ; Upper Arley ; Dove Dale. — F. Tamarhci Mich. Swynnerton Old Park ! Dove Dale ! R. G. Hall Dale. Lejeunea scrpyUifoUa Mich. Seckley Wood. — L. Mackaii Hook. Wetton Valley, R. G. Radula complanata L. Trentham Park. Porella lavigata L. Dove Dale and Mill Dale. — P. platgphglla L. Dove Dale and Hall Dale. Lepidozia reptans L. Seckley Wood ; Sherbrook Valley ; Dim- mings Dale ; Flash ; Eoaches, &c. — L. setacea Mitten. Dimmings Dale ; near Cloud. Bazzania trilobata Buddl. Dimmings Dale, Alton. Odontoschism a Sphagni Dicks. Common at Whitmore, R. G. Chartley Moss ; Brindley Valley. Cephalozia bijssacea Eoth. Gospel End Common. — C. divaricata Sm. Froghall ; Gospel End ; Seckley Wood, Perry Barr Common ; Barr Common. — C. stellulifeni Tayl. Footways near Canwell Gate. — C. biciispidatalj. Gospel End ; Seckley; Barr Common; Trent- ham, &c. — C. Lammersiana? Hiibn. Dimmings Dale; Cloud; Sherbrook Valley. — C. connivens Dicks. Sherbrook Valley ; Dim- mings Dale, Alton. — C. multiflora Huds, Gospel End Common ; Cloud ; Dimmings Dale ; Oakamore. Lophocolea bidentata L. Frequent, Seckley, Sec. — Var. cuspidata Gottsche. Blithfield; Newborough; Seckley; Trentham; Norbury. — L. heterophylla Schrad. Frequent, Seckley; Little Aston ; Chil- lington, &c. Chiloscyphus polyanthos L. Sherbrook Valley ; Dove Dale ; Brindley Valley. — Var. rivtdaris Nees. Sherbrook Valley; Brindley Valley. Saccogyna viticulosa Mich. Banks of Severn by Seckley Wood. Kantia Trichomanis L. Stoke-on-Trent, R. G. Cannock Chase ; Seckley Wood, Trentham. — Var. /?ssa Eaddi. Seckley Wood; Arley Wood; Baggeridge Wood. — K. argutu Nees et Mont. Sandy banks, Seckley Wood ; sandstone rocks, Kinver Edge. THE MOSSES AND HEPATICS OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 118 Tn'chncolea tomentella Ehrli. Cannock Chase ; Secldey Wood ; Oakamore. Bhphnrozia cUiaria Nees. Sherbrook Valley ; Brindley Valley ; Salnall Hill, near Milford, Blfphri7-ostnmn tn'cJinphyJhim L. Seckley Wood. Srapania iivrliilota Dill, Dove, near its source, B. G. Stream near Flasli ; Winkshill, near Frogfhall; Biddulph. — S. irrigua'HpQs. Gospel End : Newborough ; Abbot's Bromley ; Arley Wood ; Swvn- nerton ; Leek : Cloud. — .S'. nnnoro.ia L. Cloud, B. G. Seckley Wood; Arley Wood ; Mayfield; Ordesley Brook ; Leek. — S.resupi- nnta Dum. Morridge Top ; Star Wood ; Oakamore ; Dane, near Dane Bridge. — S. cequiloha Scbwa3g. Eocks, Dimmings Dale ; Hall Dale ; Dove Dale. — S. umhrosa Scbrad. Ordesley Wood ; Mavfield : Dimmings Dale. — S. curta Mart. Gospel End Common; Seckley Wood. Diplophi/llum albicans L. Stoke-on-Trent, B. G. Frequent, Caldon, Gnosall, Trentham, &c. Plaffinchila as^plenioidea L. Trentham Woods ! 7?. G. Arley Wood ; Seckley Wood. — Var. minor Carr. Seckley Wood. Mylia Taylori Hook. Cbartley Moss. — M. anomala Hook. Sherbrook Valley ; Brindley Valley ; Chartley Moss. FJnrah/x hyalina Lyell. Dove Dale ; Star Wood, Oakamore ; Chartley Moss. Junriermannia crenulata Sm. Cannock Chase ; Winkshill, near Froghall ; Canwell. — Var. gracillima Sm. Seckley Wood ; Arley Wood. — J. jo»H;//rt With. Arley Wood ; Dimmings Dale ; Dane, near Dane Bridge. — J. sphm-ocarpa Hook. Seckley Wood ; Arley Wood ; Sherbrook Valley. — J. cordi folia Hook. Stream near Flash ; Dove Dale. — J. riparin Tayl. Boulders in the Severn near Seckley Wood. — J. harbata Schi-eb. Mow Cop, B. G. Near Orchard Farm, Axe Edge ; Flash ; Star Wood, Oakamore. — J. attenuata Lindenbg. Walls, Alton Towers ; Ramshorne ; Dimmings Dale ; Star Wood, Oakamore. — J. Flcerkii Web. et Mohr. Stream above Flash ; Roaches. — J. qninquedentata Web. Foxt, near Froghall ; near Cloud ; Roaches. — J. porphyroleuca Nees. Near Leek; Dim- mings Dale. — J. ventricosa Dicks. Frequent, Trentham, B. G. Gospel End; Secklev; Tettensor, &c. — J. bicrenata Lindenb. Sand- pit near Aldridcre ; Brindley Valley. — J. capitata Hook. Cannock Chase, near Rugelev ; Gospel End Common. — J. inrim Schrad. Dimmings Dale, Alton. — J. inflata Huds. Sherbrook Valley, near Flash ; Hollingsclough ; Cloud ; Gospel End. — J. turbinata Carr. Banks of drain, one mile from Arley. Nardia scalaris Schrad. Frequent, Canwell Gate ; Winkshill, Cloud ; Roaches, &c. — Var. 7najor Gott. On rocks, Star Wood, Oakamore. Fossombronia pimUa Nees. Sandstone rocks, Tettensor ; Kinver Edge. Blaaia piixilla L. Banks of Severn, Seckley ; Arley Wood ; Dimmings Dale. Pellia ppiphyUa L. Frequent, Trentham; Cloud; Roaches, &c. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 34. [Maroh, 1896.] i 114 BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE. — P. calycina Tayl. Seckley Wood ; near Leek ; Dimmings Dale ; Weeford. Aneura pinguis Ij. Sherbrook Valley ; Seckley; Gnosall; Dim- mings Dale ; near Leek. — A. sinuata Dicks. Seckley Wood ; near Gnosall, — A. midtifida Gray. Swynnerton, R. G. Swynnerton Old Park ; Sherbrook Valley. Ifetzr/eria furcata Dicks, Trentliam, R. O. Seckley Wood ; Dimmings Dale ; Dove Dale. — M. puhescens Sclirad. Eocks about Thor's Cave, R. G. Dove Dale. Anthoceros jnmctatus L. Little Fenton, R. G. BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE. [The Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information for November (issued in December) contains an extract bearing on this subject from the address delivered by Mr. W. T. T. Dyer at the meeting of the British Association at Ipswich in September last. Part of this we reprint here, as putting in a compact and telling manner principles which, although obvious enough, seem in danger of being over- looked by certain of our reformers. We differ, however, from Mr. Dyer in his view that it is almost impossible to reach finality ; and it is certainly not the case that "those who have carefully studied the subject" concur in his opinion. If the rule which we have consistently advocated— that of considering as the right name of the plant that by which it was first called in the genus wherein it is placed — something ap- proaching finality would follow ; as indeed it would if the rule which we, in common with Mr. Dyer, cannot see our way to accept, were adopted — that of regarding the first specific name as unchangeable, and maintaining it under all circumstances. By the Kew system, advocated by Mr. Hemsley, and more than once dealt with in these pages, no finality can be reached ; and to the disregard of priority following on its adoption in such works as the Genera Plantannti must be attributed much of the redundant synonymy of which Mr. Dyer rightly complains. Mr. Dyer does not, it seems to us, strengthen his position by citing Mr. Darwin, who was never concerned with systematic work, in support of it. He omits to point out one practical objection to the reforms advocated by certain American botanists : they are so eager to promulgate new views that they do not stop to consider them in all their bearings, and so have later to supersede the names they themselves have proposed. An enormous amount of synonymy is due to this ill-considered course of action. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] It seems obvious that, if science is to keep in touch with human affairs, stability in nomenclature is a thing not merely to aim at but to respect. Changes become necessary, but should never be insisted on without grave and solid reason. In some cases they are inevitable unless the taxonomic side of botany is to BOTANICAL NOiMENCLATURE. 115 remain at a standstill. From time to time the revision of a large group has to be undertaken from a uniform and comparative point of view. It then often occurs that new genera are seen to have been too hastily founded on insufficient grounds, and must therefore be merged in others. This may involve the creation of a large number of new names, the old ones becoming henceforth a burden to literature as synonyms. It is usual in such cases to retain the specific portion of the original name, if possible. If it is, however, ah'eady preoccupied in the genus to which the transference is made, a new one must be devised. Many modern systematists have, however, set up the doctrine that a specific epithet once given is indelible, and whatever the taxoiiomic wanderings of the organism to which it was once assigned, it must always accompany it. This, however, would not have met with much sympathy from Linn^us, who attached no importance to the specific epitliet at all : " Nomen specificnm sine generico est quasi pistillum sine campnna." * Lin- n^us always had a solid reason for everything he did or said, and it is worth while considering in this case what it was. Before bis time the practice of associating plants in genera had made some progress in the hands of Tournefort and others, but specific names were still cumbrous and practically unusable. Genera were often distinguished by a single word ; and it was the great reform accomplished by Linnfeus to adopt the binominal principle for species. But there is this difference. Generic names are unique, and must not be applied to more than one distinct group. Specific names might have been constituted on the same basis ; the specific name in that case would then have never been used to designate more than one plant, and would have been suffi- cient to indicate it. We should have lost, it is true, the useful information which we get from our present practice in learning the genus to which the species belongs ; but theoretically a nomencla- ture could have been established on the one-name principle. The thing, however, is impossible now, even if it were desirable. A specific epithet like vulgaris may belong to hundreds of different species belonging to as many different genera, and taken alone is meaningless. A Linnean name, then, though it consists of two parts, must be treated as a whole. " Nomen omne plantarum con- stabit nomine generico et specifico." f A fragment can have no vitality of its own. Consequently, if superseded, it may be replaced by another which may be perfectly independent.! It constantly happens that the same species is named and described by more than one writer, or different views are taken of specific differences by various writers ; the species of one are there- fore "lumped" by another. In such cases, where there is a choice * Phil., 219. t Phil., 212. J As Alphonse de Candolle points out in a letter published in the Bull, de la Soc. Bot. de France (xxxix.), " the real merit of Linn^us has been to combine, for all plants, the generic name with the specific epithet." It is important to remember that in a logical sense the " name" of a siDecies consists, as Linuteus himself insisted, in the combination, not in the specific epithet, which is a mere fragment of the name, and meaningless when taken by itself. I 8 116 BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE. of names, it is customary to select the earliest published. I agree, however, with the late Sereno Watson* that "there is nothing whatever of an ethical character inherent in a name, through any priority of publication oi- position, which should render it morally obligatory upon anyone to accept one name rather than another." And in point of fact Linnaeus and the early systematists attached little importance to priority. The rigid application of the principle involves the assumption that all persons who describe or attempt to describe plants are equally competent to the task. But this is so far from being the case that it is sometimes all but impossible even to guess what could possibly have been meant, f In 1872 Sir Joseph Hooker |: wrote : " The number of species described by authors who cannot determine their affinities increases annually, and I regard the naturalist who puts a described plant into its proper position in regard to its allies as rendering a greater service to science than its describer when he either puts it into a wrong place or throws it into any of those chaotic heaps, miscalled genera, with which systematic works still abound." This has always seemed to me not merely sound sense, but a scientific way of treating the matter. What we want in nomenclature is the maximum amount of stability and the minimum amount of change compatible with progress in perfecting our taxonomic system. Nomenclature is a means, not a end. There are perhaps 160,000 species of flowering plants in existence. What we want to do is to push on the task of getting them named and described in an intelligible manner, and their affinities determined as correctly as possible. We shall then have material for dealing with the larger problems which the vegetation of our globe will present when treated as a whole. To me the botanists who waste their time over priority are like boys who, when sent on an errand, spend their time in playing by the roadside. By such men even Linnaeus is not to be allowed to decide his own names. To one of the most splendid ornaments of our gardens he gave the name of Magnolia grandiflora : this is now to be known as Magnolia fcetida. The reformer himself is constrained to admit, " The change is a most unfortunate one in every way." § It is difficult to see what is gained by making it, except to render systematic botany ridiculous. The genus Aspidium, known to every fern-cultivator, was founded by Swartz. It now contains some 400 species, of which the vast majority were of course unknown to him at the time; yet the names of all these are to be changed because Adanson founded a genus, Dryopteris, which seems to be the same thing as Asjudiutn. What, it may be asked, is gained by the change ? To science it is certainly * Nature, xlvii. 54. t Darwin, who always seems to me, almost instinctively, to take the right view in matters relating to natural history, is {Life, vol. i. p. 364) dead against the new "practice of naturalists appending for perpetuity the name of the ^first describer to species." He is equally against the priority craze : — " I cannot yet bring myself to reject very ivell-knoivn names " (ibid. p. 369). I Flora of British India, i. vii. § Garden and Forest, ii. 61.'>. THE CAPE HERBARIUM. 117 nothing. On the other hand, we lumber our bookd with a uiabs of synonyms, and perplex everyone who takes an interest in ferns, it appears that the name of the well-known Australian genus Uanksia really belongs to Pimelea : the species are therefore to be renamed, and Banksia is to be rechristened Sirmuellera, after Sir Ferdinand von Mueller ; a proposal which, I need hardly say, did not emanate from an Englishman. I will not multiply instances. But the worst of it is that those who have carefully studied the subject know that, from various causes which I cannot afibrd the time to discuss, when once it is attempted to disturb accepted nomenclature it is almost impossible to reach finality. Many genera only exist by virtue of their redefi- nition in modern times ; m the form in which they were originally promulgated they have hardly any intelligible meaning at all. THE CAPE HERBARIUM. [The following account of the origin and history of the Cape Herbarium, reprinted in the Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information from the Cape Times of October 16th, will be read with special interest at the present time.] The Cape Government Herbarium has its home in the upper portion of the offices of the Agricultural Department, Grave Street [Cape Town] , and is under the charge of Professor MacOwan, the Government IBotanist. The collection was originally the private selection made by Carl Zeylier for himself, from the vast quantity of specimens of Cape exsiccata, which he, at first in conjunction with Ecklon, and afterwards alone, collected and prepared for sale to European museums during a period of about thirty years. Zeyher finally visited Europe with a large quantity of scientific material, which he was anxious to place and realise. To raise funds for the voyage, he pledged his herbarium to Dr. Ludwig Pappe, who was an enthusiastic botanist and his friend. On Zeyher' s arrival in Hamburg the whole of the saleable specimens were stored in a warehouse uninsured, and by the irony of fate were burned to ashes with the building they contained. Zeyher was helped back to the Cape by an advance from Dr. W. Sonder, and returned almost penniless. He was never able to repay either of the advances, and by a mutual understanding Pappe satisfied Dr. Sonder's claim, and increased by that amount the hypothecation on the herbarium. Ultimately Zeyher made over the collection to Dr. Pappe, who continued to study and use it daily, by the holder's hearty permission, just as if it had been still his own. Dr. Pappe died in 1862, leaving his family in somewhat strait- ened circumstances, and possessors of the considerable botanical library and herbaria accumulated during a long life. Unaware of the mode of exploiting either one or the other, the heritors offered the library for sale at an ordinary auction, and the volumes were, with much grudging, bought by the Public Library Management at a shilling apiece. No buyer presented himself for the herbarium, 118 THE CAPE HERBARIUMi At last Mr. llawson W. Eawsou, tlie Colonial Secretary, iuducecltlie Government to give the family 4'4U0 for it. Its value then, before it had deteriorated by bad housing and years of neglect, might have been about £1200. It was stored away, now in one place and now in another, much as oathay is stored, and suffered from the inevitable insects which prey on dried plants and also from rain dripping through the roof of its presumed shelter. Then it was, at Dr. J. C. Brown's suggestion, housed in a room over the Grey Library, and was at least dry. Dr. Harvey was apprised of the Government acquisition, and in 1864 offered to use it in the preparation of his Flora Capensis, and select and mount from it a study series of auto- graphically certified types. This he did to the end of Volume III., when the work was cut short by his premature death. Subse- quently the collection was returned to the Cape, and this study set was lodged in seven cabinets of the Kew pattern, under direction of Mr. Brown. As nothing was being done for the collection, not even subli- mating the typical study-set to prevent insect raids. Professor MacOwan, who was then living in Graham's Town, addressed Sir Philip Wodehouse on the subject in 1867, pointing out that nothing had been done for its preservation. The collection was no longer in charge of Dr. Brown, whose office of Colonial Botanist had been abolished, and it appeared to be nobody's business to do anything for it, as Mr. Trimen of the South African Museum refused to take it in charge. Professor MacOwan offered to house it at his own expense under control of the Albany Museum, and to supply the needful cabinets at his own charges. The reply was that it was not desirable to transfer the collection to the Eastern Provinces. East and West differences were then very pronounced. The collection was therefore placed in charge of Mr. James McGibbon, the gardener, but when Sir Henry Barkly succeeded Sir Philip Wodehouse, Mr. MacOwan, knowing him to be a well-informed amateur botanist, renewed his application. Sir Henry Barkly, without giving any notice to the custodian, asked to see the collection, and when dis- played it was found that insect industry had destroyed scores of Harvey's valuable types. He took care, however, that the custodian should immediately treat the whole study-set in the proper manner with sublimate, so as to stop any turther mischief, and generally kept things up to the mark by occasional inspeciiuns. In Eebruary, 1881, Mr. MacOwan was appointed curator, in addition to the duty of director of the Botanic (jrardens. Nine new cabinets were at once added and tilled, and these were increased subsequently by seven. The new curator added his private her- barium of European plants, numbering some 50U0 sheets. Until the removal of the culleciion to the new Agricultural Offices in Grave Street, the herbarium housing arrangements were very inadequate and inconvenient. There is not much to complain of now, though the Government Botanist, in his anxiety for his charge and his scientific enthusiasm, could doubtless point out some shortcomings. It is not very accessible, indeed at the top of the building, and there is always a dread of the recurrence of WESTMEATII PLANTS. 119 the catastrophe which overtook Zeyher's collection in Hamburg. Some day, perhaps, it may be removed to a new and truly public museum, into which students will be encouraged and tempted to enter by the very aspect of the building itself. WESTMEATH PLANTS. By E. F. and W. E. Linton. The plants here enumerated are most of them records for District VII. of the CybeU Hibernica (these have an asterisk pre- fixed), and were observed by us while enjoying the hospitahty of Mr. H. C. Levinge at Knock Drin Castle last July. Some of them were detected by the Rev. E. S. Marshall, our fellow-guest for part of the time, and some were pointed out to us by Mr. Levinge himself, whose investigations have done so much to throw light on the Flora of Westmeath. A rainy season had set in, and hindered work during part of our visit; but, thanks to the long preceding drought, many wet localities were unusually accessible, and all the loughs had sunk below their normal level. Caltha palustris L. var. ■''procumbens Beck. Fide Mr. Ar. Ben- nett, who writes, " I should name this C. pahistris L. y. jvocumbens (Huth) Beck. MS. in Huth's Mon. Gatt. Caltha, 18 (1891) = C. palustris var. radicans Fries (non Forster)." Shores of Brittas Lake, Knock Drin ; with much variation of the shape and serration of the leaf. Some of the plants of Caltha rooted more or less freely at the nodes, and to these the above note applies. A greater number showed no sign of rooting at the nodes. — Acjuileyia vulgaris L. Apparently indigenous by L. Deraveragh, under Knock Body. Papaver dubiuni L. var. '''Lecoqii (Lamotte). Near cultivated ground by L. Deraveragh. * Viola silvestris Reich. Knock Ross, by L. Deraveragh. Vicia Cracca L. var. '■incana Thuill. By L. Owel. *Pruiius insititia Huds. Roadside hedges near Knock Drin. — *P. Cerasus L. In the Knock Drin Woods ; fruiting. Pointed out to us by Mr. Levinge. Rubus Idmus L. var. '^'asperrim.m Lees. Knock Drin, growing sparingly with the type. — R. suberectus Anders. Wood near Quarry Bog, Knock Drin; and Crooked Wood, near L. Deraveragh. — R. jissus Lindl. we saw only where Mr. Levinge had previously detected it, at Drinmore. On the same ground grew a pink- flowered form of R. plicatus W. & N. This species also occurred at the Crooked Wood. — *i?. opacns Focke. Crooked Wood, in some quantity. — */?. carpinifolius W. & N. Crooked Wood. — R. in- curvatus Bab. Frequent in the neighbourhood of Knock Drin, where it was discovered for the first time in Ireland by Mr. Levinge two years previously ; also in the Crooked Wood ; very typical. — R. rhamnifolius (sp. collect.). Noticed at Knock Drin. — R. macro- 120 WESTMEATH PLANTS. phyllus (sp. collect.) var. SchlechtendaUi (Weiiiej. lu the Knock Drin Wood and the Crooked Wood. — -'H. hirtij'oiius M. & W. "Apparently a hairy form of li. hirtij'oiius," IV. M. Rugers. — */?. danicus Focke. Woods at Kuock JJriu. " Clearly the same as Focke's a. danicus, which he now puts under li. hirtij alius," W. M. Rogers. — R. pyramidalis Kalt. Frequent in the Knock Drin Woods and the neighbourhood generally. — *ii. leucostackys Schleich. Knock Eoss ; form with spreading sepals (just like a Haslemere plant, Mr. Kogers tells us), Crooked Wood. — R. viucronatus Blox. Woods at Knock Drin, not unfrequent ; Faunt's Bog, Quarry Bog. — *ii. raduLa Weihe, towards eckinatoides. Knocii Drin Woods ; also var. * eckinatoides iiogers. Knock Body. — *R. Newbouldu Bab. Crooked Wood, seen in one spot only ; rather less glandular than the Cheshire and iShropshire forms, but with no other difference. — R. J'uscus W. & N., forma. Crooked Wood. — Var. ■'■'inacrostac/iys P. J. Muell. Knock Itoss. The type has previously been recorded by Mr. Levinge. — R. J'uscus x incurvatus occurred at one spot in Crooked Wood ; the latter bramble is frequent and very charac- teristic in the neighbourhood. — R. rosaceus W. & N. var. ''hystrix W. & N. Knock Drm Woods. A shade-grown form. — '^R. tkyrsiger Bab. Woods at Knock Drm ; named for us by the Kev. W. M. Bogers, who remarks that tliis Irisli form is undoubtedly Babington's plant, but is rather less armed, much less clothed with Juair, and its leaves less regularly serrate. New to Ireland. — ''R. scaber W. & N. Crooked Wood (just the same as the Boar's Hill plant, Berks, fide Mr. Kogersj ; also wooded slope of Knock Boss, and at Knock Drin. — '-'''R. hirtus W. & N., aggreg. One or two forms of this variable aggregate were found, which have not been more precisely named. Knock Drin; Kuock Boss. — jR. dumetorum W. & N., et./erox Weihe. Eoadside hedges, Knock Drin to MuUingar. — R. corylifolius Sm., «. subLustris Lees. Knock Drin, not common. Rotentilla prociuabens Sibth. Shore of L. Deraveragh, under Knock Body. Not certainly known for the county before. With it grew *i^. procumbens X sylvestris. '''Rosa sepium Thuill. In some quantity at the foot of Knock Eyon, and also occurring at the foot of Knock Body. Rare and local in Ireland. — R. canina L. var. *urbica Leman. Knock Body ; and var. '■^'dumalis Bechst., by L. Deraveragh, at Clonave. Lythruni SaLicaria L. All three forms growing together in one spot on the shore of L. Owel. '■^Epdobium obscurum X palustre. Bog of Lynn. Apiuin nodijioruni Keich. fii. var. '^'ochreatuni Bab. Shores of L. Owel and L. Deraveragh. Galium palustre L. var. * Witheringii (Sm.). Brittas Lake and Bog of Lynn. Leontudon hispidus L. Knock Eyon ; mentioned on account of its great rarity m the district. 1 araxacum ujjicinale Web. var. *uduin Jord. Knock Drin. Scrop/uUuria aquatica L. var. '^'cinerea Dum. At Donore, on L. Deraveragh. — Veronica Anaijallis-aquatica L. var. ^anagatlijornm Bor. Knock Drin ; and Scraw Bug, in the same neighbourhood. WESTMKATH PLANTS. 121 Euphnma officinalis L. var. ■''•Rostkovicaia Hayne. Bog of Lynn, near Mullingar. Rhinantlms Crista -(/alii L. var. y'allax Wimm. & Grab. Bog of Lyun, near Mullingar, in some quantity; much like li. major Ehrh. at first sight. Melatitptjrum pratense L. var. latifolium Bab. Knock Eyon, by L. Deraveragh ; a leaf variety that shades off gradually to the type. * Utricular la intermedia Hayne. Looked for in several likely localities, but found only on the TuUaghan Bog, by L. Owel ; not flowering, though U. vulgaris L. was blooming freely both at this point and at the other end of the lough. *Chenopodiwn rubrum L. Occurring on the verge of L. Drin, and also on wet ground usually submerged at Lord Longford's landing-stage on L. Deraveragh. *Potygo)iu)n maculatum. Trimen & Dyer. On the shore of L. Dera- veragh, under Knock Body ; scarce. — *Eume.v crispus x ohtusi/olius. Knock Drin. *Salix triandra L. Ditch-bank between Knock Drin and Quarry Bog. — *5. Caprea X viminalis [S. riujosa Leefe). Koadsides, Knock Drin to Quarry Bog and to Mullingar. — *)S'. aurita x Caprea (S. Capreola J. Kern.). Donore, L. Deraveragh. — *S. aurita x cinerea [S. lutescens Kern.). L. Deraveragh. — *»b'. aurita X nigricans. Though only foliage was seen, there can be no reasonable doubt that one large strong bush of this hybrid occurred. The stipules and the cut, wrinkling and thick texture of the leaves, as well as their modified blackening, gave good evidence of aurita. It is likely enough that this bush was native, judging from its situation; it was not evidently planted, as was the case with the one or two subalpine forms that follow. — "*S'. aurita x repens. A good inter- mediate form occurred at the Scraw Bog, and one or two other forms connecting it with repens. Our attention was drawn to the plants by Mr. Levinge. — <S. cinerea L. f. olei/olia (Sm.). A very narrow-ieaved example (which was certainly not crossed by 6'. aurita, as some IS. olei/olia has been found to be) occurred on the Bog of Lynn. — **5. nigricans Sm, and '''S. nigricans x phylicifolia. In some quantity by the mouth of the Yellow Kiver, L. Deraveragh, apparently planted ; not iu a very healthy condition (our host has since found out that this spot was formerly submerged, and was planted with willows, alders, &c., when the level of the lake was lowered). '^'Epipactis media Fr. Woods at Knock Drin ; only one specimen seen. iVlr. Levinge had in a previous year noticed this species in another part of tiie grounds, and then, too, only a single specimen. — ■^' Urdus mcarnata L. By L. Deraveragh, under Knock Eyon; Bog of Lynn. Spargumum ramosum Huds. var. *microcarpu)n Neumau. Road- side hullo w near Quarry Bog. Potainogeton alpuius Balb. Drain from L. Drin. Rare and local in the district. — ■•P. decipiens Nolte {P. lueens x perfoliatus). L. DeraveragU ; fine and plentiful in one spot between large patches of the parent species. — *P. Friesii Rupr. End of L. Ennel 122 FERNS OF THE CHITRAL RELIEF EXPEDITION. nearest to Mulliiigar. Very fine inside and outside the little harbour at Lord Longford's landing-stage, L. Deraveragh. *Carex divulsa Good. Knock Ross, by L. Deraveragh. — C. Goodenowii J. Gay, \a.i\ juncella (T. M. Fries). Bog of Lynn. Agrostis canina L. *f. mutica ; stoloniferous. Drin More, Knock Drin. — Phraymites communis Trin. var. '-'nigricans Gren. & Godr. N.W. end of L. Owel. — Poa jn-atensis L. var. '''SubciBnilea (Sm.). Bog of Lynn. — -^(Tlyceria plicata Fr. Knock Drin. Athyrium Filix-fcemina Roth. var. ■■■conveamm Newman. Knock Drin Woods. — Lastrea Filix-mas Presl. var. ■■■affmis Bab. Wood by Brittas Lake, Knock Drin. — Var. ^paleacea Moore. Damp wooded ground, Quarry Bog. Chara vulgaris L. var. ■doyigibracteata Kuetz. L. Ennel ; so named by Messrs. H. & J. Groves for the Rev. E. S. Marshall. The Characecc in the district were remarkable for their quantity and great variety ; probably few districts could make a better show. Since the above paper was written, the Rev. W. M. Rogers (whom we thank for much help in criticizing our Westmeath brambles, and working at some that are still unnamed) has agreed to our suggested name of '''U. viridis Kalt. for a Knock Drin plant. We have also learnt through Mr. Levinge that the following species or varieties in the above list have not previously been noted for Ireland : — R. Idceus var. asperrimus Lees ; R. opacus Focke ; R. danicus Focke ; R. radula var. echinatoides Rogers ; Pi. Newboiddii Bab. ; R. fuscus var. macrostachys P. J. Muell. ; and R. thyrsiger Bab. FERNS OF THE CHITRAL RELIEF EXPEDITION. By 0. W. Hope. Native plant-collectors were sent by Mr. J. F. Duthie, B.A., F.L.S., the Director of the Botanical Department, Northern ludia, with the Field Force which went to the relief of Chitral Fort in the spring of the year 1895. One of these was placed under the orders and supernitendence of Surgeon-Lieutenant S. A. Harriss, I.M.S., one of the medical ofiicers of the force. The collections, made in the months of May, June, and July, were brought to Mr. Duthie for determination, and he has kindly allowed me to see and cata- logue the Ferns found among them. The other botanical collector was sent in August to assist Brigadier-General W. Gatacre, who collected from April to September. The collections were sent to the Botanical Department, and the ferns included in them have also been shown to me. From both collections I have compiled the following list, from which it will be seen that twenty-seven species, including two now for the first time named and described, have been found in the Trans-Indus States which were traversed by the Expedition ; and that, while all have previously been found in Biitisii India, nineteen of them are European, and thirteen British. FERNS OF THE OIIITRAL RELIEF EXPEDITION. l23 Of the new species, Aspleniiint [Athyriuin) Maddnnoni is a large fern wliicli I first observed in tlie herbarium of the brothers P. N. and V. A. Mackinnon, of Mussooree, gathered in Zehri Garhwiil, but whicli seems to have a pretty wide range in the Himalayas, namely, from Kashmir to Kumaun, and — the intervening thousand miles of Nepal being almost a terra incognita — reappearing in Sikkim. This plant has been confused Vi^ith A. nirjripes Mett. Nephrodinm (^Lastrea) raiiiosuvi I first saw, in 1882, from the Hazara District, in the Punjab, wliere later on it was gathered iu quantity by Mr. E. W. Trotter; it was got in Afghanistan, in the Peiwar Kotul, in 1879, by Sir Henry Collett ; it seems, from gatherings by Mr. J. C. McDonell and Major E. W. MacLeod, to be not uncommon iu Kashmir ; the late Mr, H. F. Blauford, Mr. T. Bliss and I found it in the Simla region ; it has been got in the Janusar Hill Tract of the Dehra Dim District by Mr. J. S. Gamble ; and in the Zehri Garhwal State by Mr. J. F. Duthie. This fern has been called, according to the fancies or theories of collectors, iV. Fiiix-mas, var. ; N. Filix-mas var. elongata, and N. spinulusnm var. remota. Even in a dried state it is a remarkably beautiful fern. As I cannot see that it is a form of any described species, I must give it a specific name. The most remarkable items on the list are Pteris (Doryopteris) hulens Wail, and Lijgodiuin. microphylluiii H. Br., both found by General Gatacre in the Ziarat Valley, the first at 5000 and 8000 ft., and the second at 5000 ft. altitude. P. ludens is represented by two sterile fronds, without rhizome (which should be creeping), are (from 8000 ft.) about 2^ in. long by barely 1 in. broad, entire, cordate-lanceolate; and the other (from 5000 ft.) about 4 in, long by 4^ broad, with two pairs of lateral, oblong, rather bluntly pointed lobes, the lowest of which has a pair of subsidiary lobes, deflexed. The stipes, main and secondary rachises are glabrous and almost black ; the veins are hidden in the coriaceous lamina. I have com- pared these specimens with other sterile fronds of P. ludens, from the Chittagong Hill Tracts, in Mr. J. S. Gamble's collection, and find them identical, though the cutting varies ; and Mr. Gamble agrees. The most westerly extension of this species hitherto known is in Orissa, in the Indian Peninsula, in about 21^"^ N, lat, and 86° E, long., up to 1000 ft. alt. Other reputed habitats are (in India) tue JSaga Hills, in Assam, about 750 ft. alt, ; the east of Mauipur, in about 23° N, lat. and 94° E. long., at an altitude of 6000 ft. ; and (elsewhere) Burma, the Malayan Peninsula, and the Philippine islands. The Ziarat Valley, where General Gatacre got the lern, lies to tue south of Cnitral, north of the Lowari Pass, in about 35° 25' N, lat, and 71° 50' E. long. Snow must lie in the valley lor many months of the year at the altitude of 8000 It., and perhaps even uown to 5000 ft. The other remarkable item in the list is a Lygodium, — part of a frond, with only barren pinuse, the shape of which agrees with those of L, micropliyllum K. Br., — a tropical and semitropical fern, not hitherto found in Northern India west of Assam, Bhotan, and the plains of Northern Bengal. L. pinnatijidiuii Sw. is common in 124 FERNS OF THE CHITRA.L RELIEF EXPEDITION. N.W. India from luimauu to the JJehra Dun District, but I find no record of it fartlier westward. L. japonkum Sw. is rarer iu N.W. India, but has been got in the Himalaya and below it from Kumaun westward to the Kangra Valley District, Chamba, and the west of Kashmir, at altitudes of 2300-7000 ft. I have seen no pinnte of either of those species cut at all like those of L. microphijHum, which C. B. Clarke considers the best marked and least variable species of the genus. General Gatacre's plant was got in about 35° 25' N. lat. and 71° 60' E. long, at the altitude of 5000 ft. Mr. Gamble, having compared it with the other species, thinks I am right, for, as he says, it certainly comes nearest to L. jnicrophyltum (= L. scandens Bedd.) ; but he has found it in N. Bengal and B. India only iu swampy places, and says it is an interesting problem in geographical distribution how the above-named two tropical ferns got to the Ohitral region. Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. Many stations, 4500-11,000 ft., Harriss; Mirga Hills, 8000 ft., Gatacre. Adiantum Oapillns-Veneris L. 5 stations, 6000-8500 ft., Harriss; 3 stations, 4000-6000 ft., Gatacre. A. venitstiuii Don. Dir, 5000 ft., Janbatai, Harriss; Mirga, 8000 ft., Gatacre. Cheilanthes fragrans Webb & Berth. 4 stations, 4500 ft., Harriss; 2 stations, 4000-5000 ft., Gatacre. C. Szovitzii Fisch. & Meyer. Chitral, Darosh to Gurait, 4500 ft., Harriss. Pelliea nitiduJa Baker. Swat State, Laram Pass, 7000 ft., Gatacre. Fteris longi folia L. Dir, 6500 ft., Harriss : below Laram Pass, 4000 ft.,'Mu-ga Hills, 8000 ft., Gatacre. P. cretica L. Dir, 6500 ft., Harriss: below Laram Pass, 4000 ft., Darosa, 5000 ft., Gatacre. P. aquilina L. Mirga, Harriss; Gujar Valley, 7000 ft., Gatacre. P. ludens Wall. Ziarat Valley, 8000 ft., Gatacre. Asplenium alternans Wall. Dir, 5400 ft., Darosh to Gurait (or Guirat), 4500 ft., Harriss; below Laram Pass, 4000 ft., Gatacre. A. viride Huds. Lowari Pass, 11,000 ft., Harriss. A. Trichomanes L. 4 stations, 4000-8000 ft., Harriss; Mirga Forest, 9500 ft., Gatacre. A. septentrionale Hoffm. Ziarat, 7200 ft., Harriss; Mirga Forest, 9500 ft., Gatacre. A. Adiantum-nigrum L. 3 stations, 5000-7800 ft., Harriss; Panjkora Valley, 4000 ft., Gatacre. A. fontanum Bernh. Mirga, 8000 ft., Gatacre. A. Mackinnoni, n. sp. Rhizome quasi-erect, clothed, as is also the base of the stipe, with bright castaneous filiform scales. Stip)es tufted, straw-coloured or pale brown, glabrous except near the base, or with a few scattered scales for some inches upwards, 8-20 in. long. Frond subdeltoid or almost rhomboidal (lowest pair of pinnae slightly shorter than next pair above), 13-23 in. long (average of sixteen measured, 18i in.) by 8-18 in. broad (average of twenty FERNS OF THE CHITRAL RELIF.F EXPEDITION. 125 measured, 12f in.), bipinnate, glabrous. PinncB about 20 pairs, rarely more or less, distant, subpatent or ascending at an angle of less than 45°, lowest few pairs sometimes widest at one-third from main rachis, others hardly diminished towards base, and with lowest pair of pinnules sometimes elongated ; always acuminate, 6-ll| in. long by l^-3f in. broad. Pimudei^ 20 or more pairs on longest pinnfB of large fronds, at the base cut away on the inferior side, and slightly auricled on superior side, %-h in. broad at base ; cut down two-thirds towards costa into G-12 lobes with two or more teeth each, gradually narrowing and sometimes blunt at apex, decurrent on rachis with sometimes a broadly winged base. Texture herbaceous. Colour, when dried, pale olive-green. Veins of pin- nules pinnate, and veinlets forked in the lobes, pinnate in lowest. Sori mostly one on superior veinlet of each lobe, near to or at some distance from costa of pinnule, but more numerous in large lobes, and in lowest lobes of large pinnules ; involucres large, straight, athyroid or hippocrepiform, and sometimes severed at the curve. Hab. Asia: — Trans-Indus Protected States : Baraul, 8.500 ft., Harriss, 1895. Kashmir, West, 6000-10,000 ft., Trotter, 1888; MacLeod, 1891 ; McDonell, 1892-93 ; Duthie, 1893. Punjab : Chamba, 7000-9000 ft., Baden- Powell, 1879 ; McDonell. Simla Region, 8200 ft. and upwards, Blauford, 1885 ; Hope, 1886 ; Bliss, 1890,91. N.W. Provinces: Mussooree or neighbourhood, Hersrhel, 1878. Zehri Garhwal State, 8000 ft., P. W. cO V. A. Mackhmon, 1879; 10,000 ft., Davidson, 1875; 8000-9000 ft., Duthie, 1883; 7500 ft., Gawhle, 1884. Kumaun, 9000-10,000 ft., Duthie, 1884. Sikkim : Phulloot, 11,500 ft., Levinge, 1880 (Gamble's No. 8538). A large broad-spreading fern, with a long stipe, and when dried reminding one of Nephrodium ))iar(jinatu)n of Wallich, and me some- times of N. ravwsam. The scales at base of stipe are like those of A. nif/ripes Mett., but pale in colour, as is the frond. The sori do not lie in parallel rows near the costa, like those of A. nicfrijyes, but are generally apart from it, curving outwards, and the involucres are generally much more curved. No doubt specimens of this fern are to be found in herbaria mixed with A. 7iiipipes, but I think they ought to be separated. I erroneously entered it in the Saharunpur Catalogue as A. selenopteris Kunze, but I must now separate them, and I name the species after the brothers Mackinnon, of Mussooree, in whose collection I first saw it, and whose specimens are the lai'gest I have seen, and because they liave largely added to the number of species of ferns found westward of Nepal, and have found several species which are entirely new. A. dentir/erum Wall. Mirga, 8500 ft., Lowari Pass, 10,000 ft., Ha7Tiss. A. Ceterach L. 3 stations, 4000-7000 ft., Gatacre. Aspidium Lonchitis Sw. Ziarat, 11,000 ft., Harriss. Nephrodium FiH.v-7nas Eich. Lowari Pass, 9500 ft., Harriss. X. odo7it(dfn)m Moore (Lastrea Filix-vias var. odantolowa ]\foore, Beddome's Handbook, Suppt. 55). 6 stations, 6300-10,000 ft., Harriss: Mirga, 8000 ft., Gatacre. 126 FEKNS OF THE CHITRAL RELIEF EXPEDITION. N. ramosum, n. sp. Rhizome procumbent, ligneous, densely clothed, as are the bases of the stipes, with large broad suddenly- acuminate hair-pointed pale brown self-coloured scales. Stipps 6-17 in. long, stout, pale brown or straw-coloured, sometimes mottled. Frond 10-24 in. long by 8-13 in. broad, bipinnate in lower part ; rachises slightly winged in upper pinnfe ; lowest pinnaB as long or longer than the next above, and the lowest four or five pairs but Httle diminished in length, diminution thence gradual to apex; rachises straw-coloured, or pale brown, or pale green, more or less clothed with pale coloured linear scales and fibrils, but sometimes glabrous ; frond plumose in appearance. Pinvce as- cendant, 16-80 pairs, besides the deeply pinnatifid apex, distant near base of frond, lowest 5-9^ in. long by 2-4|- in. broad. Pinnules 12-20 pairs, on the lower pinnfe much longest on the lower side, largest towards the middle and then up to 2^ in. long, none ^ in. broad, and all distant, falcate ; oblong for two-thirds their length and then acuminate, cut down to a winged rachis into 10-15 segments ; segments in large fronds lobed on both sides, and lobes toothed. Texture herbaceous. Colour pale green, but drying sometimes pale brown. Veins pinnate in segments, and forked in larger lobes. Sari generally absent in lowest two or three pairs of pinnfe, but extending sometimes almost to the apices of fronds and pinnfe, up to six in lowest lobes, medial. Involucres thick, moderate-sized, persistent, brown ; sporanijia pale green when young. Hab. Asia : — Afghanistan : Peiwar Kotal, 8000 ft., Major (now Sir Henry) Collett, 1879. Trans-Indus Protected States (on the route to Chitral), 7200-10,000 ft., Harriss ; Gatacre, 1895. Kash- mir, West, 4000-10,000 ft.. Trotter, 1888; MacLeod, 1891 ; McDonell, 1891 & 1894 ; Duthie, 1892. Punjab : Hazara District ; Himalaya, between Abbotabad and Murree, 7000-8500 ft., frequent, Trotter, 1889-90. Simla Region, 8500-9000 ft., Blanford, 1884; Hope, 1886; 7?/m, 1891. N.W. Provinces: Jannoar, 8000 ft.. Gamble, 1892-95. Zehri Garhwtil, 8000-9000 ft., Duthie, 1883. The characteristic features of this fern are the broad frond, hardly ever reduced at the base ; the very long, broad, and distant pinnfB ; the very long and narrow pinnules ; the pale green colour of the frond, and the almost invariably pale colour of the scales. The distribution seems to be confined to the Western Himalaya and the mountains immediately to the westward of British India ; but in colour it is similar to the less compound .V. pallidum of Bory, which fern I consider to be quite distinct from .Y. rii/idum Desv., and to be near N. odontoloma Moore. Some specimens of N. ramosum approach N. odontoloma, and others xV. marginatum Wall., which varies a good deal in cutting and texture. A', odonto- loma never is broadest at base, as is N. ramosum almost invariably. Perhaps the nearest congener of this species is N. nemoralis, n. sp., Hope MS., a fern with a more limited range, hitherto called N. spinulosum Desv. var. remota : but that species is never truly bipinnate, and it has always a short stipe and dark-coloured scales. NEVV AFRICAN PLANTS. 127 N. molle Desv. Below Laram Pass, 4000 ft., Gatacre. Poly podium Pher/opteris L. Mirga, 9500 it., Hatriss, P. Robertianum Hoffm. Mirga, 7500 ft., Gatacre. Tjytjodium microphylhiin E. Br. Zit'irat Valley, 5000 ft., Gatacre. NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. By a. B. Rendle, M.A., F.L.S. The types of the following species will be found in the British Museum : — Pentas quadrangularis, sp. nov. Herba glabra caule quad- rangular!, foliis parvis lanceolatis sessilibus uninerviis ; floribus 4-meris in folioruua axillis saepissime solitariis, subsessilibus ; calycis segmentis triangulari-subulatis plus minus fequalibus, basi dente brevi glanduliforme utrinque instructis ; corollas tubo elongato, apice infundibuliforme, lobis subsequalibus patentibus lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis ; antheris ore corollse piloso sessilibus, cuneato-oblongis, glabris ; stylo filiforme, exserto, stigmatibus binis linearibus ; fructu late ovato 8-costato a disco conico coronato ; seminibus numerosis glabris trilateralibus in placentis magnis semi-submeisis. Hab. Near Lake Stephanie, June 27th, 1895, Donaldson Stnith. The markedly four-angled stems are about 1 line thick ; the opposite leaves, which reach about 1 in. in length by I in breadth, are united by a narrow stipular band bearing short setae. The flowers are solitary, rarely more than one, on very short pedicels, in the leaf-axils. The narrow calyx-segments vary in length from 1^ to 2^ lines ; all four may be of different lengths, or three may be equal and one slightly shorter, &c. The slender corolla-tube is 3 J in., of uniform length, the slightly enlarging funnel being 4 lines long, and the lobes 6-7 lines long by 2^-3 lines broad. The aestivation of the lobes is induplicate-valvate. The anthers are 2,^ lines long, and become gradually broader from the base upwards ; they are attached dorsally to the corolla-tube a little above their base. The ovary is crowned by a shallowly rounded disc, from the centre of which springs the long style. The numerous small 3-sided seeds are light brown in colour, and half-embedded in the large greenish placentas which are attached to the septum above the base of the fruit. The fruit is about 4 lines long by 2J broad, is greenish and smooth, except for the eight longitudinal ribs. Five calyx-segments persist for some time, but finally disappear, leaving one only. Is apparently near P. lowjituba K. Sch. (e descript. in Pfianz. Ost-Afrik,), but differs in having lanceolate, not oblong leaves, and a much shorter corolla-tube, the latter measuring 16 cm. in P. longituba, which is also more or less hairy, the leaves being described as subtomentose. 128 NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. Cycnium erectum, sp. nov. Caule lignnso precto alto t^reti hispiflo snperne hispidulo et parce ramoso, ramis It evibns ; foliis sessilibus lanceolatis vel e basi cnneatis snboblnngis, nninerviis, marorine snpra basin integrara crenato-dentatis, utraqne facie hispidis ; floribns in parte caiilis superiore racemosis. oppositis, bracteis foliis similibus spd minoribus pedifellos tenups snbfenuanti- bns ; braeteolis linpavi-l;incen]atis sub calyce insertis vplnt hnic et pedicpllis hirsntnlis; calyce tnbuloso supra medium obliqno apice aequaliter 5-dpntato ; corollfe atrate purpurpfe tubo calycem duplo superante, labio postico vix ad medium bifido, autico tripartite, lobis late ovatis ; anthpris sublanceolatis, appendice tenui acuta ; capsulis oblnpsfis. apiculatis. Hab. Shpik-husin, Sept. 2lRt, 1894, Dmudfhon Smith. Tbe long stem, wbicli is broken off at the base, is 3^ ft. long, and 2| lines thick. The cortex and outer layers of the wood are tinged with purple. The upper portion bears a few short branches (about 6 in. long). The shortly hispid leaves reach on the main stem 2 in. in length, with a breadth of 10 lines. The raceme is 1 ft. long. The flower-pedicels are \ in. long, becoming f in. in the fruit. The bracteoles are nearly 2 lines long. The calyx-tube is 7 lines, and its acuminate teeth 1 line long; a lateral incision to just above the middle makes it oblique. The calyx shows the same deep blue colour as the corolla, the tube of which is 1\ in. long, less than 1 line in diameter in tlie lower half, but widening to about 1^ lines at the insertion of the stamens. The delicately veined lobes are 8 lines long by 6 broad. The pointed anthers are nearly 2i^ lines long. The unripe fruits {\ in. long) retain as a blunt apiculus the base of the style. Eecalls the South African C. mcemosum Bth., but is not so much branched. It is at once distinguished by the greater length of the corolla-tube in proportion to the calyx, and by the rounded teeth of the leaf-margin. Graderia speciosa, sp. nov. Frutex ramis griseis tetragonis juvenilibus hirsntulis; foliis parvis decussatis obovatis utrinque scabridis subsessilibus ; floribus speciosis axillaribus breviter pedi- cellatis, bracteis binis linearibus acutis ; calyce hirsutulo campanu- lato sequaliter 5-fido, limbis ovatis acutis ; corolla speciosa super tubum breve subito expansa, lobis planis suboblongis,praeter antieum, qui minor est subaequalibus ; staminibus glabris securiformihus; 2 posticis longioribus cum anthera 1-loculare trapezoidea basifixa, anticis cum anthera altera ad calcar longum reducta : stylo longo in stigmate subclavato terminante ; ovarii loculis jequalibus; capsulo oblongo obtuse apiculato. Hab. Galla Country. Darar and Sheik-busin, Sept. 1894, Donaldaon Smith, The hard woody shoots bear numerous lenticels. There are several buds, generally three, in a vertical row above each leaf-scar, all of which mav remain dormant, or one (the median), rarely two, may develop. The small leaves are found in the youngest shoots onlv; they are 7-12 lines long, 4-5 broad. The flowers spring a little distance above the leaf-insertion ; the short pedicels are ^ in. NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. 129 long, the narrow bracteoles immediately beneath the calyx 2 lines. The calyx is 4 lines long, the subspreading segments 2 lines. The corolla is 1^ in. long, and about 1 in. in vertical diameter at the open mouth. The short tube is ^ in. long, the rounded-oblong lobes 4-5 lines, the anterior one beins: smaller and shorter than the others, of which the lateral are slightly the broader. The two longer filaments are 10 lines long, the anterior slightly shorter. The horizontally directed anthers are 3 lines long, they end in a short point, and bear on the upper surface a longitudinal furrow with a line of short hairs. The style is 1^ in, long. The smooth dull brown capsule is 4^-5 lines long ; only one of the two valves was present, so that it is impossible to say whether the fruit is symmetrical or not. The seeds had all fallen. An interesting addition to the genus, which hitherto included only the South African G. scahrn Benth, and the Socotran G.fniti- cosa Balf . fil. In habit it approaches the latter, but is distinguished from both its allies by its much larger, more open flowers. The complete disappearance of the sterile half of the anther in the posterior stamens is also of interest, Thunbergia longisepala, sp, nov. Volubilis, glabra, caule lig- noso, foliis parvis oppositis petiolatis cordatis; floribus paucis axil- laribus, pedunculis validis folia plus duplo superantibus ; bracteis ovali-oblongis 5-nerviis; calycis segmentis longis linearibus apice emarginatis, siccis involntis. dorso hispidulis ; corollse tubo sesqui- pollicari snperne infundibuliformi, lobis gequalibus obovato-oblongis; antheris 4 subsessilibus, subfequalibus, oblongis, appendice brevi triangulari instructis, et basi spinulosis, polline sphaerico cum vittis transversis ornato; ovario cum disco annulari cincto, stylo filiforme, stigmate bilabiato. Hab. Taita Plains, Scott Elliot, No. 6166. The terete light-colorired stem is less than 1^ lines in thickness. The thin leaves on the younsr shoots are about f in, long, and as broad ; the filiform petiole is slightly shorter ; the rounded apex is often apiculate. The stout peduncle is 2-| in, long ; the large bracts are f in. by scarcely i in. The calyx has a very short broad cup ; the segments, which are narrow from a broader base, are ^ in. long. The corolla-tube is nearly 1^ in. long and 1 line in diameter, expanding to about twice the diameter 2 lines below the lobes, which are 3-4 lines long. The filaments are ^ line long ; the two smaller anthers 3 lines, the larger 3^ lines long ; a line of short hairs indicates the line of longitudinal dehiscence, and the rounded base bears a cluster of short spines. The filiform style is H lines long. A very distinct species, recalling some forms of T. ajfxnis S. Moore, from which, however, it is at once distinguished by its very narrow corolla-tube, long calyx-teeth, sessile stamens, and cordate leaves. Duvernoia speciosa, sp. nov. Fruticosa, ramis elongatis teretibus; foliis petiolatis ovatis interdum ovato-lanceolatis, glabris; floribus speciosis in axillis bractearum oppositarum cymosis; calyce Journal of Botany. — Vol. 84. [March, 189G.] k 130 NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. psene ad basin 5-partito, segmentis lineari-acuminatis ciliolatis ; corolla tubo super basin tenuem constricto turn subito inflate, antice gibboso, labio postico rectangulo-oblongo, super genitalia incurvato, labio antico patente usque ad medium 3-partito lobis oblongis apice rotundatis ; antheris superpositis brevissime cal- caratis. Hab. Sheik-lmsin, Sept. 21st, 1894, Donaldson Swith. The longest branch measures 3 ft. below the terminal in- florescence; the lower part is covered with a thin, papery, brownish, easily peeling bark. The largest leaves have a blade 3 in. in length by 2 in breadtli, with a slender petiole of 1^ in. On the branchlets below the inflorescence they are about 1 in. long by ^ in. broad. The number of large bright-coloured flowers gives the inflorescence a striking appearance. The individual flowers are almost sessile, forming crowded cymes, which again are almost sessile in the axils of the bracts. The bracteoles are linear-lanceolate, slightly hairy, and ^ in. or more in length. The calyx is 4 lines long ; the corolla- tube is nearly ^ in., the slender erect portion below the constriction 4 lines ; the posterior lip has a truncate apex, and is | in. long by 5 lines broad ; it arches over the slightly protruding stigma and anthers ; the spreading lower lip is f in. long, the lobes 4 lines broad. The stamens are nearly 1 in. long; of the oval oblong anthers, the upper is placed transversely on the top of the filament, the lower is fixed to the side at almost a right angle with the upper ; they are 1^ lines long; the delicate spur is less than a quarter their length. The pollen-grain is banded. The rather slender ovary is 1^ lines long, the filiform style 1 in. The two ovules in each loculus are alternately superposed. Near the S. African D. adhatodoides E. Mey., but has rather larger flowers, difl'ering in their much longer calyx-teeth, and the shape of the corolla, especially in the truncate posterior lip, and the larger more oblong lobes of the anterior, and also in the spurred anthers. Euphorbia tetracantha, sp. nov. Hum ills, fruticosa, glau- cescens, ramis 4-angulatis, pulvinis decurrentibus aculeis quaternis horridis ; cymis ramorum apice binis axillaris oppositis ; bracteis minutis ovatis ; cyathiis 3, sessilibus, externe breviter papillosis, mediana ^ breviter et late campanulata, lateralibus cyathiformibus flore centrali ? , floribus $ circamdatis ; involucris segmentis 5 brevibus subfimbriatis, glandulis in annulum 5-undulatum crassi- usculum coalitis ; floribus S squamis apice fimbriatis interspersis ; ovario pedicellato, stigmatibus tribus indivisis coronata. Hab. Shebeli, Sept. 4th, 1894, Donaldson Smith. 6 in. high. The spreading branches springing from a short stout woody stem, and subfleshy (2 lines thick). Their four angles are determined by the hard decurrent pulvini, each of which bears four stifi" projecting sharply pointed spines, two lower longer ones reaching 10 lines, and two upper slenderer and shorter less than half the length. The cyathia are borne in opposite sessile cymes, three in each. The central, male, is slightly shorter and broader than the two lateral (scarcely 1 line long by more than 1 line broad NEW AFRICAN PI^ANTS. 181 at the mouth) ; the short invohicre-segments are subquadrate in shape and fimbriate at the top, the glands larger and more fleshy than in the bisexual cups ; in both cases the glands bear on the inside a shallow transverse keel. The filaments and pedicels are glabrous ; the fimbriate scales equal the latter in length. The lateral cups (1 line long) bear each at the base a pair of small adnate bracts ; the short involucral segments are broader than in the male cup, and rounded with a slightly fimbriate margin ; the pedicel of the female flower is ^ line long. Near E. triacantha Ehrenb. apud Boissier, but is at once dis- tinguished by the four-thorned pulvini. Kniphofia insignis, sp. nov. Foliis pluribns bipedalibus herbaceis linearibus superne sensim angustatis, nervo mediano plicatis, margine minute scabridula, racemum speciosum late cylin- dricum baud attingentibus ; bracteis albidis acuminatis pedicellos perbreves plus triplo excedentibus ; perianthio tubuliforme sajpe curvato super ovarium constricto, dentibus brevibus ovatis ; sta- minibns semper inclusis, stylo exserto. Hab. Sheik-Mahomet, Nov. 13th, 1894, Bonaldson Smith. The fleshy stalk is 2 ft. 4 in. long below the raceme, with a diameter at the base of about ^ in. The long narrow thin leaves are 2 ft. in length, and about 6-7 lines broad at the base. The raceme, which becomes dense-flowered above, is 10 in. long. The pointed scarious bracts are 3-4 lines long, the flower-pedicels 1 line. The perianth-tube is 15 lines long, the segments 1^ lines ; the diameter of the tube in the dry state is 3 lines. The stamens are about three-fourths the length of the perianth ; the style becomes exserted nearly 2 lines beyond the mouth. Is near K. Schimperi Baker, which it closely resembles in leaf- characters, but is distinguished by its much larger flowers and denser raceme. It may be worth calling attention to the fact that Kniphofia elegans Engl, in Hochgehirgaflora, p. 162, is a synonym of K. Schimperi Baker, published in this Journal nearly twenty years before [Journ. Bot. 1874, p. 4), and based on Schimper's Abyssinian plant No. 1200 ("1863-8"), which Engler also quotes as authori- tative for his own species. By a strange coincidence K. Schimperi Baker is omitted from the list of Kniphofias in Schinz & Durand's Conspectus, though the other species described by Baker in the same paper are included ; Schimper's No. 1200 is referred to K. elegans Engl. As a set-off Mr. Baker is credited with a species K'. unifoUa "in Britt. Journ. of Bot. (1885), p. 298." No such species occurs on the page referred to, nor have I been able to discover it elsewhere. Is K. ensifolia Baker intended? This is described on the page in question, and included in the Conspectus in its proper place, with a correct reference. Albuca Donaldsoni, sp. nov. Glabra, bulbo . . . . , foliis basi membranaceis lanceolatis, superne lineari-acuminatis, siccis involutis et reflexis ; scapo valido cum racemo denso ovato, folia excedente, bracteis longissimis supra basin triangularem fili- K 2 132 NEW AFRICAN PLANTS. formibus, pedicellos longos excedentibus ; floribus inter mediocre, perianthii segmentis albidis oblongo-ligalatis, externis cum 5 internis cum 3 vittis viridibus notatis ; staminibus 6 fertilibus, periantbio brevioribus, filameiitis triangulari-subulatis, antberis oblongis, basi sagittatis ; stylo tenui, ovarium oblongum tri- sulcatum tequante. Hab. Low-lying country east of Sbebeli River, Dec. 24th, 1894, Donaldson Smith. The plant, wbicli has been cut off above the bulb, is 13 in. high ; the stout stem is sheathed below by the membranous bases of the leaves, 4-5 in. long, f-1 in. broad, passing above into the long (6 in.) tapering upper part, which is reflexed about the middle and involute. The crowded raceme is nearly 6 in. long by 3^ in. at its broadest. The slender bracts, which become rapidly filiform above their greenish bases, are in the lower part of the raceme more than 2 in. long, exceeding the ascending pedicels, which are a little over 1^ in. long. The flower is 8 lines long ; the outer slightly broader segments have a cucullate apex, less marked in the inner series, and are 2 lines broad. The filaments are 4^ lines long, the versatile anthers 3 lines long, the ovary a little over 3 lines. Its crowded inflorescence and long slender bracts recall A. lonfiibracteata Engl., but it differs in its more condensed raceme of larger differently coloured flowers, as well as in its leaf-characters. In size the flowers approach those of A. ahyssinica Jacq., which, however, are fewer in number and banded with red, while the leaf above the base is linear, tapering, plicate, and suberect. Gloriosa minor, sp. nov. Herba minor erecta glabra, foliis supra caulis flexuosi medium numerosis, inferioribus exceptis verticillatis, sessilibus baud amplexicaulibus, lineari-falcatis acutis baud cirrhiferis plicatis ; inflorescentia abortu unitlora, flore ter- minali nutante ; petalis coccineis arete reflexis e basi tenui anguste lanceolatis acutis ; stylo tenui reflexo ad medium trifido, stamina excedente. Hab. A little west of Sbebeli Eiver, 2000 ft. alt., Dec. 6th, 1894, Donaldson Synith. A charming little plant, the largest specimen of which is not 8 in. high. The slender flexuose stem is rounded and striate, and bears about 20 leaves just above its middle, covering a length of about 1^ in. ; the lowest leaves are longest, reaching 2J in. in length, with a breadth of 5 lines; the uppermost are only IJ in. in length and 1 line broad. The peduncle bears above its base a bract, resembling the uppermost leaves, which subtends a short aborted branch. The flower-pedicel is 2 in. long. The crimson petals are 1^ in. long by ^ in. broad above the middle. The slender spreading staminal filaments are 7 lines long, the arcuate versatile linear- oblong anthers 3 lines. The slender style is bent back at its origin, and about the middle separates into 3 filiform arms ; the whole length is about 10 lines. Easily distinguished from the other species of the genus by its small size, crowded linear leaves, and solitary flower. 133 COL. HENRY MAUEICE DKUMMOND-HAY. A FINE example of the type of naturalist with wide interests, now too rare, passed away on January 3rd, 18'JG, in the person of Col. H. M. Drummoud-Hay, of Seggieden, near Perth. Born in 1814, he was a sou of Admiral Sir Adam Drumniond, his mother being a daughter of the fourth Duke of Atholl. He assumed the name of Hay on his marriage with the heiress of Seggieden. He joined the 42nd Highlanders in 1882, and remained in the army till 1851, serving much of the tnne abroad, chiefly in Malta, the Bermudas, and Nova Scotia. Returning to Perthshire, he served from 1853 to 1872 in the Perthshire Reserve Forces. A strong taste for natural history showed itself from an early period of his life, and was not lessened to its close. Probably most of his interest was given to birds, especially to their habits of nesting and migration, his residence abroad being fully utilised in such studies ; but he made an extensive collection of lishes, illus- trated by drawings, at the Bermudas (which was sent by him to the American Fishery Commission in 1860, and was much commended) ; and he was also keenly interested in the land and fresh-water mollusca. Botany also received attention from him, though in a less degree ; and he gave valuable aid in the exploration of the flora of Perthshire, from the depths of the lochs to the hilltops. His published papers, most of which appeared in the Scottish Naturalist, of whicli he was a warm supporter, chiefly relate to the birds of Scotland ; but among them we find a few on botany, such as "An improved Method of Preparing Plants for the Herbarium " (1872) ; " On the Flowering Plants of the Carse of Gowrie, in Perthshire" (1874); "Notes on a Botanical Excursion to the Breadalbane Mountains, Perthshire" (1875); and "Effects of the past Winter (1878-79) and present Summer (1879) on Hard-wooded Plants." All these show close and accurate practical acquaintance with botany. His name was commemorated by his friend and co- worker, Dr. Buchanan White, in the variety Dninimund-Uayi of lihinanthus Crista-galli L., first observed in a joint excursion in Perthshire. He took a very active part in promoting the welfare of the Perthshire Society of Natural Science ; and the admirable Museum formed by the Society owes much to his labours on its behalf. He was for several years its Honorary Curator, and he made the office no sinecure, spending much time and care in the collections, the birds and nests being his own peculiar charge. He had the great pleasure of living to witness the successful completion, and formal opening by Sir William Flower during the present winter, of an extension that has more than doubled the original size of the Museum. J. W. H. Trail. 184 SHORT NOTES. Note on Pavonia. — Dr. Garcke, in the current number of Engler's Botanhche Jahrburh (Feb. 11), has an interesting paper, " Ueber einige Malvacengattungen," in which he makes remarks on the four genera of the family — Sida, Atioda, Pavonia, and Hi- biscus. His notes on certain obscure species of Sida are particularly worthy of notice, and will be a great help in any future work on the subject. On certain points I can hardly accept Dr. Garcke's con- clusions, and in Pavonia he seems scarcely to have exhausted the literature of the subject. Speaking of this genus {I.e. 392), he criticises the number of species enumerated in the Kew Index, and says that eight described since must be added to these. He seems to take no note of P. cah/culina Frapp., P.fraterna Cordem. (both from Bourbon), P. Schwackei Giirke (from Brazil), P. melanommata Eob. & Seaf. (from Mexico), P. opidifoUa and P. Morongii S. Moore (both from South America). There is possibly some good reason for these omissions, but it is desirable that this should be made clear. — E. G. Bakek. Wilts Kecoeds, 1895. — The principal additions have been made by the Kev. W. Moyle Eogers, who has also in part recast our existing list of Rubi. All the plants are new for S. Wilts, the additions to the county flora being marked (W.). I have had the usual kind help of specialists in verifying the critical plants : — Isatis tinctoria L. (W.) 5. Farley, Hendersoyi. — Stellaria umbrosa Opiz. 9. Dinton ; glabrous and hairy forms together (v. Journ. Hot. 1889, 52).— Rubiis plicatus W. & N. (W.) 9. Wardour, Rogers. — R. erythrinus Genev. (W.) 1. By canal between Limpley Stoke and Freshford, C. Bailey. — R. 7iemoralis P. J. Muell. (W.) 9. Din- ton, Rogers. — R. SeLmeri Lindeb. (W.) 2. Langley Fitzurse, Rogers. 5. Kedlynch. 9. Swallowcliffe and Wardour, Rogers. — R. argentatus P. J. Muell. (W.) 5. Clarendon ("perhaps var. robustus," W. M. R.). — R. Schlechtendalii Weihe (W.). 9. Comp- ton, Dinton, and Wardour, Rogers. — R. leiicostachys var. angitsti- folius Kogers (W.). 6. Grinstead. 7. AUington, W. A. Clarke. 9. Hurdcott. — R. radula var. anglicanus Eogers (W.). My own and probably other radula notices are to be referred to this form. — R. obscurus Kalt. (W.) 2. Woods ascending to Conkwell, C. Bailey. — R. hystrix W. & N. (W.) 9. Wardour, Rogers. — R. rosaceus var. infecundus Eogers (W.). 9. Wardour, Rogers. — R, Kaltenbachii Metsch (W.). 9. Compton. — R. dumetorum var. tuberculatus Bab. 1. Limpley Stoke, Rogers. — R. subliistris Lees. 9. Dinton, Semley, and Swallowcliffe, Rogers. — R. corylifoUus var. cyclophyllus Lindeb. (W.) 4. Poulton. Marlb. Coll. Hb. 9. Swallowcliffe, Rogers. 10. Harnham. — R. tenuis Bell Salt. 9. Compton, Rogers. — Poten- tilla procumbens x reptans (W.). 10. Alderbury [Jide Focke). — Rosa glauca var. Watsoyii Baker (W.). 6. Wilbury. — Epilobium parviflorum forma aprica. 5. E. Grimstead. — E. parvijiorum x roseum (W.). 6. E. Grimstead. 9. Tisbury. — Carduus acanthoides L. (W.) 6. Petersfinger. 10. Harnham. — Hieracium sciaphilum Uechtr. (W.) 6. Grimstead; Eedlynch. 7. Salisbury. 9. Baver- SHORT NOTES. 135 stock, Penruddorke ; Compton. 10. Harnhani. — Trar/opor/on porri- folium L. (W.) 7. Established for many years on railway-bank at Salisbury, Tnchcr d Miles. — Mentha officinalis Hull (W.). 9. Anstey and Dinton, llo<jers. — M. hirsuta forma capitata (W.). 10. Britford. — M. rubra Sm. 10. Britford. — Polygonum minus Huds. (W.) 7. Stratford. 8. S. Newton. — Alli\im vineule var. bulbi/erum (W.). 5. W. Dean. — PotamDyeton interruptus Kit. 8. River Wily at Wishford. — Lastrea Filix-mas var. paleacea (W.). 9. Swallowcliffe, Rogers. — Char a fragilis Desv. (W.) 5. Hampt- wortli. 7. Amesbury, Groves. Of aliens and casuals : — Lepidium perfoliatum (W.). 9. Dinton, Mrs. Audland. — Trigonella Fcenum- grcecum L. (W.) 7. Turnip-field at Stratford, R. R. S^nith. — Spircea salicifolia L. (W.) 11. Sedgehill, Mrs. Oldjield. — Poly- gonum tataricuvi . 5. Farley, Henderson. 10. Britford. — Edward J. Tatum. S. Hants Records. — Rosa stylosa Desv. Mottisfont. — Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill. Fordingbridge. — Edward J. Tatum. Exchange Club for Mosses and Hepatic^ (p. 88). — The Rev. C. H. Waddell's suggestion will, I believe, be welcomed by bryolo- gists, and would, if carried out, I have no doubt, serve a very useful purpose. There is one thing, however, which ought very carefully to be avoided, viz. the danger lest such a club tend towards the extermination of our rarer species. I need only quote the following sentence from the report of the committee appointed by the British Association to investigate the disappearance of our native plants, to show that the danger is not a fancied one : — "Most of the correspondents agree, however, that the injudicious action of botanists themselves, and of botanical exchange clubs, have been a potent factor in the changes which have taken place " [Brit. Ass. Rep, 1889, 435). I think it would be necessary so to frame the rules that the avoidance of such results should be care- fully provided for, and not left to chance. If this is possible, and is carried into effect, I should be very glad to add my name to Mr. Waddell's supporters. — H. N. Dixon. Epilobium lanceolatum in Yorkshire. — In looking through the willow-herbs of the Boswell-Syme Herbarium at Upper Clapton, I have found two good specimens of this plant, labelled " Epilobium rosewn? Thirsk, Yorkshire. Augt. 1865. W. W. Newbould." This (if native) is a great extension of its known occurrence in England, and the specimens do not look at all as if they had been cultivated, besides which such a careful worker as Mr. Newbould would scarcely have failed to note anything suspicious about the station. — Edward S. Marshall. Cheshire Plants. — The following brambles, not previously recorded for this county, have been named by Mr. Moyle Rogers : — Ridnis nitidus Wh. & N. Wybunbury Moss, in some plenty. — R. plicatus W. & N., var. Bertramii (G. Braun). Thicket, S.E, end of Wybunbury Moss; a very erect plant, with few prickles, leaflets quite flat, large white petals, and stamens far exceeding the styles. — R. Lindleianus x pulcherrimus. Near Bollington ; a very pretty 136 SHORT NOTES. hybrid. — Hiemcium sciaphilum Uechtr. Abundant about Bollington and Macclesfield. A beautiful red-brown Melaiitpi/ruin prateiuse L., growing plentifully on VVybuubury JVIoss, answers well to the de- scription of var. erict'toruiii D. Oliver. Utriculai in neglecta Lehm. flowered there last summer ; and I was fortunate euough to find Sclieuchzeria palustris L., long supposed to be extinct in this station. — Edward S. Marshall. Additions to the Flora of Lancashire. — The undermentioned plants were gathered (Ij during a short visit to Mr. Cosmo Melvill at Prestwich, v.-c. 59, y. Lanes. ; (2) during a three days' stay at Elsvvick, near Kirkham, v.-c. 60, \V. Lanes. ; (3) m a walk from Lytham to iSt. Anne's, v.-c. 60 : — 59. Faibus jissiis Lmdley. in and near Mere Clough, Prestwich, plentifully. — H. incuicatus iiab. Near the Asylum, Prestwich. 60. Fumaria Burcei Jord. and F. con/usa Jord. Growing close to one another as weeds in garden ground at Little Ecciestou. — PuUjyala oxyptera Keich. Sandhills, west of Lytham. Probably seen by many previous visitors, but apparently not recorded hitherto. — PotentiUa reptans x silvestris. Li a hedgebank near Inskip, with the parents growing close by. — Faibus erytkrinus Genev. Frequent in hedges about Little Eccleston and Copp Church, Elswick. Con- firmed by Dr. Focke and Mr. Moyle liogers. This considerably extends its ascertamed British range northwards. — U. neinuralts P. J. Muell. var. Siinnnu A. Ley [teste Pogers). Between Eccleston and Inskip. — Fi. Lindeberyii P. J. Mueii [teste Focke). Between Inskip and Elswick. — /i. podophyLlus P. J. Muell. [teste Rogers). Near the last-named. — Fi. corylijoHus x Lindleianiis (probably, teste Eogers). Between Inskip and Eccleston. — Hieracunn vulyatuin Fr. var. ravusciduin Dahlst. Sandhills near St. Anne's; very local. — Oentiana baltica Murb. Sandhills between St. Annes and Lytham, in quantity. Doubtless recorded before as (Jr. cainpestris. btrictly annual ; most of the plants were only in bud on August 6th. — Edward S. Marshall. Note on Paohyphyllum. — Mr. Hemsley, in But. Bwl. Anier. iv. 89, says: "Mr. Ridley informs us there is an undescrioed. species of this genus in the British Museum from Panama, collected by S. Hayes." Tnis specimen is not from Panama, but, as the ticket states, from Tunguragua, which is in Ecuador; nor was it collected by Sutton Hayes, whose name Mr. Ridley has added to the ticket : I do not, however, identify the writing. The plant was subsequently identified by Mr. Ridley with F. Pustii. The Pavon specimen, on the faith of which P. distickum is added to the Mexican flora, may be that plant, but Reichenbach has appended to it a note — "near crystalUniun." — James Britten. All those interested in the study of our native Algte will regret to hear that Mr. T. H. Buffham, A.L.S., died, after a short illness, at Walthamstow, on the 9th of February. Mr. Buffham was an enthusiastic collector and a most accurate observer, and his many papers on the reproductive organs of the Floridece are well known. We hope at a later date to publish a sketch of his life. 137 NOTICES UF BUUKS. Guide to the British Mycetozoa exhibited in the Department uf Butamj, British Museum. By Arthur Lister, F.L.S. 8vo, pp. 4ii ; 44 woodcuts. 8d. Another oi the bye-ways of natural science has recently been traversed, and important discoveries have rewarded the efforts of the patient investigators, hov upwards of a decade Mr. Arthur Lister ana members of bis talented family have studied most assiduously the curious group of organisms known as Mycetozoa or Myxomyoetes. borne oi the results of their labours have recently been given to the scientific world. The Munnyiaph uj the Mycetozoa was reviewed m this Journal for lby5, and now we liave this Guide, which is further illus- trated oy a set of drawings and specimens representing the forty genexa known to occur in this country, now on exhibition in the botanical gallery of the iiritish Miibeum. Tlie illustrations are true to lile, and snow most charujingly both the natural colours and general habit of these creatures in tneir fruiting stage. They indicate not only ariisLio skiU, but a practical knowledge of the intimate struc- ture of the organisms. Possibly the drawing of a Lamproderma would most readily arrest the attention of the casual visitor ; to the practical worker in tins department of knowledge possibly the bketch of tiie plasmodium ot Bud/uimia utricutaris would appeal most strongly, it is so realistic that one almost expects to bee it crawl oil' in search of food. Miss G. Lister deserves all the con- gratulations t>he may receive for this, her special work. By means of tiie printed guide, and a careful exainination of the drawings with accuinpanyiug specimens, one may gain as much knowledge of the subject in an hour as could formerly be obtained by months of personal searcn. in the preparation of the system of classification Mr. Lister has had a must arauous task. The numenclature has been cumbered wiih numerous synonyms ; specimens in herbaria have been wrongly named ; in some publisned lists closely allied species have been strangely dissociated, and many supertiuous specific names have been given. Mr. Lister has endeavoured to bring order out of comparative chaos, and to represent as concisely as possible what IS now known of the natural sequence of the various genera and groups, in pursuit of this object he has examined tne national collections at iDOuth Kensington and Kew, and tlie principal herbaria on tne Continent ; has criticized the naming of large numbers of specimens sent by correspondents in Britain, Europe, and America; and, above all, has spent much time in searching for these creatures m tneir natural haunts, both here and in other countries. It is probably present to the mind of the author, more forcibly than to any of his possible critics, that no verbal descriptions — no linear arrangement — can fully cover all the diverse forms, nor suggest all the alfinities of the varieties one meets with in the field. Even the iSub-cohort L, Cuicarinece, has its exception in the lime- less form of Fhysarum nutans a. viulascens (Mon. 61); and the order 138 GUIDE TO THE BRITISH MYCETOZOA. Stenionitacccp, with typically separate sporangia, lias a singular exception in the curious conflnoit condition of S. fusca (Moa. 110). In the genus Chondrioderm a the position of C. Michelii arrests one's attention. The examination of some thousands of C. testaceum in the field suggests that C. reticulatum and C. niveum are the natural offsets of the former. At least these three have an interesting hahit of commensalism suggesting community of descent, whilst C. Michelii is conspicuous by its absence. One learns, however, Diaiiema depressnm Lister. a. Plasmodiocarp. x 2. b. Capillitium attached above and below to the walls of the spo- rangium. X 50. c. Spore. X 560. Badhamia utricular is Berk. . Cluster of sporangia. X 3i. . Fragment of capil- litium and spore- cluster. X 140. Cienkoivskia reticulata Boat. a. Part of branching plasmodiocarp. x 4. b. Capillitium threads and part of a per- forated lime-plate. X 140. Lycogala miniatum Pars. a. Three sethalia. Nat. size. b. Capillitium. x 150. c. Spore. X 600. Physarum nutans Pers. a. Two sporangia, x 9. b. Capillitium threads, with lime-knots, at- tached to a fragment of the sporangium- wall. X 110. Cribraria auruntiaca Schrad. . Group of sporangia. X 2. , Sporangium after dis- persion of the spores. X 20. from Mr. Lister that American observers have "sent fine specimens of flat winding plasmodiocarps corresponding with Rostafinski's type of G. reticulatum , which Mr. Wingate (of Philadelphia) has found in company with the stalked C. Michelii." Here we might suggest that C. testacemn may be taken as a convenient centre from which the other forms diverge. It is certainly agreeable to some of the workers in this field that many of the varieties named and described in the monograph have been omitted from the Guide. This course simplifies the subject considerably, without diminishing the practical value of the classification. Probably the most interesting portion to the ordinary LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY BOTANY FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS. 189 student of natural science is that descriptive of the motile stages of these organisms, and to the general biologist the observatious on the phenomena accompanying karyokiuesis. But the exigencies of space prevent a fuller reference to these subjects, and the nominal price of the Guide places it within the reach of all. Suffice it to say that, taking the work as a whole, it stands as a monument of careful and original research, and marks an important stage m the advance of our knowledge of the Mycetozoa. The Trustees of the British Museum are to be thanked lor having produced so desirable a book at so trifling a cost : specimens of the illustrations accompany this notice. J. S. Lessons in Elementary Botany for Secondary Schools. By Thomas H. Macbride. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. 1896. 8vo, pp. xi, 233. Price 60 cents. This little book is essentially practical. " We have before us," says the author in his preface, "the spectacle of a great nation, absolutely ignorant of the principles of forestry. If the schools can so shape botanical instruction as to make it practical in the direction of a better appreciation of the value of a tree, they may in so doing advance not the cause of science only, but of humanity." This statement comes as an apology for begiuniug with the trees, a convenient arrangement as regards supply of specimens, since in most American high schools Botany is studied in the last half-year, beginning about Feb. 1st. The teacher who has conscientiously led his class through the fifty-four lessons laid down here will have the satisfaction of feeling that he has done a great deal towards training their observing powers, and inculcating a love of nature in the boys and girls placed under his care, and something towards checking the pitiful indifference to the value of their forests, to which the author has referred. It is cheering to read such directions as " Let the pupils go to the field and examine all accessible woody stems, to prepare a report, noting," &c. The first fifteen lessons are occupied with the vegetative organs, four with the flower, fruit, and seed, the rest with lessons on common plants, chiefly trees. There are a few lessons at the end on Ferns, Mosses, Hepatics, and Fungi, but the aim throughout is to provide for practical work which cau be done entirely with the aid of the specimens, a sharp knife, and a good lens. We notice a few instances of loose expression which might have been avoided. The terms endogens and exogens are unnecessary, and the bast is unfortunately described as inner bark (p. 11); while on p. 20 we are consistently told that the cambium makes bark outside and wood inside. If the teacher will note and correct these points, we can warmly recommend Mr. Macbride's Lessons, which in handy form and clear legible production leave nothing to be desired. A. B. E. 140 PHANEROGAMIC BOTANY OP MATTO GROSSO EXPEDITION. The Phanerogamic Botany 0/ the Matto (Jrusso J\xpedltion, 1891-92. By Spencer Le M. Moore, B. ttc, F.L.S. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London (Botany), 2nd Ser. iv. pp. 265-516, tt. xxi-xxxix, maps. December, 1895. This important contribution to our knowledge of Brazilian botany — of which a summai-y will be found in this Journal for 1893, p. 381 — was read at the Linnean Society by the author on Nov. 2nd, 1893, and has thus taken more than two years to produce. Mr. Moore's absence from Enghmd, and his consequent inability to correct the proofs, liave no doubt contributed to a delay in pruiting which, even with this qualilication, appears excessive, although it may have been unavoidable. Mr. Moore's interesting introduction extends over thirty pages, the remainder of the paper being occupied with the enumeration and description of the species collected, printed in the handsome, not to say extravagant, style in which the Linnean Society issues its Transactions. Eight new genera are figured and described — Kphedranthus and Stornda (Anonaceae), D^s(^e?«onrt(Scrophulariaceas), Heterucruton (Euphorbiacese), Brosimopsis (Artocarpeae), ZyyelLa (Irideffi), AphyUanun (Aroide^e), and Foyochloa (Gramineaej : in most of these the miuuto structure has been carefully examined and figured. The descriptions of the species and the comparison of some of them with allied forms lead to the conclusion that Mr. Moore takes a somewhat narrower view of specific limitations than that which prevails nowadays, but he has bestowed much trouble and time upon his work, and his opinions are therefore entitled to respect. Botanists working in this country will at any rate be able to form their own judgment,* as the first set of the plants, with Mr. Moore's notes and names, is in the British Museum ; the others being at Berlin, New York, Vienna, and Kew — here curiously called " the Thames-side institution " — respectively. One or two points suggest criticism. It is dilticult to see what is gained by the description, often at considerable length, of plants the genus and even the order of which cannot be determined. Pages 330, 331, for example, are mainly occupied with descriptions of three Malpighiacece, of which Mr. Moore says, " Specimiua mane revera fructibus carentia, quapropter quoad genus om- nino dubia " ; and a " plauta incertae sedis," of which even the order (" SimarubacefB?") is doubtful. Nor do we perceive the advantage of describing a plant as '' Bud yea sp. nov." If there is sufficient material to determine it as " sp. nov.," there is enough to entitle it to a name. It seems unnecessary to place " sp. nov." in brackets after the new species — the absence of any other reference implies this : but if it is done at all, it should be done uniformly — at present we are left in doubt as to whether " Galactia Whitehuniei S. Moore " and ^^ AneUema semifoliata C. B. Clarke " are new or old species. The proofs might have been better read : " Glagiou " for * M. Chodat. himself no "lumper," has already leierred rohjyala hygro- philoidee to F. timoutoides Chodat, with which Mr. Moore had indicated its affinity. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 141 Glaziou and " Elliott " for Elliot occur on the same page. A more awkward slip, which, if the laws of priority be regarded, will saddle an inoffensive plant for all time with a singularly inappropriate name, is that by which a Borreria, which Mr. Moore, on account of its mean appearance, called Lazarus — a name he had previously bestowed also upon a Justicid) — is printed B. Lafpinis ! The paper on the whole, however, is both useful and interesting, and its value is increased by Mr. Morgan's excellent plates. J. B. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. Bot. Centralhlatt (No. 4). — 0. Brefeld, ' Der Keis-brand und der &<rtna-Brand.' — (Nos. 5-8). W. Froembling, ' Anatomisch- systematische Untersuchung von Blatt und Axe der Crotoneen und Euphyllantheen.' — (Nos. 6, 7). E. H. L. Krause, ' Ein archaolo- gischer Beitrag zur norddeutschen Flora.' Botanical Gazette (.Jan. 16). — L. H. Bailey, 'Notes on Carex' (1 pi.). — D. H. Campbell, Geothallus, gen. nov. {Hepaticea : 1 pi.), — F. L. Scribner & J. G. Smith, ' Mr. Nash's American Grasses.' — L. H. Dewey, Lactuca Scariola in U.S. — J. M. Holzinger, Fraffaria HeJleri k Roxa Macdongali, spp. nn. Botaniska Notiser (hiift. 1). — P. H. Olsson, ' Svenska vaxtnamn i sydvastra Finland.' — K. F. Dusen, ' Om Glands och sydostra Smalands GentiancE.' — B. Kaalans, Scapania cpjmnoatomopliilit, sp. n. — K. 0. E. Stenstrom, 'Nagra Hieracia macrolepidea fran sydvestra Sverige.* Bot. Zeitung (Feb. 16). — C. Correns, ' Zur Physiologie von Drosera rotimdifolia.'' — G. Stenzel, ' Nachtragliche Bemerkungen zur Tubicaulis.' Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (Jan. 30).— F. S. Collins, ' New England Marine Algae.' — T. F. Allen, Nitella suhspicata, sp. n. (1 pi.). — ■ F. L. Harvey, 'Lichens of Maine.' — A. J. Grout, ' Mi/riopJujllum.'' — A. W. Evans, ' Junrjertnannia MarcJdca' (2 pi.). — A. Cogniaux, * New Bolivian Mflastomacea.' — J. K. Small, Jep^^onia & Saxi- fragnpsis, genn. now. (Saxifrar/aceai), — E. P. Bicknell, ^ Care.i- vulpinoidea and allies.' — E. L. Greene, ' California Saxifrages.' Gardeners' Chronicle (Feb. 1). — ' Rhododendron x Numa ' (fig. 20).— (Feb. 15, 22). R. A. Rolfe, ' Natural Hybrid Orchids.' Journal de Botamque (Feb. 1). . Hue, 'Lichens d'Aix-les- Bains.' — G. Bertrand & A. Mal^vre, ' Sur la diffusion de la pectase.' — C. Brunotte, ' Contribution a I'etude de la flore de la Lorraine.' — (Feb. 16). C. Sauvageau, Strepsithalia, gen. nov. [Phceosporea). — E. Bonnet, ' Geographie botanique de la Tunisie.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Feb.). — V. Schiffuer, ' MarcJunitia Berteroana & M. tabularis.^ — P. Ascherson, ' Equisetum heleocharis, maximum, & Athyrinm alpestre.' — A. Minks, ' Ueber die Protrophie.' — W. Schmidle, ' Zur alpinen Algenflora ' (cont.). 142 BOOK.NOTES, NEWS, dc. Mr. C. F. Millspaugh, of the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, sends us his interesting Contiihntion to the Flcnt of Yucatan. He enumerates as the only known collectors in that region J. J. Linden in 1825, E. P. Johnson in 1848, Dr. G. F. Gaumier in 1885-6, and by himself in January, 1895. Dr. Gaumier collected 224 species, and we learn from Mr. Millspaugh that since the publication of his Contrihutioii , he has sent in another collection of about